Reprise: Ongoing Cover-Up in Badaracco Homicide, Dog Killers, RFK 2nd Shooter & Many Other Matters in the Public Interest        

  • Complete list of SPJ winners

  • 'Therefore whatever you have spoken in darkness shall be heard in the light; and that which you have spoken in the ear in closets shall be proclaimed on the housetops.'
    - Luke 12:3

    CT SPJ Contest, 2016

  • Complete list

  • Annual dinner

  • Dinner highlight:
  • Diane Smith and Maureen Croteau to be inducted into Connecticut Journalism Hall of Fame

  • Partial List of Finalists

    Regional B

    Hartford won’t indemnify cops in killing of child’s dog; Officers’ personal assets attached; CTNewsJunkie; Andy Thibault
  • Complete article

  • Crime levels are surging in Plainfield; Norwich Bulletin; John Penney

    'Problem pockets' worry residents; Stamford Advocate; Nelson Oliveira, John Nickerson

    Lawyers have personal, professional reasons to help Community Speaks Out fight opioid crisis; The Day; Karen Florin

    Bones, tissue, teeth: Small details help investigators identify remains; The Day; Lindsay Boyle

    General Column
    Regional B

    Andy Thibault Cool Justice: Pretend investigations the norm in Badaracco homicide for 32 years; Litchfield County Times; Andy Thibault

  • Complete Article

  • Andy Thibault Cool Justice: Important questions about a homicide are ignored or deflected; Litchfield County Times;

  • Complete Article

  • Cool Justice: How judges and prosecutors circle the wagons to shaft public, protect themselves; Litchfield County Times;

  • Complete Article

  • Rabbi a man for all seasons, all people; News-Times; Brian Koonz

    Why would women vote for a misogynist? ; News-Times; Jacqueline Smith

    High noon in the wild west town of Bethel; News-Times; Jeff Gewert

    Police drug testing not a routine thing; Norwich Bulletin; Brendan Cox

    MPD secrecy standard procedure; Record-Journal; Eric Cotton

    Judge’s ruling says state must re-invent town-by-town system of schools; Record-Journal; Glenn Richter

    We’ve just made the wrong person president; Record-Journal; Glenn Richter

    Football is great, but is it worth the health risks? ; Record-Journal; Jeffery Kurz

    Coping with President Trump; Stamford Advocate; Jeff Gewert

    Biggest little fan meets Moriah; The Chronicle; Jennifer Lemanski

    The Coast Guard museum has no parking plan; The Day; David Collins

    Why was seizure-prone Sen. Maynard driving? ; The Day; David Collins

    Regional B

    No place to play in western Greenwich; Greenwich Time; Emilie Munson

    Cool Justice: RFK Jr. points to forensic evidence of second gunman in his father’s assassination; Litchfield County Times; Andy Thibault

  • Complete Article

  • Year after Nina Coe’s disappearance from Middletown, family pleads for answers; Middletown Press; Cassandra Day

    Plight of low-wage workers worsens; News-Times; Rob Ryser

    Hihchey, Bilda went on $340,000 trip; Norwich Bulletin; Ryan Blessing

    Over decade, many NPU salaries jump 40%; Norwich Bulletin; Ryan Blessing

    Family devastated by loss of ‘hero’ mom killed in Meriden hit-and-run; Record-Journal; Leigh Tauss

    Pedestrians, bicyclists prohibited from accessing new trail through Wallingford condo complex; Record-Journal; Leigh Tauss

    Man who shot at Meriden mosque comes full circle as prison term approaches; Record-Journal; Mike Savino

    We were children, I wasn't the only victim; Stamford Advocate; Amanda Cuda

    Stamford's surging development demolishes old homes; Stamford Advocate; Liz Skalka

    Damning report details DCF failure in near-starvation of Groton toddler; The Day; Deborah Straszheim

    Navy gets under sailors’ skin; The Day; Julia Bergman

    Norwalk works to keep Millennials coming; The Hour; Kaitlyn Krasselt, Robert Koch


  •           MILLENIALS AND PRE-NUPS        
    CBC NEWS REPORT Millennials are more open to pre-nups than older generations, says B.C. family lawyer Georgialee Lang Millennials are marrying with more assets they would like to see protected, lawyer says. Prenuptial agreements are becoming more prevalent as millennials decide to marry in their early 30s, often entering relationships with significant assets, says B.C. … Continue reading MILLENIALS AND PRE-NUPS
              Kirstin-L O V E-(EP)-2017-C4        
    Description: Kirstin is the single-word moniker Pentatonix singer Kirstin Maldonado adopted for her solo career. She released her debut single, “Break a Little,” in May 2017, just when Pentatonix were at the apex of their popularity, but kirstin’s solo music couldn’t have been more different than that of her group. Where Pentatonix put a millennial […]
              Millennials v baby boomers? We all have more in common than we realise        

    Why are millennials held to have been invented in 1980 and abruptly discontinued in 1995? Who makes these rules anyway? (…) Time wasted arguing over which generation is definitively the worst that ever lived could be more usefully spent asking why we swallow divisive age-related myths so easily, and whose interests exactly are served by […]

    O conteúdo Millennials v baby boomers? We all have more in common than we realise aparece primeiro em and everything else.

              Young, Female, and Pro-Trump        
    How white evangelical millennials are defying political predictions.
              Showbiz Sandbox 376: Cord Cutters Are Using An Old Hack To Watch Television – It’s Called An Antenna        

    As the Federal Communications Commission seeks to further deregulate cable television companies and do away with net neutrality, consolidation within the industry has caused rates to increase dramatically. We’ll explain how more and more people are growing fed up with high cable bills and what they’re doing about it. Some millennials have even discovered an […]

    The post Showbiz Sandbox 376: Cord Cutters Are Using An Old Hack To Watch Television – It’s Called An Antenna appeared first on Showbiz Sandbox.

              #Kellman20 - Emma Gannon    — We are not confused - Arye Kellman and Emma Gannon debunk the theory of the Millennial crisis.
              #Kellman20 - Melanie Berliet    — Thrill seeker - Melanie Berliet, a daring writer who goes undercover to shape incredible content, speaks to Arye Kellman about Millennial writing and her truth.
              #KELLMAN20 - Yusuf Omar    — Yusuf Omar has a captivating chat with Arye Kellman about his passion, which is mobile journalism and Millennials.
              #KELLMAN20 - Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh    — Here’s to surprising ourselves – Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh is a conscious scholar who explores various perspectives from a Millennial mind with Arye Kellman.
              #Kellman20 - Boity Thulo    — The ever-genuine Boity Thulo talks to Arye Kellman about social media overtaking the Millennial generation and how she has grown as a person.
              #Kellman20 - Poppy Ntshongwana    — Often times, interviewing people who interview other people for a living is a challenging task, they’re not as easily swayed or cornered by strategic questions, perhaps because they know all the tricks in the book. Poppy Ntshongwana is one such Millennial, she joins Arye Kellman for a raw, honest and paradigm-shifting discussion about her life, career, hopes and dreams, but mainly about what it means to be alive during one of the greatest times in our history. From her early years of wanting to become a politician, to getting bitten by the “radio bug”, Poppy certainly has a story to tell.
              #Kellman20 - Daniel Calderwood    — Digital is part of modern-day life, Millennials can either get on board or get left behind. Someone who knows this all too well is Digital Content Specialist, Dan Calderwood who joins Arye Kellman for a revealing and inspirational interview on his life in digital content creation before it even had a name. Dan opens up about the early days on News24, his high pressure job, and his passion for breaking news stories, his story is one of foresight, blind faith and innovation.
              #Kellman - Andy Jordan    — Being a TV personality, talented musician and a Millennial, it can be easy to put Andy Jordan in a box, but as you’ ll soon discover, Andy is not happy living in any box that others place him in. Best known for his role in the hit television series ‘ Made in Chelsea’ , Andy Jordan goes in-depth with Arye Kellman on issues of life, art, enlightenment and inspiration. It’ s not easy being a Millennial, but if like Andy you make the journey the main focus, you might just realise the beauty along the way
              #Kellman20 - Melanie Berliet    — Thrill seeker - Melanie Berliet, a daring writer who goes undercover to shape incredible content, speaks to Arye Kellman about Millennial writing and her truth.
              Best workplaces for millennials        
    Where’s the best place for you to work if you’re a millennial? Try pipeline company NuStar Energy LP or financial services firm USAA — both hometown companies. NuStar landed in the No. 32 spot on the list of the “100 Best Workplaces for Millennials 2015,” which was compiled by Fortune magazine and the Great Places
              Hollywood’s Millenial Daughters promote Samantha Vega        
    (All photos by Rodrigo Reyes Marin/AFLO) (L to R) Scarlet Rose Stallone, Sophia Rose Stallone, Amelia Gray Hamlin and Delilah Belle Hamlin and pose during Samantha Vega Millennial Sisters event […]
              Millennials Get Radio Show On SiriusXM        
    SiriusXM has announced the launch of “Career Playbook Radio,” an all-new career advice show hosted by Jim Citrin, partner at executive search firm Spencer Stuart and best-selling author on leadership and career success. “Career Playbook Radio” is focused on giving millennials, young professionals, and parents of recent college grads expert insight into getting a great... → Read More
              BWW Review: KILL LOCAL at La Jolla Playhouse        

    Running a small business can be tough; the larger and more sophisticated entrepreneurs are crowding out the neighborhood finds. Walmart and Target are pushing out Mom and Pop grocers, Amazon is killing local independent bookstores, and those slick impersonal contract killing companies are pushing out the little guys. That's how it feels for Sheila, Abi, and their mother Gloria in this wickedly funny and unpredictable dark comedy KILL LOCAL. You see, they take pride in doing their jobs well as the third generation of this small, family run business that focuses on quality, customer service, and contract killing.

    Sheila, played by Amanda Quaid is professional hired gun who knows she has the skills and the talent for her job, but does she still have the drive? Seeing an old friend from high school at a gas station has her contemplating her life, and whether she is still cut out for this life. The trouble is that this is what her talents and her temperament are perfect for, so can she become someone who is cut out for the minivan life?

    The play opens with Sheila waiting for a call to come in so she can kill Todd, the guy that is hanging from a rope in a unit of his unfinished and failing condo building (a beautiful set designed by Wilson Chin). Posing as an investor, she convinced him to give her a tour, and now she's just waiting for the green light so she can do the job and then bury him in concrete.

    As life, and this job, becomes more complicated for Sheila, her mother Gloria, played by CAndy Buckley, and her sister Abi, played by Xochitl Romero, appear on the scene as they try to get everything sorted. You see they are a family business and they take pride in the services they provide, and as Abi rants to Sheila at one point, "Customer service matters!"

    Quaid's Sheila is both cold killer and deeply emotional. She plays both sides very well and her aggravation and her lack of forward motion in this job are relatable to anyone in a job, professional assassin or not. She shines the most when dealing with the ever increasingly frantic and funny Todd, and later in the show when she lets her character's vulnerability shine through.

    As Todd, Matthew Amendt is hilariously neurotic and desperate as he uses every trick in the book to try to appeal to Sheila so she won't kill him; he begs, flirts, tries to bribe, and tells tales of a broken home and the redemption his newly discovered sibling is trying to encourage.

    CAndy Buckley is a force of nature as the business minded and practical mother who took over this business from her own mother. She is imminently practical in the way of a seasoned veteran of any job; she does it well, she doesn't let it get personal, and she gets paid. Except for when she's ranting at her millennial daughters about playing with their phones, their lack of stamina for what the job require, and their inability to focus. Seriously, there are moments where this is as much a workplace comedy as it is about relationships and morality.

    Abi, the younger sister played by Romero, went to Wharton so unlike her sister and mother she "doesn't do concrete"", but she is the brains behind the business paperwork, setting up security, and hacking into things. She is also hilariously on point as a frustrated customer on the receiving end of bad customer service from "Becky at Best Buy" which she says "turns her into a monster" and who can't relate to that?

    Carolyn Braver rounds out this cast as the mysterious Ami, a high school student who hangs out at the building for a smoke after high school. But is there more to her story as well? Of course there is

    Written by Mat Smart, a grad from the UCSD MFA program the dialogue is quick, funny, and engaging. Directed by Jackson Gay, this play maintains a suspenseful tension while also balancing the humor and the violence.

    The play has some blood and gore, and the plastic sheet as a curtain is the first sign this is not your average show. For those that are squeamish or don't appreciate a Coen brothers mix of comedy and violence this may not be for you.

    All of the characters in this dark comedy are richly layered, and deeply broken; it just depends on how those pieces fell to become the people they are at the time of this story. This play is dark, violent, and very funny as it explores family ties, revenge, redemption, the difficulty of change.

    So you know what they say, to do good in your community you've got to eat local, shop local, watch local, and KILL LOCAL.

    Check out this killer show playing at La Jolla Playhouse through August 27th. For show time and ticket information go to

    Photo credit: Jim Carmody/La Jolla Playhouse

              Comment on The Millennial Dream by Chux        
    Hi @huntereverwood. Thank you for reading my poem and for your thoughtful and considered reply. I can understand your point of view regrding millennials, especially from the internet perspective with greater opportunities for all to become entrepreneurs who contract out their work. However, does everyone want to be an entrepreneur? The thought of working for yourself is empowering in itself, as you have greater control over the direction you want to take yourself and how you present yourself to the world, but there are people out there who probably would want to work without the constant need to put themselves out there or be 'brand me'. If everyone was a 'boss' with their own product/service, would everyone want to buy from them? Who knows? perhaps the competition with each other may make people work more collaboratively or more creatively, which could be a hybrid of the old 'corporate' world and the new 'entrepreneurial' world. Those are a few of my thoughts.
              Comment on The Millennial Dream by huntereverwood        
    Hm, I see your point. And the article makes it out to seem all doom and gloom. But to me, its not. Realize that as a Millennial myself, I face the same reality as you. We all do. We all wake up in the same world. The difference is in what you do in spite of the obstacles. Sure, our parents and grandparents made more money, had more opportunities etc. But what we have is nonetheless teeming with opportunities and ways to prosper. Consider that the Internet is the most widely utilized tool on the planet, and we are the first generation to fully grow up with it and helped evolve it. Still do. From a simple connection in the wall, we have access to the whole world. Essentially the opportunities are endless, if you apply yourself. Also, businesses are now realizing the power Millennials have over the market. And now, they are marketing directly to us. More companies are changing to suit the Millennial-mindset. Google, and Facebook being on the forefront of work-living. More companies are doing away with "employees" and are hiring "independent contractors." More people are becoming entrepreneurs today than ever because it's easy to do with connection in the wall. You can promote yourself and reach millions of people and thousands will like what you offer. I actually believe that the corporations we know today will be replaced with a society of entrepreneurs. No one will be "employed" in the traditional sense. Everyone will be their own boss, carry their own brand and set of skills. People will search for and get their services through "real people" not by walking into a store or calling corporate. The places where people will work will merely be buildings of like-minded entrepreneurs helping each other and sharing the space. There will be no time clocks to punch into. No bosses to listen to. There will only be individuals sharing their unique skills with others who require them on a one-to-one basis. This new world is still coming into fruition every single day. People make money from their Instagram accounts, their blogs, their Etsy stores, etc. So it may seem that the old way of doing things; work a job, buy a house, get a pension are over, it is not the end. Its the just beginning. Cheers.
              Clinton announces ‘National Service Reserve’ for millennials        
    Hillary Clinton announced Friday that she wants to enlist 5 million new volunteers into a “national service reserve” aimed at 18- to 30-year-olds. “What if we strengthen the culture of service in America? So it wasn’t just something we did one day a year, but it became a regular part of our lives,” she asked in a Florida rally on the topic of national service Friday. The former secretary of state argued that her volunteer plan would help combat growing self-segregation in America, where people surround themselves with people who think, talk, look and read the same news as them....
    I know I've seen a video of these two brands showcasing their competitive spirits against each other online and my initial reaction was, "Wow! the efforts of these brands are just amazing!" It was funny (and cute at the same time) and I can't help but feel proud as a consumer that they're doing it all to promote their respective brands. At least I know the money I'll be spending on their phones will not just go for the actual phone itself but also, for their promotions. And to think both smartphone brands are not that expensive! I really have big respect for brands who advertise.

    Let's put the spotlight on the Vivo V5s.

    The new Vivo V5s trumps its competitors within the same price range in terms of photo quality and camera specifications, improved selfie tools, and new features like the Groufie or Group Selfie technology.
    With a slew of smartphone brands vying for the patronage of tech-savvy Filipinos and inveterate selfie enthusiasts, top five premium global brand1 Vivo has sprinted past the competition with its “perfect selfie” V5 line, the latest of which is the Vivo V5s. Priced at only P14,990 but loaded with features that are not found in its competitors, the V5s is turning out to be the best smartphone deal vis-à-vis other brands in the same price range.First, the V5s is equipped with a 20-megapixel front camera with f2.0 aperture, which trumps the OPPO F3 Plus’ 16-MP front camera. The V5s’ superior front camera is complemented by its 13-megapixel rear camera with f2.2 aperture and an ultra-high-definition mode that renders stunning HD images of up to 52 megapixels.
    Selfies have never been clearer and more vibrant with the newest and more impressive member yet of the V5 line, the Vivo V5s, which brandishes a 20-megapixel front camera and high-end selfie-tools for the tech-savvy Filipino.
    Second, the V5s’ 20-MP sensor ensures that the tiniest of details are captured in your selfies. The light-sensing area, at 1/2.78 of an inch, is larger than average, allowing more light to come in, which, in turn, enhances photo brightness.

    Third, the V5s boasts of an updated Selfie Soflight that allows users to take crystal-clear selfies in any lighting condition—even at night.

    Fourth, the Vivo V5s has a Face Beauty 6.0, decidedly superior to the OPPO F3 Plus’ Face Beauty 4.0. The V5s’ Face Beauty 6.0, which works as a skincare tool, has three new functions: buffing, whitening, and enhancing one’s skin tone.
    The newly launched Vivo V5s is equipped with advanced selfie tools, including an improved Selfie Softlight with an enhanced with an enhanced night mode, and the Face Beauty mode 6.0.
    Fifth, the V5s touts still another cutting-edge feature—the Group Selfie technology, which supports both portrait and panorama-oriented photos. This means everyone gets into the act; no one is left out in the ‘groupfie’.

    Sixth, the V5s offers its App Clone, a feature that lets users run two accounts with the same app. With the App Clone, multi-tasking professionals and highly mobile millennials can compartmentalize their personal and social lives online.
    No more excuses not to come up with that perfect, natural, and radiant-looking selfies as Vivo launches its most impressive smartphone yet, the V5s, which boasts of a 20-megapixel front camera and more advanced selfie tools.
    Seventh, the V5s’ slimmer bezels make it smaller than the average 5.5-inch smartphones, and therefore easier and more comfortable to grip.

    Aesthetics and function likewise combine in the V5s. Its 2.5D Corning Gorilla glass cover renders it practically shatter proof and endows it with a minimalistic but elegant look.

    Finally, the V5s’ other notable features include a 4G RAM and 64GB internal memory, Hi-Fi music technology, and 0.2-second fingerprint unlocking mode.

    Whichever way you look at it, the new Vivo V5s gives more bang for your buck and is decidedly the best smartphone deal—in its price range—for all selfie-loving Filipinos.

    For inquiries about Vivo V5s, visit the Vivo website at, or check out their Facebook (, Instagram (, and Twitter ( accounts.

    1according to International Data Corporation (IDC) Worldwide Quarterly Mobile Phone Tracker (;jsessionid=7595C1498F4F0FBF496CC767E273121B)

              Back To the Future: The Benefits Of TV Advertising        
    Marketers are having a Back to the Future moment: AdWeek, MarketWatch, MarketingProfs, and others have sung the praises of television. And in January, the CMO of Coca-Cola presented analytic proof that TV delivers stronger ROI than digital. With cable-cutters, cord-nevers, and Millennials’ preference for over-the-top (OTT) TV viewing, it’s easy to predict the demise of […]
              Nowoczesne biuro, pokolenie Y: Firmy chcą się wyróżniać        
    • Najnowszy raport How Millennials live, work and play dowodzi, że blisko 70 proc. młodych pracowników jest skłonna zamienić inne, atrakcyjne korzyści proponowane przez pracodawcę, na rzecz lepszej przestrzeni do pracy. • Badania pokazują, że lubimy się wyróżniać i chcemy pracować w biurach, które nas inspirują i motywują do działania
              Aleteia and Sports Media Challenge Tap Tracx for Real Time and Actionable Social Intelligence for Pope Francis’ Visit to the United States        

    Social listening, analytics and insights to help drive engagement with Millennials

    (PRWeb September 16, 2015)

    Read the full story at

              A broad cooperation within FIDE        

    official logo

    A broad cooperation within FIDE

    A venture crowned with success was the initiative of The Chess Club and Scholastic Center of Saint Louis, to organise the Match of the Millenials: USA vs. the World, in cooperation with FIDE, the U.S. Chess Federation, the Kasparov Chess Foundation and FIDE Trainer's Commission. FIDE Deputy President Georgios Makropoulos and Continental President for America Jorge Vega were invited to the Saint Louis Chess Centre for the first time by the organisers. They were impressed by the excellent, modern and multifunctional facilities of the Saint Louis Chess Campus which include the Chess Club and Scholastic Center of Saint Louis, the World Chess Hall of Fame, the Q Boutique and Kingside Diner.

    During the first rounds of the games, Mr. Makropoulos and Mr. Vega had a meeting with Rex Sinquefield, co-founder of the Chess Club and Scholastic Center of Saint Louis, Michael Khodarkovsky, Delegate of the U.S. Chess Federation and President of the Kasparov Chess Foundation, and Joy Bray, General Manager of the St. Louis Chess Campus. They thoroughly discussed the prospect for further cooperation in the near future.

    In the course of the Opening Ceremony of the event, Mr. Vega who was representing FIDE thanked Mr. Sinquefield and Saint Louis Chess Club for this initiative and also thanked all sponsors of the match, telling that a new horizon has opened for chess in the Americas. Moreover, Garry Kasparov in a Press Conference that he gave, also stated that “It’s a beginning of new relations with the World Chess Federation", a comment which was published on

    FIDE Deputy President Georgios Makropoulos believes that it is necessary today for all major chess federations and significant organisers to collaborate with FIDE in realising events and championships of global scale and prestige.

    Official organiser website

    Kasparov opens USA vs. World match in St. Louis




              The World Team wins the Match of the Millennials        

    MOTM Logo

    The World Team wins the Match of the Millennials

    The USA vs. The World match was held in St. Louis, Missouri, USA, July 26th to 29th, 2017. It was a great success for the World, winning by a huge margin of 30½ to 17½ in total. The U.17 team was the underdog as per ratings, but still won with an overwhelming 19:13 total score, winning 3 matches and drawing 5 out of the 8 scheduled. The U.14 team also won with a good margin of 11½:4½, winning 3 matches and drawing 1 out of the 4 scheduled. Although the USA teams were fighting well, the World team showed that still is in charge.

    The World Team was represented by the Head of Delegation Jorge Vega, the Captain of the World U.17 team Efstratios Grivas, the U.14 Captain Alexander Beliavsky and the players Haik Martirosyan (Armenia, 4 out of 7), Andreai Esipenko (Russia, 4 out of 7), Anton Smirnov (Australia, 3,5 out of 7), Aryan Chopra (India, 3,5 out of 7), Alexey Sarana (Russia, 4 out of 7), Praggnanandhaa Ramesh Babu (India, 3 out of 4)), Nordibek Abdusattorov (Uzbekistan, 2,5 out of 4), Bibisara Assaubayeva (Russia, 4 out of 4) and Nurgyul Salimova (Bulgaria, 2 out of 4) .

    The USA team: Xiong Jeffrey (4 out of 8), Sevian Samuel (4,5 out of 8), Burke John (0,5 out of 4), Checa Nicolas (1 out of 5), Li Ruifeng (3 out of 7), Liang Awonder (2 out of 4), Hong Andrew (0,5 out of 4), Yip Carissa (1 out of 4), Samadashvili Martha (1 out of 4).

    According to regulations the winning team will receive $20,000, while the runner-up will receive $10,000.

    Former World Champion Viswanathan Anand visited the closing ceremony and awarded the prizes to the winners.

    35448291163 c5957c6293 z

    36253177165 ac2bf5eb56 z

    36253178125 ac2f649d95 z

    Round 1 Results U17 - 2 : 2  
    The World Results USA
    Martirosyan Haik ½:½ Xiong Jeffery
    Esipenko Andrey 0:1 Sevian Sam
    Chopra Aryan 1:0 Burke John
    Smirnon Anton ½:½ Ruifeng Li
    Round 2 Results U17 - 2 : 2  
    The World Results USA
    Martirosyan Haik 0:1 Sevian Sam
    Smirnon Anton ½:½ Xiong Jeffery
    Chopra Aryan 1:0 Checa Nicolas
    Sarana Alexey ½:½ Ruifeng Li
    Round 3 Results U17 - 2 : 2  
    The World Results USA
    Smirnon Anton ½:½ Burke John
    Esipenko Andrey 1:0 Ruifeng Li
    Chopra Aryan 0:1 Xiong Jeffery
    Sarana Alexey ½:½ Sevian Sam
    Round 4 Results U17 - 2½ : 1½  
    The World Results USA
    Martirosyan Haik 0:1 Checa Nicolas
    Esipenko Andrey 1:0 Burke John
    Smirnon Anton 1:0 Sevian Sam
    Sarana Alexey ½:½ Xiong Jeffery
    Round 5 Results U17 - 3 : 1  
    The World Results USA
    Martirosyan Haik 1:0 Xiong Jeffery
    Esipenko Andrey ½:½ Sevian Sam
    Chopra Aryan ½:½ Ruifeng Li
    Sarana Alexey 1:0 Checa Nicolas
    Round 6 Results U17 - 3½ : ½  
    The World Results USA
    Esipenko Andrey ½:½ Xiong Jeffery
    Martirosyan Haik 1:0 Sevian Sam
    Sarana Alexey 1:0 Burke John
    Smirnon Anton 1:0 Ruifeng Li
    Round 7 Results U17 - 2 : 2  
    The World Results USA
    Chopra Aryan ½:½ Xiong Jeffery
    Smirnon Anton 0:1 Sevian Sam
    Martirosyan Haik ½:½ Ruifeng Li
    Esipenko Andrey 1:0 Checa Nicolas
    Round 8 Results U17 - 2 : 2  
    The World Results USA
    Sarana Alexey ½:½ Xiong Jeffery
    Chopra Aryan ½:½ Sevian Sam
    Esipenko Andrey 0:1 Ruifeng Li
    Martirosyan Haik 1:0 Checa Nicolas
    Round 1 Results U14 - 2½ : 1½  
    The World Results USA
    Ramesh Babu ½:½ Liang Awonder
    Abdusattorov Nodirbek 1:0 Hong Andrew
    Assaubayeva Bibisara 1:0 Yip Carissa
    Salimova Nurgyul 0:1 Samadashvilli Martha
    Round 2 Results U14 - 2 :2  
    The World Results USA
    Ramesh Babu ½:½ Hong Andrew
    Abdusattorov Nodirbek ½:½ Liang Awonder
    Assaubayeva Bibisara 1:0 Samadashvilli Martha
    Salimova Nurgyul 0:1 Yip Carissa
    Round 3 Results U14 - 4 : 0  
    The World Results USA
    Ramesh Babu 1:0 Liang Awonder
    Abdusattorov Nodirbek 1:0 Hong Andrew
    Assaubayeva Bibisara 1:0 Yip Carissa
    Salimova Nurgyul 1:0 Samadashvilli Martha
    Round 4 Results U14 - 3 : 1
    The World Results USA
    Ramesh Babu 1:0 Hong Andrew
    Abdusattorov Nodirbek 0:1 Liang Awonder
    Assaubayeva Bibisara 1:0 Samadashvilli Martha
    Salimova Nurgyul 1:0 Yip Carissa


    Day 2

    Under 17 Section

    The players kept things consistent by keeping the score 2-2. Sam Sevian, who was unstoppable yesterday, for some reason played a very unambitious game and drew Alexey Sarana with the white pieces in 18 moves.
    In a team event, this a huge advantage, as it leaves the opposing team with two whites. His teammate, World Junior Champion Jeffery Xiong, defeated Aryan Chopra’s Najdorf in a very clean game after outplaying his opponent in a positional manner then delivering a tactical blow.
    Unfortunately for the U.S. team, Ruifeng Li chose a very unsound opening against Andrey Esipenko and was punished convincingly.
    Anton Smirnov and John Burke drew after giving each other several winning chances but failing to take advantage of them.
    In the fourth round, the U.S. team suffered its first loss. Things were really looking good for the American team as the Armenian Haik Martirosyan blundered against Nicolas Checa and was forced to resign several moves later.
    Sam Sevian decided to return the favor by blundering a pawn, which was enough for Anton Smirnov to bring home the point.
    Alexey Saran had to suffer and defend against Jeffery Xiong for most of the game.
    The American superstar did not make the most out of his extra pawn in the rook ending allowing his opponent to find enough counterplay to draw. John Burke had a big advantage in the middle game and the only mistake in the game was enough for Andrey Esipenko to turn the tide, which allowed the World team to win their first match.

    Under 14 Section

    After suffering a loss yesterday, the U.S. team drew the match against the higher rated World team.
    Andrew Hong and Praggnanandhaa Ramesh Babu played a sharp theoretical line where the American had to be quite careful not to find himself in trouble. He handled the complications masterfully and made a comfortable draw.
    Martha Samadashvili out-prepared her much higher rated opponent, Bibisara Assaubayeva and got the advantage out of the opening. However, as the game went on, the Russian player demonstrated her strength and experience by not allowing her position to collapse and giving her opponent opportunities to error in an extremely complicated position. Once out of book and on her own, Samadashvili found herself in an unknown territory and made one crucial mistake, which was enough for her opponent to capitalize on and deliver the full point.
    The newly crowned U.S. Junior Champion, Awonder Liang, once again found himself in an uncomfortable position but defended tenaciously until his opponent, Nodirbek Abdusattorov, had to settle for a draw.
    The score was now 2-1 in favor for the World team and it was up to Carissa Yip and Nurgyul Salimova to decide the fate of the match. This was an epic 112 move battle where first Carissa had the material advantage, then her opponent refused to repeat the position to try to go for checkmate but missed a checkmate in two moves. This, in turn, left Carissa with the material advantage away but her king was still in trouble which allowed her opponent to force a draw, an opportunity that was not spotted. Towards the very end, with reduced amount of material on the board, Salimova once again had a great opportunity to make a draw but after a five-hour of play and no time on the clock, it was yet another missed opportunity. With this win, the score of the match is now a tie.

    Watch all the action live on 

    35357209104 7fba2aa973 z

    36152523716 6c1c665044 z

    36059250101 cd747c2755 z

    Photo Gallery by St. Louis Chess Club

    Match of the Millennials Opening

    The opening ceremony of the Match of the Millennials took place on 25th of July. During the press conference devoted to the start of the Match, Jorge Vega, Continental President for America, took part in the procedure of drawing of lots.

    35366191343 c95af6a425 z

    36130657406 002dcfe97c z

    36130659486 f89fc48c85 z

    36130660886 603b84f2c7 z

    36173032435 e1859653a6 z

    36171259025 5a40962d8a z

    Read more

    Match of The Millennials

    USA vs The World

    26-29 July, 2017

    The Chess Club and Scholastic Center of Saint Louis, in cooperation with the Kasparov Chess Foundation, U.S. Chess Federation, World Chess Federation and FIDE Trainers’ Commission will organize the Match of the Millennials. Eight American players will face some of the best juniors from around the world.
    Teams consist of five players under 17, two boys under 14 and two girls under 14 years old. The five players under 17 years old will face each member of the opposing team in two game matches, while the under 14 players will similarly play two-game matches against their two corresponding opponents.
    The prize fund of the match is $30,000. The winning team will receive $20,000, while the runner-up will receive $10,000. Prizes will be split evenly should the match end in a tie.



      US TEAM  
    IMG 7169 IMG 7156 IMG 7166
    Captain Michael Khodarkovsky Captain Armen Ambartsumian Coach Alexander Onischuk
    IMG 7187 IMG 7208 IMG 7174
    Jeffery Xiong (USA) Samuel Sevian (USA) Ruifeng Li (USA)
    IMG 7190 IMG 7209 IMG 7177
    John Michael Burke (USA) Nicolas Checa (USA) Awonder Liang (USA)
    IMG 7215 IMG 7197 IMG 7181
    Andrew Hong (USA) Carissa Yip (USA) Martha Samadashvili (USA)


    IMG 7259 IMG 7252 IMG 7263
    Captain Efstratios Grivas Captain Alexander Beliavsky Head of Delegation Jorge Vega
    IMG 7268 IMG 7234 IMG 7219
    Haik Martirosyan (ARM) Andrey Esipenko (RUS) Alexey Sarana (RUS)
    IMG 7224 IMG 7226 IMG 7243
    Anton Smirnov (AUS) Aryan Chopra (IND) Praggnanandhaa R.B. (IND)
    IMG 7248 IMG 7239 IMG 7257
    Nodirbek Abdusattorov (UZB) Bibisara Assaubayeva (RUS) Nurgyul Salimova (BUL)

              How Do You Teach Politics In The Year Of Donald Trump?        
    In professor Jerome Hunt's American politics class last month at the University of the District of Columbia, there were many questions: Could whoever wins the election serve a second term, given Donald Trump's and Hillary Clinton's low favorability numbers? What will the Republican Party look like years from now, after the Trump phenomenon has its full effect? What will happen to the Supreme Court?It was the first session since the first presidential debate and a good hour or so of the 80-minute class ended up being completely devoted to a question-filled discussion — sometimes veering into therapy-session territory — breaking down the week in presidential politics.Hunt faced almost as many strong emotions as he did political queries. One student ranted that older generations had deserted millennials, leaving them to figure out a complex political world all by themselves. Others lamented the tenor of the election and decried what they saw as race-baiting throughout the campaign season.
              5 Effective SaaS Marketing Strategies for Reaching Millennials        

    We're entering a new era: millennials, formerly a favorite target audience for many “hip” B2C marketers, are becoming relevant for B2B industries as well. The oldest members of this generation are now in their early thirties, entering management positions with buying power and becoming prime targets for SaaS providers.

    The post 5 Effective SaaS Marketing Strategies for Reaching Millennials appeared first on Rethink Commerce Blog.

              15.08.17 21:00 Uhr - Nürnberg - SKATING POLLY        
    Tickets erhältlich unter:

    SKATING POLLY, das Stiefschwester-Duo aus Kelli Mayo und Peyton Bighorse, nennen ihre Musik gerne "ugly pop", hässlichen Pop, und das ist ja auch eine treffende Bezeichnung für Musik, die im einen Moment total süß und eingängig ist und in der im nächsten Moment Geschrei aus vollem Hals auf lärmige Gitarren trifft. Ein anderer passender Begriff dafür wäre schlicht Grunge, den sie für sich und ihre 21.- Jahrhundert-Teen-Angst ganz neu errungen haben - wie eine ganze Menge (tumblr-)Millennials mit ihnen. Und nach Nirvana, Mudhoney, Babes in Toyland, Hole klingen sie wirklich im einen Moment, und nach Kimya Dawson und Beat Happening im anderen.

    Als sie sich 2008 gründeten, war Kelli gerade mal 14 Jahre alt und Peyton 18, und 2011 kam schon ihr erstes Album raus: Taking Over The World. Sie wurden bald von einigen Punk/Indie-Größen unterstützt und
    gefeiert: Xene Cervenka von X hat ihr zweites Album, Lost Wonderfuls, produziert, und Klyph Scurlock (Flaming Lips) hat ihnen sein altes Drumset geschenkt, und Babes In Toyland haben sie mit auf ihre Revival-Europatour genommen. Inzwischen haben SKATING POLLY sich wirklich nonstop den Allerwertesten abgetourt und ihr drittes Album raus, Fuzz Steilacoom, das von Calvin Johnson (Beat Happening, K-Rec) produziert wurde und mit Veruca Salts Loouise Post und Nina Gordon haben sie an ihrer aktuellen EP namens New Trick gearbeitet. Und ganz neu dieses Jahr: Kurtis Mayo, ihr Bruder, darf jetzt als festes Bandmitglied mitspielen.

              The Mother of All Influencers        

    Vibrant Nation’s new study, The Mother of All Influencers, reveals that mothers have a significant influence on purchases made by their children of every age, regardless of whether they’re shopping for fashion, entertainment, food & drinks, or technology. Here’s a quick preview of key takeaways: On average, Boomer, GenX and Millennial moms directly influence 60%... View Article

    The post The Mother of All Influencers appeared first on Vibrant Nation.

              How to think like a government bureaucrat        
    Robert Tracinski on the essential core of a control freak’s very being: Here’s one of my favorite stories about how the mind of a government official works. A few years ago, I was in a grocery store in Charlottesville when I overheard a conversation between two shoppers, one of whom was clearly in some position […]
              Can some corporations become forces for good?        

    Watch Video | Listen to the Audio

    By Christopher Booker and Connie Kargbo

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: A tour through the New Belgium Brewing Company in Fort Collins, Colorado, passes through the bottling facility and brewhouse, before ending at the bar.

    New Belgium is one the largest craft breweries in the country, distributing beer to all 50 states.

    When you buy its best known brand, Fat Tire Belgian style ale, that “B” on the label doesn’t stand for beer, it’s stands for B Corp, a designation given to businesses dedicated to more than profit.

    KATE WALLACE: I think when you get together with people you realize you have a lot of the same values.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Katie Wallace is New Belgium’s assistant director of sustainability.

    KATIE WALLACE: If you’re running a business that’s not considering the impact that you have on the environment and society, or the impact that those things have upon your business, then you’re not operating a business that’s really going to be in existence in the future.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: New Belgium is privately owned and profitable, selling nearly a million barrels of beer a year and generating $225 million a year in revenue.

    KATIE WALLACE: For a long time we felt that we kind of stumbled into this for values-based reasons but then found that economically it was a really powerful business model and has been a key ingredient of our success over time

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: New Belgium took its dedication up a notch in 2013, when it became a certified B Corp, submitting to a rigorous audit of its community impact by the Pennsylvania based B Lab.

    B Lab likens the certification to “Fair Trade” for coffee and the “LEED” certification for buildings with environmental and energy-efficient design.

    Beyond charitable giving, companies can score more points for making eco-friendly products, offering robust benefit packages, and being transparent in their corporate governance.

    New Belgium earned its certification in large part because of its environmental practices: generating 12 percent of its electricity from solar panels and biogas, a fuel they create by the wastewater produced when they make beer. After one year on the job, employees are given bikes to commute carbon free and given shares in the company, which is now employee owned.

    KATIE WALLACE: B Corp has given us a way to measure things that aren’t inherently quantitative, but we know are important to us. Like providing 100 percent of our health care premiums for our co-workers or putting solar on site or biogas. It helps us to bring that into a measurement space where we can compare ourselves against other companies and see are we really being leaders in this area or is there a way we can improve?

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Believing business can function as “a force for good,” B Lab has certified 22,000 companies worldwide since 2007. Subjecting mostly small and medium-sized, privately held companies to a 200 point assessment.

    The list includes ice cream makers Ben & Jerry’s, eyewear manufacturer Warby Parker, and outdoor clothing giant Patagonia.

    There are 99 B Corps in Colorado. That includes businesses that don’t manufacture anything like Denver law firm moye white. Attorney Dominick Sekich oversaw its B Corps application.

    DOMINICK SEKICH: There are a lot of opportunities that, say, manufacturers have that, as a service organization, we don’t have. We can’t really point to a supply chain that we’ve improved, because our supply chain is fairly short and concrete.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Moye White acheived B Corp certification after it improved a number of employee benefits, expanding paid parental and family leave, increasing flex time, and starting an employee community service group that volunteers with organizations like Habitat for Humanity.

    Sekich says each time an employee takes advantage of their three-month paid family leave benefit, it can cost the firm between $20,000 and $50,000. But the firm believes it’s worth it.

    DOMINICK SEKICH: We’ve had some clients approach us asking us how we’ve committed to the environment, how we’ve committed to our communities, and we’re able to point to our certification as a B Corporation as part of that effort.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: When Moye White was working toward its B Corp certification, it turned to B Lab’s Kim Coupanous for assistance.

    KIM COUPANOS: If you look at society in general and all of the good things that capitalism has brought to civilization and humanity over the last hundred plus years, there’s been an equal number of really negative things. Massive income divides biotoxicity, greenhouse gases, you name your kind of social or environmental ill. Capitalism has kind of created that.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Before joining B Lab, Coupanous ran an outdoor clothing company for 16 years.

    KIM COUPANOUS: I agree with the profit motive and there’s no bones about that. I also know that the power of business to transform society is huge. And we are going into this new century facing some pretty challenging problems that haven’t been solved by the nonprofit sector or the government sector. And at the same time, there’s this kind of spirit of innovation and optimism, especially among Millennials who say we can do better than this.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Economically, Colorado is doing better than most states. Its 2.3 percent unemployment rate is the lowest in the country. The Denver skyline is filled with cranes constructing new apartment buildings for some of the 60,000 people who move to the state every year. Most settling in the relatively affluent greater Denver and Boulder areas.

    Will this be relegated to areas that are already populated by the upper middle class, the educated, the tech sector? I can think of many corners of America that they just want jobs. They’re not even having the ability to think about how does this save water.

    KIM COUPANOUS: Certainly it really can’t be relegated to the realm of upper middle class progressive city. Because if we are trying to create shared and or durable prosperity for all it means cities that are depressed. It means, you know, local businesses, nail salons, and moving companies, and the local garage.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: The B Corp movement is not without its skeptics.

    KENT GREENFIELD: It is a band aid on a cancerous patient.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Boston College law professor Kent Greenfield applauds the intent of b-corps but fears the B Corps movement may mask the need for far greater changes to the way American companies conduct themselves.

    KENT GREENFIELD: Let’s be honest the real bad actors in the corporate world are not those who are voluntarily opting in .

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Greenfield argues that there must be changes in corporate governance to legally support companies working to be better citizens.

    KENT GREENFIELD: As long as it’s voluntary, then it’s still gonna leave bad actors aside. So if you’re a Wall Street hedge fund manager, are you going to prefer companies that are B Corps? Are you gonna prefer companies who are saying, “no, we don’t think that being a B Corp is conducive to the shareholder value?” So I think our efforts need to be aimed at a more fundamental adjustment in the way we think about corporate obligation and the way we govern corporations.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Despite the lack of federal or state regulation compelling companies to function as better actors, there is a way for companies who pursue both profit and social good to be legally protected.

    With a push from B Lab, Colorado and 32 other states have passed legislation allowing companies to incorporate as a public benefit corporation, which enshrines their social mission into their articles of incorporation.

    This spring, food and beverage company DanoneWave became the largest public benefit corporation in the U.S., with 6,000 employees and $6 billion in annual revenue. A subsidiary of French multinational Danone, DanoneWave makes organic products like Horizon milk, Silk almond milk, and Wallaby yogurt.

    DEBRA ESCHMEYER: We encourage dietary practices that improve the health of people through food.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Deborah Eschmeyer is the vice president of communications and community affairs.

    DEBRA ESCHMEYER: When folks go to the grocery store, they want to know that the products are actually doing right by the employees and by the people and the planet.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Its production process is increasingly using natural ingredients and the company has spent money to reduce its waste and promote animal welfare.

    Eschmeyer says DanoneWave believes the upfront costs pay off in the long run.

    DEBRA ESCHMEYER: These are things that help the bottom line. Because waste reduction, for example, is great for the bottom line. It’s also great for the planet. We have this greater goal of showing that you can meet the financial shareholders’ interests and do right by the people and the planet.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: DanoneWave is arguably providing a test case for scale.


    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: How difficult is it to go through this process with such a large company

    DEBRA ESCHMEYER: Yeah, I mean, we’re definitely proving the case. We want to make sure that large companies can do this, and we can do this at scale. And DanoneWave is now one of the top 15 food and beverage companies in the United States. And so when we do this, it’s a challenge to other companies to step up as well.

    CHRISTOPHER BOOKER: Six more states are now considering benefit corporation legislation. B Lab says it will certify its 100 Colorado company as a B-Corp next week.

    The post Can some corporations become forces for good? appeared first on PBS NewsHour.

              Column: Forget the white picket fence, the American Dream is in the city        
    Pedestrians walk through Times Square during a warm weather spell in New York March 10, 2016. REUTERS/Lucas Jackson - RTSA914

    Pedestrians walk through Times Square during a warm weather spell in New York March 10, 2016. Photo by Lucas Jackson/Reuters

    The dominant housing story of the last century was an exodus of those with means from cities to suburbs. The American Dream consisted of a white picket fence around a private yard, 2.4 children in the home and a nice car or two. Today, the dream is changing. Sure, the suburbs still offer a great deal, but there’s a powerful countertrend that is increasingly hard to ignore: a renaissance in cities, as they draw empty nesters and young professionals alike to a vibrant, urban lifestyle.

    According to, over 250,000 people reach retirement age in the United States every month. And although the share of baby boomers living in urban areas has decreased since 2000 on an aggregate basis, an important subset of empty nesters is flocking back to choice American cities.

    Between 2010 and 2014, half of new business growth in the U.S. came from 20 urban counties.

    Take Boston, for example. According to, the northeastern city is the most in-demand urban destination for buyers between the ages of 65 and 74, a range that includes the oldest five years of boomers. That demographic is buying more homes overall than every segment besides millennials and Generation X, and Beantown is their first choice among cities. Some former suburbanites have even formed “expat” groups, according to the Boston Globe. Incidentally, this dynamic risks pushing suburban real estate prices down as the number of homes for sale rises. Indeed, in 2016, suburban home prices have been weak, while Boston real estate values have surged.

    READ MORE: How the housing markets in 5 U.S. cities may have cost you $5,000 in lost wages

    But it’s not just about retirees flocking to cities. Young professionals are also increasingly working and living downtown, drawn by exciting employment opportunities. Between 2010 and 2014, half of new business growth in the U.S. came from 20 urban counties, and half of all job growth in that period came from 73 counties. And according to a recent Wall Street Journal story, one factor behind the Beantown boom has been an influx of people choosing to live in the city. Between 2010 and 2014, for instance, the population of Boston grew by 6 percent, double the national rate.

    This urban renaissance has generated a strong real estate market in America’s boom towns.

    Many of America’s best-performing cities are, unsurprisingly, science and tech hubs: the usual suspects like San Francisco, New York and Seattle, but also lesser known ones like Raleigh. It’s not just science and tech though — just look to the Lone Star State. Despite the drop in oil prices, Austin and Dallas have enjoyed resilient economies fueled not just by high-tech industry, but also festivals, logistics, financial services and a general business-friendly environment.

    This urban renaissance has generated a strong real estate market in America’s boom towns. Rents have risen and prices are increasing. In 2011, high-end urban apartment rent growth peaked at 8 percent per year and remains well north of inflation. Rental increases are higher for large, in-demand cities like New York, Boston and San Francisco — and even higher for the most expensive units within these markets.

    READ MORE: Why a severe housing shortage means reduced wages for workers

    I worry about the sustainability of these dynamics, in large part because when markets work well, higher prices stimulate supply. And that’s exactly what we’re seeing in many cities. According to the Wall Street Journal, “In 25 of the largest U.S. cities, multifamily permits in urban areas were up 39% in 2015 compared with a year earlier.” Major cities like New York, Philadelphia and Boston are all expecting housing supply growth between two and three times the historical average in the next year. Although demand in these cities is robust, it’s nevertheless worth watching to see if today’s boom turns into tomorrow’s bust.

    When markets work well, higher prices stimulate supply. And that’s exactly what we’re seeing in many cities.

    The most recent issue of Worth magazine highlighted some of the cities that have benefited from — and actively helped to stimulate — the urban boom. Worth’s selection of dynamic American cities includes San Diego, Dallas, Charleston, Nashville, New Orleans, San Francisco and New York, among others. What unites these cities? As Worth editor Richard Bradley summarized, successful cities have used effective public policy to make downtowns both livable and business-friendly, while embracing existing assets — like Nashville’s music scene or San Diego’s science infrastructure.

    Yet the cities that Worth profiled are not homogenous. They’re each vibrant in their own ways. San Diego, for example, has ample human capital, support for startups and a commitment to infrastructure investment. Dallas has transformed into a booming cultural center. Charleston, home to an important port, has attracted global manufacturers without losing its historic charm. To Worth’s list, I’d add Boston, whose Seaport District alone has managed to attract everything from tech startups to General Electric in recent years.

    READ MORE: The San Francisco activists who say please build in my backyard

    Unfortunately, an influx of wealthy young people tends to make attractive cities like these less affordable. So what’s the best way to sustain the urban renaissance? New construction — via relaxed zoning restrictions — may be a partial solution. For this reason, as Matthew Yglesias put it, “the elevator could be the next great disruptive technology.” Increasing density can push down prices without generating sprawl.

    But just as technology could bolster the urban renaissance, it could also endanger it. The Wall Street Journal’s Christopher Mims suggests that the rise of self-driving cars might take the new urban enthusiasts to the suburbs. It’s not hard to imagine young affluent millennials being wooed by futuristic vehicles conveniently escorting them to and from the spacious suburbs.

    Especially in this time of general global instability… there are some things worth celebrating. The flourishing of our cities is one of them.

    For now, as noted by Worth’s Bradley, “we are living in a golden era of American cities.” And the trends don’t show signs of reversing. Boston, for instance, is expecting 90,000 new residents in the next 14 years. Especially in this time of general global instability, with Brexit, choppy asset markets and falling commodities prices increasing fear across the board, there are some things worth celebrating. The flourishing of our cities is one of them.

    The post Column: Forget the white picket fence, the American Dream is in the city appeared first on PBS NewsHour.

              By: [Forbes] Why Millennial Women Do Not Want To Lead | The Farm Team        
    [...] undergraduate student at Barnard College, Columbia University, and Founder and Editor of the, a feminist blog/community for teens and young adults who care about their rights and want to be [...]
              UBS reports millennials could be worth up to $24 trillion by 2020        
    A report from UBS says millennials could be worth $24 trillion by 2020.
              6 Banking Tips for Millennials        
    As millennials juggle a multitude of responsibilities – from school, to work, to planning for major life events – the American Bankers Association is highlighting eight banking tips to help them secure a financially sound future. “Millennials are digital natives who understand the importance of staying connected socially, but staying connected to their bank can … Continue reading 6 Banking Tips for Millennials
              How millennials experiment with their working styles for job gratification        
    A fundamental question that echoes across organization from startups to multinationals is why the millennials are different or should we treat them any different at all?
              Dallas Stars 1st Pro Team to Publicly Oppose Texas' 'Bathroom Bill'        

    The Dallas Stars publicly opposed the Texas "bathroom bill" Wednesday that would require transgender people in Texas to only use bathrooms in schools or government buildings based on their birth-certificate gender. 

    "The Dallas Stars stands strongly opposed to any legislation perceived as discriminatory, including proposed bathroom legislation," team president Jim Lites said, per Lauren McGaughy of the Dallas Morning News. "Dallas welcomes all, and we welcome all."

    His statement made the Stars the first team to publicly denounce this particular legislation about bathroom use for transgender people. All of the city's major sports teams appear to be against the legislation, however, per McGaughy:

    "While Houston Texans owner Bob McNair has criticized the bill, Lites is the first club president to reject legislation on behalf of an entire team. Sources have told The Dallas Morning News the Dallas Cowboys have been quietly lobbying against the bills, but the team has not yet publicly rejected it."

    "Dallas Mavericks owner Mark Cuban has also spoken out on the bill, saying he doesn't believe the legislation has hurt Texas business prospects yet, but, 'We can only use the excuse of having crazy, entertaining state politicians who are merely a sideshow for so long.'"

    A similar law in North Carolina was met with stiff resistance and outcry from the sporting world. The NBA pulled its All-Star Game from the state, while the NCAA pulled basketball tournament games from the state as well before the law was repealed.

    Both the NBA and NFL have warned the state of Texas, meanwhile, that passing what is seen by many as a discriminatory law against transgender people could cost the state major events in the future.

    "If a proposal that is discriminatory or inconsistent with our values were to become law (in Texas), that would certainly be a factor considered when thinking about awarding future events," NFL spokesman Brian McCarthy told Ileana Najarro of the Houston Chronicle in February.

    "We consider a wide range of factors when making decisions about host locations for league-wide events like the All-Star Game—foremost among them is ensuring the environment where those who participate and attend are treated fairly and equally," NBA spokesman Bass added that same month, per Najarro.

    Read more NHL Central news on

              Korea in Cebu        

    A few weekends ago, I was invited the last minute to hold a talk on "achieving your travel goals" in a coffee shop in Cebu. I have less than a week to prepare, but what I have in mind the whole time was this: I will get to travel and at the same time work and share something that I am passionate about! I said yes without batting an eyelash.

    Aside from planning my presentation and key points, I also sneaked in a few minutes to read blogs on other things to do while in Cebu. I've been to the city several times already (both for vacation or to cover events), but it will be my first time to go there semi-solo. I asked the company if I can extend my flight back so I can make the most out of the travel, and they were very accommodating to my request. 

    Two days in Cebu and I ended up using half of the time trying Korean cafes, haha! Sharing some of these cool places in this post!

    Mirror selfie while waiting for my luggage at the Mactan Cebu International Airport:

    My very comfortable in Marriott Hotel Cebu:

    Sunday 2pm Book & Cafe

    As planned, I arrived in Cebu a few hours early for my 1pm talk. I requested for the 8am flight so I have more time to go around before my work, not realizing that I was also too early for my hotel's check-in. I took a Grab taxi from the airport to the hotel provided by the company, when I decided that I can just leave my luggage at the reception and then go for brunch to kick-start my out-of-town adventure. True enough, the hotel gave me an early check-in (from 2pm to 12nn!).. but they still requested a few hours to fix my room.

    I had a little time to research and just decided to go to the nearest coffee shop in my list coming from Marriott. For only Php 65 Grab fare, I went for the quaint, online recommended cafe Sunday 2pm. I had the whole place to myself, and was able to ask the Ate at the counter if the place is just Korean themed or Korean owned (it's the latter!). Ordered for a cheesy garlic panini with a pink drink since I already had coffee at the airport AND at the airplane, hehe.

    Well, the place looks smaller compared to the photos I saw online. It still feels homey / friendly / cozy though, plus food is actually good (the ones I ordered). Enough reason to visit, revisit, and overstay. ❤

    Tom N Toms Coffee

    To my surprise, the venue for my talk turns out to be in a Korean cafe as well! Yey! Felt at home right away, haha! Didn't know that we already have a Tom N Toms Coffee in Manila (QC area), and haven't really visited a branch when I was in Seoul, so this was also my first time!!

    We occupied the second floor for our two sessions of travel and financial seminars. Tom N Toms cakes, coffee, and other drinks were overflowing that afternoon, and they're all good! I finished a huge slice of the moist chocolate cake. 

    What I love most is how Sun Life provided this avenue for the Cebuano millennials to learn at no fees. Meanwhile, I was also inspired to have met really focused young individuals who seem to know their priorities well! Had fun chatting with some of them on solo traveling, budget, and Korea trips after each session.

    Coffee Prince

    Just by its name, you'll know that it's a Korean themed cafe! Coffee Prince is inspired by the 2007 hit Kdrama, you'll immediately see it on the servers and baristas who are all wearing the black vest over white polo shirt look from the series. 

    I think from all the three cafes that I've tried during the trip, this one's my favorite! Food and drinks were good, the sunny interiors and "love locks" effect outside are my kind of aesthetics. 

    I ordered kimchi rice and latte over the counter, then sat on a corner booth with only a low table, no chairs but just throw pillows, and a poster that says "Today is the perfect day to be happy". Instant good vibes. You have to take off your shoes to avail this section, so I did--which immediately made me feel comfortable and right at home. It was raining outside, so my hot food, drink, and the corner booth were just perfect. 

              The Little Prince + #Adulting        

    One of the books that you read and understand differently the second or third time around is The Little Prince.
    I remember reading it as a children's novel on baobabs, stars and a talking fox back when I was in grade school, and then suddenly perceiving it as a deeply emotional book on relationships and attachments when I re-read it in high school! These different interpretations of Antoine de Saint-Exupery's The Little Prince made it such a classic story that stood time!

    One of the places my family went to during our Korea summer vacation last May was at the Petite France, a French-themed, Little Prince inspired village near Nami Island. I've been here last year, but I know it's something my sisters will also enjoy since we all read the book in high school.

    My Love From Another Star shooting location: They even placed a clear block set-up where you can stand as if you're flying ala Cheon Song Yi! Hehe!

    You will also spot rooms with French antiques, costumes, and different editions of The Little Prince:

    Meanwhile, while we're at it, here are some lessons on #Adulting from The Little Prince:
    1) Like the baobab plants that should be uprooted once sighted and before they grow too big, bad habits and other negative things should be taken out immediately in our lives before they become too firmly rooted in our personalities.

    2) In The Little Prince, the star is a symbol of what is most important to the different characters: And that's wealth for the businessman, his subjects for the king, and magic and beauty for the Little Prince. In real life, what we see brightest are the things that we value the most. 

    To me, my first prayer in the morning is always the best of health for my friends and family. Before thinking about career and my other wishes, I want my loved ones to be happy and in perfect condition. They are my starAdulting na nga talaga. 

    3) The Fox quoted one of the most memorable lines from The Little Prince: "And now here is my secret, a very simple secret: It is only with the heart that one can see rightly; what is essential is invisible to the eye." 

    This expression of love that goes beyond material things can come as experiences and making more new memories together. Taking my family to Korea is a dream come true. 

    Aside from that, I realized that another way to show my love for them is to provide them with insurance and investment products. As Ms. Charo Santos-Concio said during the Sun Life Sun Shorts launch at the Shangrila Hotel Makati, "Insurance is an extension of our love to our family."

    Speaking of insurance and investments, Sun Life, in time for the 4th Financial Independence Month, created three Sun Shorts digital films to raise awareness for Filipinos to finally break free from the cycle of financial shortage. I decided to go to this event to really learn more about these things because #adulting.

    Sun Shorts aims to show Filipinos the different Sun Life insurance and investment products in a more relatable way. Each of the three short films were inspired by real stories from Sun Life clients. I was able to watch them during the event, and grabe talaga ang kirot basta about family!

    Sun Life also got celebrity endorsers Matteo Guidicelli, Judy Ann Santos, and Piolo Pascual to share their thoughts on the videos + explain insurances and investments as if you’re talking to a friend. 

    Here are the different Sun Shorts, and a brief discussion about them: 


    About the film: Waves by Zig Marasigan is about two young adults—a girl who lives in the city and a guy who is a surfing instructor. They met during the girl’s beach trip with her friends, and eventually fell in love. Work life happened, so the girl had no time to go back to the beach, not knowing that her carefree boyfriend is already planning for their future. 

    Who is it for? For the millennials who are often criticized for their YOLO mindset and not preparing enough for the future. 

    Highlighted Sun Life Insurance: Through this Sun Shorts, I learned that even non-married couples can be each other’s insurance beneficiaries! Usually young couples will not discuss finances, but if you’re really serious about your future, then you have to have a plan. 


    About the film: She Said, She Said by Nic Reyes is about a young single mom’s journey in raising her daughter alone. 

    Who is it for? Single parents. 

    Highlighted Sun Life Insurance: Preparing for your son or daughter’s future, especially college plans, is not easy—much more if you’re a single parent! Through this film, you will learn how to secure your children’s future through a Sun Life insurance plan. 


    About the film: Sayaw by Mihk Vergara (my personal favorite!) is about a long-time married couple, where matters of the health is very important. 

    Who is it for? For long-time married couples, for seniors 

    Highlighted Sun Life Insurance: Health risks are higher as we grow old. Since finances are as unpredictable, might as well invest in health insurances in case of emergencies. 

    "For as long as they have dreams to pursue and relationships to care for, Sun Life will be here for them as their partner in this journey," says Sun Life Chief Marketing Officer Mylene Lopa. 

    And as the Fox said to the Little Prince, "You become responsible, forever, for your rose."

    You can watch the Sun Shorts digital films at, or on Sun Life’s Facebook page at Sun Life released their first collection of Sun Shorts back in 2012, a project recognized by prestigious local and international award-giving bodies for the creative approach in promoting insurance and investment products. 

              A Day at the Newport Mall        

    Sharing happenings during my hangout at the re-opened Newport Mall in Pasay last week!

    Meet up with friends / Lunch in Ichiba

    Just last month, Newport Mall reopens to the public and its loyal patrons. I finally had the chance to go back here with my blog friends last Thursday, and enjoy the usual dine-and-shop in one of my family's favorite one-stop mall (it's super near NAIA3!).

    My parents and titas usually go here for the casino and the buffet. Meanwhile, I've been in RW one too many times for the shows--from concerts (Airsupply!!!) to world-class theater productions (Sound of Music!).

    So I met up with the group in Ichiba, a Japanese restaurant that reminds me so so much of Dotonbori in Osaka--aka Japan's "Kitchen". The whole place looks like the typical, legit food and market place in Japan, and they serve a variety of Japanese cuisines like ramen, sushi, yakitori, tempura, gyoza, etc. Sobrang heaven!

    I'll go back to try the other vegetarian food in Ichiba's menu! They have vegetarian tempura and my favorite tamago!

    I first learned about this resto through Sarah during our Japan In Manila days, and finally got to visit and try it myself! I love it! I will always feel "at home" in anything Japanese or Korean, hehe!

    Fun and chill lunch with these cool bloggers. ❤

    I also watched a tempura and sushi cooking demo. I saw that everything's freshly made here in Ichiba:

    Papi Rodel trying his hands on California Maki making:

    Good job, Papi!

    Other dining options at the Newport Mall include Recipes, Naah!m, Red Crab, Mr. Kurosawa, Annam, Italianni's, and many more. Some of them will have special offers and discounts till July 31, so it's the best time to go here!

    Shopping Spree!

    Why I prefer shopping at the Newport Mall: 1) Better stocks even on mid range brands like Bench and Mango, 2) Better service, 3) Less crowded than most malls in Manila!

    They are also currently offering up to 70% off in most of the stores! Some of the brands available at the Newport Mall include Tommy Hilfiger, Victoria's Secret, Guess, Puma, Charles & Keith, Hush Puppies, Coalition, and Michael Antonio.

    For trendy shoes, bags, and accessories, I went to Call It Spring:

    I can't resist the logo shirts from Guess and Adidas, I realized that I have so much logo tees, it's turning into a collection na! Hehe.

    Finally saw the 90s-cool Guess pieces that I've been looking for for a long time! They're all available at the Guess Newport Mall branch!

    Comparing (shopping) notes with Ruthilish! Hehe!

    Korea In Manila finds at the Newport Mall: Suzy Bae for The Face Shop and Park Shin Hye for Bench! 😍

    All kinds of White Musk scents at The Body Shop, aka Goblin's perfume hehe:

    Spotted: Affordable pink hoodie like the ones worn by your favorite Kdrama girls, available in Bench Newport Mall for only Php 699!

    I saw Rhea buying a laptop case from Beyond The Box:

    These are so kyeopta!!! Yellow and Millennial Pink sneakers with huge bows from Puma:

    Where I wasted my time ~ Mango! They have pieces for as low as Php 400+!

    Can't resist these comfy pieces at 50% off!

    Coffee Break in Cafe Creole

    After a tiring shopping for more than 1.5 hours, the gang headed to Cafe Creole, also located at the Newport Mall's The Plaza. I had a nice iced latte with sweet pastries, while my friends and I showcased our purchases to each other... My favorite part! Hehe! 😌😋

    Ruth and Zed chilling by Newport Mall's plaza:

    More Than Shopping And Dining!

    But of course, a day is not enough at the Newport Mall! Aside from trying new cuisines and shopping to your heart's content, they also have top of the line cinemas currently offering special rates. Every 1pm to 4pm, children 12 years old and below can enjoy movies for the low price of Php 150! Meanwhile, adults may enjoy their favorite blockbuster for only Php 170! 

    Want to pamper yourself? Island Spa is giving away 20% off in all their services, while Skin Perfection offers diamond peel treatments for only Php 499.

    Heading Home 

    Took lots of photos at the plaza before the group parted ways. If you're staying here till evening, Newport Mall holds musical events and live performances here at The Plaza from 7pm onwards.

    Shoppers get to enjoy free parking by just presenting a minimum of Php 500 single or accumulated receipts. Otherwise, flat rate parking is just Php 50.

     Waiting for my Grab, hehehe:

    Meanwhile, for fellow commuters! Coming to and from Newport Mall, get Php 50 off on your GrabCar fare by using the promo code "newportmall". Or you can just ask their very friendly guards to help you get a cab, they assisted me the whole time since it was already rush hour!

    I really had fun that day! Thank you Newport Mall for hosting this fun bonding afternoon with blog friends I seldom see! Will definitely be back with my family naman. 😌

    For more info, visit

              Five things you should know about China's millennials        

    eMarketer :: Young people in China are twice as likely as those in the US to agree with the statement: "I share everything I do online."

    Continue here:

              FactorCast #8 - Les Fact'Or 2016        
    L'année 2016 est presque terminée. On ne sait pas pour vous, mais nous on s'est bien amusés. Entre les jeux vidéo et les projets, on est resté bien occupé toute l'année et histoire de finir en beauté, nous avons décidé de faire un ultime podcast rassemblant (presque) tout le CROU de Factor ! 0:02:51 - Les mods (et les jeux) gratos qui sont meilleurs que les AAA 0:11:07 - Les jeux qui ont niqué ta vie sociale mais que tu t’en fous parce qu’ils étaient vachement mieux que tes potes au final 0:18:31 - Les jeux qui te font regretter que tes amis n’aient pas forcément les mêmes goûts que toi 0:29:41 - Les jeux “J’en ai plus rien à branler de cette planète, je me casse !” 0:42:12 - Les jeux que tu sais qu’ils veulent te dire quelque chose mais que tu comprends rien mais que t’es content quand même 0:56:16 - Les jeux que tu as joué sur Youtube 1:09:31 - Les jeux où il faut que tu fasse ton propre challenge hé ouais ça demande un effort sale millennial de merde 1:20:07 - Meilleur jeu de beauf amateur de sports, de néons verts et belles carrosserie. 1:29:32 - Les jeux qui font mal à ton skill et à ton corps 1:39:21 - Les jeux que tu serais prêt à recommander à tes potes qui n’en ont rien à battre des jeux vidéo 1:50:00 - Les jeux auxquels tu as joué 250h tout seul parce que tes potes en ont eu marre au bout de 6. 1:57:52 - Les déceptions de l'année 2:08:30 - Les espoirs 2017
              How to Fit Treats Into Your Weight Loss Plan        

    This month we have guest blogger Trina sharing some healthy lifestyle and weight loss tips. Trina has been an active member of the Organize Yourself Community for a while now and I’m thrilled to have her here. She is a Canadian millennial that is passionate about writing, helping others and community building. She provides advice Continue reading →

    The post How to Fit Treats Into Your Weight Loss Plan appeared first on Organize Yourself Skinny.

              Another Top-10 List — Top (and Bottom) Millennial Homeownership Metros 2017        
    Contrary to the belief and perception of many, Millennials are becoming homeowners today, more in some markets than others.  A recent ULI survey found that 60 percent of Millennials born from 1980 to 2000 plan to be living in a detached single family home within the next five years and that 75 percent intend to …Read more
              Tips For Understanding Millennial First-Time Home Buyers        

    The Federal Savings Bank offers some tips to homeowners as how to understand selling to millennial first-time home buyers.

    (PRWeb September 25, 2015)

    Read the full story at

              Here’s Why So Many Millennials Are Leasing Luxury Cars        
    A couple of years ago we were all told that millennials are more eco-friendly, with more and more apparently opting to get around by bikes, busses and other means of public transport. It however has now become apparent that this is not the case – Although a rising number of younger people are opting to
              Millennials Are Making Up A Larger Portion of Home Buyers        

    The Federal Savings Bank shares and comments on news regarding the newest generation of home buyers.

    (PRWeb September 07, 2015)

    Read the full story at

              A Millennial take on food consumption        
    Kimberly Egan, CEO of the Center for Culinary Development, already stated in 2009: “Generation Y has a game-changing approach to food consumption that will definitely affect how other demographics, including Gen Xers and Baby Boomers, shop and eat”. (Progressive Grocer, Read More
              Millennials’ Life Careerism: an interview with Vizeum        
    Early April, we launched the Millennials at Work book, sharing insights on how to optimally capitalize on Millennials’ talents and maximize their impact on business performance. In preparation for this story, we approached successful consumer brands such as FREITAG & Read More
              Replay the Millennials at Work webinar        
    Earlier this week InSites Consulting hosted the Millennials at Work Webinar with Joeri Van den Bergh. A 30min live YouTube broadcast on how to attract, engage and retain Millennial talent in your organization. Missed it? Not to worry, the full Read More
               仕事も観光もできる! 京都のハイテク次世代カプセルホテル「The Millennials」を体験         
    京都の繁華街に誕生した次世代カプセルホテル+コワーキングスペース「The Millennials」を体験してみた。京都観光後に快適に宿泊でき、さらに仕事もできる万能施設だ。
              Crunch Time        
    For the past 40 years, Republicans have been winning most of our political battles over economic issues, while social issues polarize the country.  Ronald Reagan swept into office in 1980 and eliminated the progressive tax system that was the legacy of the New Deal.  Deregulation began and has continued through Republican and Democratic administrations alike.  Bill Clinton did put through one tax increase, but he also signed a very unfortunate crime bill, cut back welfare, and put Glass-Steagall to rest.  George W. Bush immediately undid Clinton's tax cuts, and then some. Barack Obama's one major triumph, the ACA, looks set to expire over the next few weeks.

    The election of Donald Trump, as I have said several times, must be viewed from at least two different perspectives. On the one hand, the election of an often-bankrupt businessman and TV star with little or no real knowledge of public affairs shows up the bankruptcy of our political system and threatens us with unprecedented dangers.  On the other hand, because Trump is a Republican, it gives Congressional Republicans--who in turn are bound hand in foot to extreme conservative contributors led by the Koch brothers--the chance to undo what remains of the New Deal and the Great Society, if not the Progressive Era.  In the Fourth Turning that began sometime in the last decade (in my opinion, in November 2000), the Republicans have generally been able to keep the initiative precisely because they were committed to the death of the old order, while the Democrats felt the country could continue to go in a more liberal direction.  Both sides believe their stances are morally right and their opponents are evil, but the Democrats, it seems to me, have tended even more to believe that LGBT rights, affirmative action, and even safety for illegal immigrants must prevail simply because they are such just causes.  If young men and women still learned any real history in schools and colleges, they would know that justice has never guaranteed victory.

    Thus, the mainstream liberal media has been unable to face the scale of the impending Republican triumph.  It remains fixated on the very serious scandals implicating Trump and people around him and the controversies over the investigation of them.  I think those investigations will eventually turn up evidence of long-term financial and political connections between Trump and the Russian government and/or Russian oligarchs, but I do not know that thta could force him out of office.  The media has also pushed the line, from the beginning, that the repeal of the ACA could not go through.  They eagerly seized upon the GOP's problems in the House, only to see Paul Ryan overcome them. Then they assumed that the Senate could not possibly pass the House bill--but the conservative Republicans who drafted the Senate alternative in secret made it, in some respects, even worse.  Equally significant, the four Republican Senators who immediately announced that they would oppose the draft in its current form were conservatives, not moderates.  Their stance will probably keep the final draft from veering leftward, and I predict most of the moderates will be bullied into going along.  If Lisa Murkowski and Susan Collins refuse to vote aye, Mike Pence will break the tie and Republicans will break into a huge July 4 celebration.

    Yes, the Republicans are making a mockery of the legislative process, holding no hearings, allowing almost no debate, and ignoring (presumably) the warnings of the Congressional Budget office. Yes, they are passing bills that the bulk of the American people oppose.  But they can do it--and they don't care.  They have won all the special House elections that have been held this year, and the Democrats do not appear to have much real traction in red states.  The Democrats are deeply divided among themselves, both between centrists and progressives and between the old and the young.

    About 25 years ago Bill Strauss and Neil Howe predicted that their (and my) Boom generation would reshape America during the coming crisis.  What they did not see was that major Boomer politicians are almost all Republicans.  Although the Boom has now given us three Presidents--Clinton, Bush II, and Trump, all born in 1946--the most influential Boomer in American politics, I would argue, is Newt Gingrich, who has fought for more than 30 years for a new vision of America, one that is now coming to pass.  And the Boom did not produce a single Congressional leader of any note within the Democratic Party.  Chuck Schumer, a tool of Wall Street, is the first Boomer to lead the Democrats in either House of Congress.  Nancy Pelosi, a Silent, faced her leadership challenge from Tim Ryan of Ohio, who is from the second half of Generation X.  Another Silent, Bernie Sanders, is now the only real link to the New Deal, and he will be too old to run an effective campaign in 2020.  Both Bill Clinton and Barack Obama left the Democratic Party much weaker in Congress than they found it, and both built their careers around contacts with wealthy donors, not strength in the grass roots.

    The ACA is only one key Republican initiative.  As Steve Bannon just admitted, many of Trump's cabinet selections were put in place to destroy the agencies they lead--starting with the EPA.  The Trump budget aims to take government money away from key Democratic constituencies.   And I expect some major initiative on immigration designed to remove much larger numbers of illegal immigrants from the US.

    A number of my younger friends are convinced that Millennials will not only stop, but reverse, the Republican tide within the next ten years.  For reasons I cannot develop today, I am doubtful.  The Millennials have been infected during their education by the Boomer idea that right must inevitably prevail.  Few of them have been taught the kind of systematic thinking necessary not to only to figure out what the country needs, but how to achieve it.  They also face difficult economic conditions which will keep them focused on their private lives.  Eventually things will swing the other way, but it may take a very long time.
              The Hedge Fund Economy        
    This week I read Black Edge by Sheelah Kolhatkar, a reporter, about the battle between the SEC and the New York US Attorney's Office on the one hand, and SAC Capital, the hedge fund run by Steven Cohen, on the other.  Although no one seems to want to talk about it very much (including Terry Gross and Kolhatkar when the author appeared on Fresh Air), the story is obviously the inspiration for the superb HBO series Billions, which just finished its second season.  The book offers extraordinary insight into the world of hedge funds, which have become so important within our whole economy.  Rather than review it in detail, I am going to talk about the biggest lessons that I learned from it.

    Although I also read a history of hedge funds by Sebastian Mallaby and blogged about it here, I am still quite unclear as to how this key new financial institution got off the ground and became so powerful.  Kolhatkar indicates that regulators allowed them to operate far more freely than banks, on the assumption that their investors would be wealthy enough to take risks. Many of their investors, of course, hvae turned out to be institutions like pension funds.  In any case, many of the funds--led by SAC Capital--generated extraordinarily, Madoff-like returns for decades.   The returns vastly exceeded the growth rate of the economy, and thus contributed to the growth of inequality in our society.  The question that hangs over the book, and became key to the prosecutions of various hedge fund traders, was exactly how they did it.

    It is impossible, sadly, to disaggregate the answer to that question, but it is clear that many of the profits came from inside information.  The old model of investing, represented by Lou, the GI character played by Hal Holbrook in Wall Street, involved identifying a promising company and investing to secure a share of its profits.  That model seems to be moribund, if not dead.  A more common model involves bets on a sudden rise or fall of a stock, based on an event such as the release of an earnings report or the results of a clinical trial of a drug.  It doesn't matter whether the news is bad, what matters is to know what the news will be before it is public, in order to short the company's stock or buy more of it before the news has moved the market.  Traders are gamblers, and all gamblers prefer to bet on sure things.  The problem, of course, is that such trading on inside information has been illegal, for good reason, for more than 80 years.

    In a rational world moved by civic virtue, I think, a Congressional committee would long ago have done a multi-year investigation of hedge funds in an effort to find out roughly how much of their profits come from illegal inside information.  I have no idea exactly what it would find, but it could be high enough to suggest that a law making their operation illegal would be in the public interest.  What Kolhatkar does show is that information has become a huge business.  Entire stand-alone firms have formed to become intimate with firms in various industries.  Hedge funds pay them retainers for their information.  They evidently feel that they are getting their money's worth.  I got the impression that these firms, as well as some traders, work more like intelligence agents than anything else, trying to win the confidence, or intimidate, or corrupt sources of valuable information by any available means.  We shall return to this issue in a few minutes, after looking at the ennvironment within the funds

    I am increasingly depressed by the lack of institutional loyalty in today's world.  From academia through the financial world and into medical care, politics, and government, fewer and fewer people, it seems to me, seem to care about the long-term future of the institutions they work for, or for their fellow employees.  Most care only about what they can get out of their institution.  I have to admit that I have been a devoted fan of Survivor since it began, even though I am always depressed by the inability of most of the contestants to focus on the interests of their particular tribe, even in the first stage of the game when individuals' fortunes depend largely on the fortunes of their tribe.  And this tendency has if anything gotten worse as Millennials, who were supposed to be team players, replaced Gen Xers in the contestant pool.  This is the way many hedge funds are organized as well.  Cohen at SAC gave individual traders huge leeway and did not oversee their operations closely--but he expected them to provide him with their best information and allow him to profit from it.  That kept him at one remove from the information itself, and that is what in the end saved most of his fortune and his freedom from the US Attorney's office.

    What is so maddening about the story of the insider trading prosecutions, to those of us who care about the law and have a reasonably good head for figures, is that insider trading is anything but difficult to detect.  Like large-scale bets on a fixed sporting event, the evidence is unequivocal and obvious.   To cite a related example, in the early 1980s, the Pennsylvania daily lottery was fixed to as to produce the number 666 by infiltrators into the TV studio that drew the number with the help of numbered ping pong balls.  On the afternoon before the drawing law enforcement received numerous calls from illegal numbers brokers predicting the fixed outcome--which was the only possible way to explain the deluge of bets they were receiving on 666.  A sudden, large purchase or short of a stock just days before important information about the stock reaches the public is virtually a confession of guilt.  But the courts do not accept that kind of evidence--it is necessary to show exactly whom the information came from and how it was acquired.  

    Cohen was implicated in two trades. The first involved a leak of an earnings report from the computer manufacturer Dell.  An SAC trader named Michael Steinberg was indeed convicted of insider trading in that case.  But in a catastrophic decision in a similar case in December 2014, an appeals court overturned another insider trading case, rebuked Southern District prosecutor Preet Bharara for an overly aggressive strategy, and declared that traders who used inside information that they obtained from a third party, rather than from some one in the firm involved, were not guilty.  That led to the dismissal of Steinberg's case as well.  The Supreme Court has repudiated that decision, but the state of the law remains very unclear.   The second case, which was widely publicized, involved an Alzheimer's drug trial.  An SAC trader named Matthew Martoma had spent years cultivating an elderly University of Michigan Med School professor, Sid Gilman, who was involved in the trial.  (Martoma, it turned out, had previously forged his Harvard Law School transcript to try to get a prestigious clerkship.)  Gilman had collected hundreds of thousands of consulting fees from the financial industry, and eventually provided Martoma with his power point presentation on the disappointing results of a clinical trial.  Martoma had emailed these results to Cohen, who had promptly shorted the drug company's stock on a large scale.

    Martoma, who refused to cooperate with the government and testify against Cohen, was convicted and received a long sentence.  But after a long conference with Cohen's well-heeled attorneys--essentially, a dry run for a trial, without judge or jury--Bharara's office decided not to risk a trial that they might lose.  Cohen escaped with a fine that, while huge by ordinary standards, represented a fraction of his assets.  He also had to shut down SAC capital but continues to trade on his own behalf.  (This was exactly the deal that "Axe," played by Damian Lewis, turned down during the first season of Billions.)  Martoma had actually sent Cohen an email just before Cohen began shorting the drug company's stock, but the prosecutors were worried that they could not prove that he had read it.  It has become notoriously easy for prosecutors to put any poor person in jail that they choose, by threatening them with draconian sentences if they will not plea.  Black Edge and the history of the Obama Administration and the big banks show that it is nearly impossible to put the superrich behind bars.

    I was most struck, in all this, by the ethos--or pathology--that seems to rule the hedge fund world.  Everyone wants a spectacular result, and inside information is the easiest way to get one.  But when you have done it once, it seems, you feel greater pressure to do it again, forcing you to look harder for the next coup.  These traders, who siphon many billions out of our economy every year to inflate the high end housing and art markets, are addicted to large sums of money, which function, for them, like opiates for millions of their fellow citizens.  They are addicted to huge sums of money.  The cure is simple, and it is one that the country tried from about 1940 until 1964: 91% marginal tax rates above a certain amount.  But under current tax law hedge fund traders pay lower taxes than the rest of us, through the carried interest loophole.  We are all feeding their addiction.

    And what it means for addicts to have such power was succinctly stated by Gus Fring, played by Giancarlo Esposito, in my favorite moment of Breaking Bad, when Walter White and his partner Jesse came to meet Gus at Pollos Hermanos, but waited all day without making contact.  Jesse eventually left, and Walter took the bull by the horns, went up to the counter, and confronted Gus.

    Gus explained why he didn't want to work with Walter. "I don't think you are a cautious man, Mr. White," he said.  "Your partner was late. And he was high. He's often high, isn't he?"

    Walter replied that while that was true, his partner was someone that he could trust.

    "You can never trust a drug addict, Mr. White," Gus replied.

              Who Cast the Most Votes in Seattle's Mayoral Primary?        
    by Eli Sanders


    While there are still a few ballots left to be counted, data released to The Stranger by King County Elections shows that women cast a significantly greater number of votes than men and were the dominant force in far more voting precincts than men.

    When we slice the data a different way, this time along generational lines, it appears it was the Boomers of Seattle who cast the most votes in the August 7 election, followed closely by the Gen X-ers. (Sorry, Millennials. But take comfort in this: You did cast a lot more votes than your elders in the Greatest Generation.)

    Here's the actual vote totals, which are based on King County Elections data covering 186,977 primary election voters, released to The Stranger on August 8:


    Women: 98,801

    Men: 87,985

    (Average age of Seattle women who voted in the mayoral primary: 51.36. Average age of Seattle men: 50.65.)


    Millennials: 45,613

    Generation X: 54,650

    Boomers: 59,311

    Greatest Generation: 27,400

    (The average age of Seattle's Millennial voters: 29. For Generation X: 44. For the Boomers: 62. And for the Greatest Generation: 79.)

    Interestingly, female voters beat out male voters by a significant margin in all age groups except one. In Generation X, the gender split was roughly even—although women were still in the lead.

    It's also worth noting that women-dominated precincts were spread pretty much evenly throughout the city, with some notable exceptions. The relatively fewer male-dominated precincts were to be found in SoDo, downtown, and South Lake Union.

    When you slice the data up by age, however, a familiar Seattle voting trend leaps out: Boomers dominated in precincts with water views, Gen X-ers dominated in a strip that runs straight down the center of town. (And Millennials dominated in a handful of precincts near the University of Washington and Seattle University.)

    We'll have final numbers—including final data on which precincts went for which candidates—next week.

    Steven Hsieh contributed reporting to this post.

    [ Comment on this story ]

    [ Subscribe to the comments on this story ]

              Some Millennials May Have Difficulties Saving For Retirement        
    Young individuals getting ready for their financial futures may see some bumps in the road, which is why preparing early on may be best.
              Guaranteed Pure: The Moody Bible Institute, Business, and the Making of Modern Evangelicalism        
    Guaranteed Pure: The Moody Bible Institute, Business, and the Making of Modern Evangelicalism
    author: Timothy Gloege
    name: Rachel
    average rating: 3.81
    book published: 2015
    rating: 3
    read at: 2017/06/13
    date added: 2017/06/24
    shelves: reviewed
    Fascinating history that really filled in some gaps for me in the sociological history of my own religious and educational heritage.

    Tidbits I found fascinating: (1) Reuben Torrey lost his faith as a student at YDS before coming back to Christianity in a fundamentalist cast. (2) D.L. Moody wasn't enough of a theologian to be strongly committed to premillennial dispensationalism. His early educational programs were far more ecumenical in their doctrinal identity than the legacy of the institute that now bears his name. Within the first generation after his death, his sons were waging battle in the pages of the Christian Century with representatives of the Bible Institute over the proper interpretation of Moody's theological legacy.

              More Millennials Are Using HELOCs As Home Equity Rises        
    April 04, 2017

    Homeowners gained a collective $570 billion in equity throughout 2016, bringing the number of homeowners with “tappable” equity up to 39.5 million, according to Black Knight Financial Services. Ben Graboske, EVP at Black Knight, expects to see more home equity lines of credit (HELOCs) than cash-out refinances, and more Millennials are using HELOCs than Gen Xers or baby boomers. Home remodeling was the No. 1 reason for taking out a HELOC last year, according to TD Bank.

    Read more

              Baby Boomers Are Keeping Their Homes, Leaving First-Time Buyers Scrambling        

    The older generations own more than half of the nation’s homes

    August 08, 2017
    Existing house in California

    Photo: David Sawyer/Wikimedia Commons

    While Millennials may represent the future of the housing market, Baby Boomers are dominating the present.

    Bloomberg reports that people age 55 and older own 53 percent of U.S. owner-occupied homes, up from 43 percent a decade ago, and the largest share since the government began collecting data in 1900, according to a report from Trulia. People between 18 and 34 only own 11 percent of the nation’s owner-occupied homes.

    Several factors make it easier for older adults to stay in their homes. Longtime owners get property-tax exemptions, and advancements in universal design and home renovation make aging in place feasible and desirable. Recent studies and surveys determined that many older adults prefer to stay near family and friends rather than uproot and move somewhere warmer and sunnier. Plus, people simply live longer today.

    The lack of movement from Baby Boomers, along with the nation’s shortage of newly built homes, is forcing younger buyers to compete harder for the few homes that are available.

    Bloomberg followed around Jake Yanoviak, a 23-year-old who goes door-to-door in Philadelphia, asking older homeowners if they’d be willing to sell their properties to him. Naturally, he’s been getting icy responses.

    Read more

              Masters of Useless        
    NB: I originally wrote this for The Guardian's Academics Anonymous, but they passed. I am publishing it now because our students are graduating today, and they may want to think about incentives before they rush into masters programs. My thoughts here have nothing to do with official policy or perspective at Leiden University.

    Millennials (born 1985-2005) should pay attention to 2002 and 2007. The first year coincides with implementation of Europe's Bologna Accords harmonizing higher education standards into three-year bachelors and one- or two-year masters programs. For some European countries, this meant chopping their traditional, longer programs for first university degrees into separate bachelors and masters degrees. Future students would be encouraged to take one degree in one university and their second -- should they not take a job -- at another university. This reform promised students a greater diversity in their education as well as graduate titles more familiar to North American academics and employers.

    The year 2007 is important as the first year of the Great Recession, a time of falling housing prices, market panics, and political turmoil. For Millennials, the Great Recession has been a true disaster: under-25 unemployment rose faster than already intolerable average unemployment rates. Young graduates got to choose among unpaid internships, zero-hour temporary contracts, and staying home. Many bachelors graduates faced competition from masters graduates for the same jobs. Even worse, their parents -- the ones who had earned traditional, "rigorous" 6-year degrees -- didn't respect their training or ability.

    You can see how going back for a masters looked like a good choice. It is thus unfortunate that these students may have getting a worse education than the university's promised or they expected.

    The Bologna process meant that bachelors programs needed to recruit two cohorts of students every 6 years to maintain their budgets. This pressure meant that over-worked staff are more likely to promise what they cannot deliver. They could let bachelors students have an easy pass, since "the masters program is where you really finish your qualification."

    Masters programs, likewise, needed to accept many applicants to pay for their programs -- and they  had to recruit an entire student body every year or two. Would they make sure that masters students worked hard and earned their degrees? Not if they were trying to fill seats. It was easier to let the students pass (even award them honors!) because every -- and any -- graduate provided revenue. So they started more and more masters (over 1,000 in the Netherlands), each promising a bold, keyword-laden future.

    Who is responsible for who when reciprocation is unclear?
    In the past, it had made sense to invest in relationships, training and reputation because the university and student worked as partners. The addition of a third wheel added well-known friction to those dynamics.

    Turning from the administration, how did students and professors respond to the reforms?

    For students, the logic was easy. They needed masters degrees and they were being praised for "excellent work." Some of them wanted to make sure they got a good education that would lead to good job, but how would they know? Their inexperience works against them.

    Professors might have had more perspective on these changes, but they carried their own burdens. Some had to raise more funding, others needed to do more marketing of the school (or themselves). Everyone needed more (often worse) publications. The only students worth their time where PhD students (with funding!), so teaching took the hit. Could they do more to help their students find jobs? Maybe, but perhaps that was someone else's job? Their divided priorities mean lower quality teaching.

    So now we arrive at a rising threat to educational excellence, with students getting shunted through shoddy bachelors and masters programs by universities trying to fill seats, professors worried about other things, and parents hoping  their children would learn find jobs. What about employers and taxpayers? Employers are displeased by the need to sort through indebted, entitled, needs-a-bit-of-finish youngsters. Taxpayers surely worry that their earnings are directed to keyword-laden uselessness. But neither group is in charge of education policies or decisions.

    How are the students doing? Some are blithely sailing through the wreckage, as the young can. Some are betrayed and poorer. The majority are probably complaining via memes to their social networks -- an ironic way to complain as social networks are pretty bad for organizing the collective action that the young would need to take to force educational bodies to deliver value rather than marketing.

    Bottom Line: Students need to take time to find the right masters program because nobody else is going to help them make that choice. Then they need to suck all the learning and advice they can get out of that program that they can, as the programs are designed for mass consumption, not individual achievement. The penalty for poor choices is not just a bad education given to the wrong people by programs that do not deserve to exist at the expense of taxpayers, but a false start to a young life that needs all the help it can get.

              Kate Nash review – spry confessionals from pop prizefighter        

    Queen’s Hall, Edinburgh
    On a self-funded tour to mark 10 years since her No 1 debut album, Kate Nash is as physical a performer as she is on Netflix wrestling drama Glow

    It’s not every day you see “no crowdsurfing” signs deployed around Edinburgh’s genteel Queen’s Hall. But a sold-out visit from Kate Nash – DIY pop star, TV wrestling queen and veteran creator of millennial vignettes – is occasion enough. With an expectant audience crammed tight against the stage, there is a nervy crackle in the air.

    This self-funded tour is to celebrate the 10th anniversary of Nash’s platinum-selling debut Made of Bricks. That No 1 album had its release date brought forward to capitalise on her summer 2007 ubiquity, fuelled by MySpace, some smart major-label promotion and endless comparisons to Lily Allen. Nash’s firework rise seemed to chime with the immediacy of her songs, conspiratorial snapshots that, as well as being spry and melodic, had a forthrightness that was both refreshing and relatable.

    Continue reading...
              Five Ways Travel Marketers Can Make the Most of Snapchat        

    Despite its popularity among Millennials, not many marketers, especially those in the travel industry, use Snapchat to its full potential. Tony Tie says that besides using it as a testing ground, there are other ways travel brands can take advantage of the app to engage the next generation of consumers

    The post Five Ways Travel Marketers Can Make the Most of Snapchat appeared first on Spin Sucks.


              Five Tips on Succeeding as a Millennial in Public Relations        

    Still looking for your niche? Are you a Millennial starting a career in PR, but don’t know how to best succeed among your peers? In this article Katie Wenclewicz shares five tips to help you succeed in

    The post Five Tips on Succeeding as a Millennial in Public Relations appeared first on Spin Sucks.


              Time Suckers        
    So the whole point of this self-binding experiment was to reclaim some space in my life, right?

    With my project push on, it is important that I take that time to focus on my writing, right?

    Well, not if I listen to my husband, who encouraged me to upgrade to Windows 7.

    Why, why, why?

    I know these things never go as quickly or smoothly as you want them to. I KNOW that. However, because I am currently able to get a special student deal (Windows 7 Home Premium for $29.99), I decided to go ahead. My computer has been having these little hiccups for awhile now so I've been hoping the upgrade would take care of these persistent problems. The jury is still out on that. However, the jury is not still out on finding myself guilty of software-installing naivete and misguided persistence in the face of overwhelming odds.

    12 hours. By the time it was all said and done, attempting to install the update, finding fixes for my Toshiba issues, realizing my computer wasn't responding well to those issues, performing a clean install, reinstalling Office 2007... what a nightmare.


    in the middle of all that, I had to take my son for his senior pictures... my son who HATES getting his picture taken.


    So... I ended up actually being online to look for fixes and stuff... but I DID stay away from Facebook and Twitter. It was tempting to whine and vent but I refrained... until here and now!

    I am so frustrated that my good intentions to get one or two sections of my literature review written got sucked into the Software Time Wasters Universe. There were several points in the day when I think I should have told myself to STOP! and work on the computer later. But I didn't.

    Looking at the brighter side of my disastrous day, my computer is ready to go. Today I have some obligations in the evening but I have ALL day to get back to work. Developmental Education and the Millennial Generation, here I come.
              Books Just Waiting to be Read        
    Veronica, of Toddled Dredge fame, recently posted a list of books that she has that are waiting to be read. (I guess I'm talking about books as if they are alive, but what the heck.) She encouraged others to post their lists so that "we can all shower each other with comments about which books are not worth the bother, which books saved my life, which books kept me reading till dawn."

    This is a perfect project for me because I am notorious for buying books and then not reading them. Whenever anyone comes over to my house and makes noises about being impressed at what they find on my shelves, I feel compelled to disclose that many, many of them have not been read.

    I made a quick run through the two main book depositories in my house and came up with the following books that I have but haven't read yet and still WANT to read. (This does not include the books on my summer reading list.) There are a few I left out because I am very ambivalent about them. Life is too short to read books you aren't interested in.

    Without further adieu, Mary-LUE's Neglected Books List (in no particular order):

    1. Walden by Henry David Thoreau
    2. The Historian by Elizabeth Kostova
    3. The Woman in White by Wilkie Collins
    4. The Path to the Spiders' Nest by Italo Calvino
    5. The Cranford Chronicles by Elizabeth Gaskell
    6. A People Betrayed by Alfred Döblin
    7. The Pillars of the Earth by Ken Follett
    8. The Illustrated Zuleika Dobson by Max Beerbohm
    9. Sylvia's Lovers by Elizabeth Gaskell
    10. Absalom, Absalom by William Faulkner
    11. The Secret History of the Pink Carnation by Lauren Willig
    12. The Gifts of the Christ Child & Other Stories and Fairy Tales by George MacDonald
    13. The Short Day Dying by Peter Hobbs
    14. The Curious Case of Benjamin Button by F. Scott Fitzgerald
    15. I Capture the Castle by Dodie Smith
    16. Real Christianity by William Wilberforce
    17. Out of the Silent Planet by C.S. Lewis
    18. The Rock That is Higher by Madeleine L'Engle
    19. Blue Like Jazz by Donald Miller
    20. Millennials Rising: The Next Great Generation by Neil Howe and William Strauss

    So, there it is, my list of books that have been left unread. I am so itching to explain why each book is on the list. But is that really necessary? Do you need to know which ones were book club selections that I didn't have time to read or which ones I bought because I liked the cover, etc. The only one I will explain is the last one. Most of my reading for my Master's project is journal articles. However, I need to at least get through a good chunk of this book. This one is a MUST READ and a MUST READ SOON actually. I'm hoping by posting it, I will get motivated to actually get started.

    I wouldn't be me if I didn't decide to add a little bit to this project. If people are going to be coming by to look at my list of neglected books, I think I will take advantage of their presence to list a few of my "wish everyone would read and love" books. It's much shorter than the first one. I promise.

    1. Ender's Game by Orson Scott Card. I think this story is worth reading, even if you are not a science fiction fan.
    2. The Prince of Tides by Pat Conroy. Don't let Barbra Streisand's film version interfere with this very compelling story of the adult lives of three children from an abused family.
    3. Lonesome Dove by Larry McMurtry. This book won a Pulitzer Prize for a reason. It transcends the Western genre because of it's wit and in-depth characterization of the men of the Hat Creek Cattle Company.
    4. Microserfs by Douglas Coupland. Simply one of my favorite books ever and, I think, one of Coupland's best.
    5. All Families are Psychotic by Douglas Coupland. This book is very different than Microserfs but still retains Coupland's ever present theme of dysfunctional families and community.
    6. A Different Drummer by William Melvin Kelley. This is a book I bought because I liked the cover. I was working at a job where there was very little for me to do and so I read and read and read. It is the story how one man, Tucker Caliban, began the mass exodus all black people from a Faulkneresque Southern state. This is a book that has never failed me as a book recommendation. Every person who has read it based on my suggestion has loved it.
    7. Kindred by Octavia Butler. There are many different reasons to read this book but the BEST reason to read it is the fascinating story of an African American woman who is inexplicably drawn through time to the pre-Civil War South.

    And finally, because I am just feeling a little bit cantankerous, here is one book I came across on my shelves that I could have gone my whole life without reading:

    So let me know what you think of these books. Have you read any of them? What are your favorites? If you WANT to know why I have these particular books on my list or if you just can't stand some of my recommended books, let me know. Reading is such a subjective endeavor. I know that something I think is the best thing since chocolate truffles might be someone else's cold oatmeal. And if you are interested in participating, head over to Veronica's place and leave your link in the comments to her post.
              Four Tips for Dungeon Masters and Indie Filmmakers        
    Just a few tips on making your project the best it can be from David Nett, filmmaker & Dungeon Master. I’ve been a Dungeon Master on and off for some nineteen years, I’ve been producing theater for ten years, and producing indie film and TV for the web for nearly three years. In the gaming realm, my past and current RPG groups all seem pretty well pleased with my campaigns. I don’t know it all by any stretch of the imagination, but here are four tips that I try to follow when working on any film/TV/theater/gaming project. These are the broad strokes - the foundations of quality. You can probably have success without them, but I suspect you will fight a lot harder for it. (For the record: I’m defining an indie film project here as a low or no-budget endeavor of which you are the creator and the primary driver. A project you are hired onto often has its own, very different, set of needs and motivations.) TIP #1: BE PASSIONATE Passion cannot easily be faked, and faked passion cannot be long maintained. When you’re creating an indie film project or preparing to DM a campaign, you’re likely not getting paid. In fact, you’re probably losing money. Even if you’re lucky enough to be getting paid, you’re probably working on multiple projects to cobble together rent and living expenses. That means you’re working crazy hours, late into the night, for months and maybe years on the same project. Some of that work will be boring (making budgets, calculating experience), some of that work will be frustrating (wrangling people and their schedules) and some of it will be infuriating (the 50th re-write). Without a burning passion for the project, it is be difficult to complete all that needs to be done, much less maintain high quality. Passion is also of critical importance in two other key areas: On-Set/At the TableWhether you are a Dungeon Master, Writer, Producer, Director, Creator or all of the above, on your indie project you are a leader. The tone you set will infect everyone else working on the project. If you come to set filled with unbridled excitement, that will lift spirits and motivate others to participate to the best of their ability. Your passion and enthusiasm are signals to your people that something awesome is going down. If that passion is genuine and lasting, others will join you and help pull the project to be the best, and most fun, it can be. The Long TailIndie film projects and RPG campaigns can have a long lifespan. I’ve filmmaker friends who just got a DVD distribution deal for an indie film they shot four years ago, which was written a couple of years prior. For six-plus years they’ve been working on this single project, first raising money (crappy), then making it (fun), and then promoting it (alternating fun and awful). If they were not passionate about their project, they could never have weathered all that. GOLD was written in late 2007, and the Season 1 DVD dropped in June of 2010. That’s two and a half years, and only a sliver of it has been the actual making of episodes - promotion, fundraising and technical rigamarole have filled the bulk of that time. And we’re still raising funds for Season 2. My longest RPG campaign, a Ravenloft serial campaign that started in late high-school, lasted five years. And the group got together and played a big conclusion adventure several years after that (those of you paying close attention may notice there a plot parallel to a certain mini-series in the middle of its release schedule ;-). It’s difficult to spend the time and do the grueling work a project needs to shepherd it from inception to successful conclusion without a burning passion for the project. TIP #2: FIND THE BEST PEOPLE In both an indie film and a typical RPG campaign, there are a lot of roles to fill - you just can’t do it alone. Here a DM has a distinct advantage over the filmmaker - as a DM you need only find three to six great people. For a typical film, you need actors, a director, camera, lighting, sound, etc. etc. But whether you need three people or twenty people, you need the best possible people. You need people who are enthusiastic about the project and great at what they do, who collaborate and play well with others, and who are willing to take on more than just their narrow role in order to ensure the success of the project. The best people can be had, but it takes time and work to find them. And, once found, they can sometimes be a pain in the ass, scheduling-wise. You see, the best people are in great demand. They are busy. Scheduling a lot of the best people to work together on a project can be a nightmare. But if you can make it happen, all that work will be absolutely worth it. The best people can save your ass when you make mistakes (and you will). The best people will inspire each other to be their best. The best people will raise the quality of your game or indie film to a higher level than it would be without them (did I mention GOLD’s Streamy nomination for Best Ensemble? Or NOTZK’s IndieIntertube nomination in the same category?). A word on finding the best people: the best person sometimes needs to be convinced to spend his or her time on your no-money indie project, but the best person is seldom someone who needs to be coerced. Convincing someone is different than coercing him or her. Sometimes the person you think is the best does not feel like your project is the right fit - that’s okay. But if you coerce someone you think is a best person into your project and he or she does not want to be there, you will not get all those best person benefits. TIP #3: BE PREPARED Preparation is the key to turning your passion and best people into a successful project. All of the talent and passion in the world don’t get you very far if, when they show up to set or to the table, you have no plan. Careful, detailed planning ahead of time allows you to focus on each task/encounter as it comes, field questions from your people, and troubleshoot when the need arises (and it will). It’s not always the most fun part of the gig, but it is an absolute must if you want your project to go smoothly. For the DM, understanding your NPC/Villains motivations, knowing your encounters and dungeon inside and out, and knowing your PC’s strengths, weaknesses and backstory will provide a rich, deep and engaging experience for your players that just reading out of some adventure can never match. For the filmmaker, solid comprehensive preparation means that your cast and crew is never standing around waiting to find out what comes next and that you’re never going back to your script and wondering “did we shoot that?” There are a lot of DMs and filmmakers out there who are great off the cuff. In fact, you need to be great at improvising to be truly successful at either - there will always be times when things don’t go as planned, there will always be suggestions from your best people about how things might be done differently, and your ability to improvise will save you in those moments. Strong fundamental preparation allows you to field questions and suggestions from your collaborators, evaluate them and incorporate them into the project.  If you’ve solid planning underneath your session - you know your shots, your pages, your NPCs, your dungeon - you can riff on that preparation to make your improvisation seem as polished as every other part of your shoot/adventure. TIP #4: SERIOUSLY, BE PASSIONATE Yes, tip number four is simply a repeat of tip number one. We all do lots of things in this life about which we are less-than passionate. Your indie film or RPG campaign should not be one of them. Your indie project is going to eat your time (and maybe your money) like a ravenous Tarrasque who just woke up from his millennial slumber. If you are not deeply passionate about it, your experience and your end product (if you ever get there) are going to suffer for it. In the end, a Dungeon Master and an Indie Film creator have very similar jobs: to wrangle a bunch of talented, specialized people together to tell a compelling story over a period of time. Both jobs can be great fun and incredibly rewarding, at least I’ve found them to be so.
    From Jenna Orkin

              Top 10 Manly Drinks        

    From romantic dates to business events, alcohol can be a social lubricant. We understand that not every man is apt to grab a cold one, but for the Don Drapers of the millennial era, we've put together one hell of a “must-drink” list for you to incorporate into your personal and professional life. While there is nothing wrong with a man enjoying cosmos and sugary cocktails, here are our top ten ...

              Real Talk: What’s the Deal with Millennials?        

    Today, a video. A quick 15-minute watch for your Monday morning on a hot topic that comes up in many conversations we have with Members at the Academy: Millennials. The question I am asked most often about this controversial group is, “How do I work with them?!” I’ll let Simon Sinek, one of my most […]

    The post Real Talk: What’s the Deal with Millennials? appeared first on American Academy of Estate Planning Attorneys.

              Why Most Millennials Reject Capitalism        

    Contents from freedom 35 blog. (

    A recent poll from Harvard University points out that 51% of young adults between 18 and 29 years of age do not support capitalism. 🙁 Only 42% said they support it. Of course the results of these kinds of surveys are not easy to interpret. Capitalism doesn’t have the same meaning for everyone. One explanation [...]

    Contents from freedom 35 blog. (

              CEO Powercast Episode 6: Marketing to Millennials That Really Works!        

    Podcast Co-Hosts Charlie Fusco and Evan Morgenstein argue the merits of Cracker Barrel’s latest social media influencer campaign targeting the millennial consumer.

    (PRWeb April 21, 2016)

    Read the full story at

              An Explanation of the Pokémon Go Craze You Won't Hear Elsewhere        

    Why are so many people are playing Pokémon Go? For starters, it's lighthearted fun. Catching Pokémon is kind of like when you chased fireflies as a kid -- they're cool. You want to catch 'em, not kill 'em. And, hordes of Millennials are playing Pokémon Go out of nostalgia: They grew up on Pokémon and now it's on their single-most indispensable device -- the cell phone. Less obvious is the peer pressure -- which is a watered down way of describing social mood. Yes, I'm going there. And I can credibly say that we started "going there" with Pokémon back in 1999...

              Housing affordability is about far more than young people        

    Much of the public discourse around housing affordability is directed at young people – that generation is known as millennials...

    The post Housing affordability is about far more than young people appeared first on Beyond Bank Blog.

              How to have your Espresso Martini AND save for a deposit!        

    While Espresso Martinis and smashed avo are eating into your savings, it doesn’t mean that millennials should give up on..

    The post How to have your Espresso Martini AND save for a deposit! appeared first on Beyond Bank Blog.

              How can Australian millennials handle their credit cards better?        

    It’s not just about smashed avo. Despite many articles claiming Australia’s Gen Y (millennials) are frittering away their finances on..

    The post How can Australian millennials handle their credit cards better? appeared first on Beyond Bank Blog.

              A Googler’s manifesto heard ’round the world: 99% vitriol, 1% other        
    google manifesto invests advocate bias millennials, beliefs, diversity, gender, bias, group, millennials(BUSINESS NEWS) Over the weekend a 10 paged diatribe of anti-gender diversity found its way out of the internal memos of Google and into the hands of the public and people are having a field day.

              Google preps to get rid of jobs, also invest in displaced workers        
    google manifesto invests advocate bias millennials, beliefs, diversity, gender, bias, group, millennials(BUSINESS NEWS) Google is headed the way that most tech companies are - automation and artificial intelligence. However, they're not going to hang their humans out to dry.

               Your Smartphone Reduces Your Brainpower, Even If It's Just Sitting There | The Atlantic - Technology        
    Photo: Robinson Meyer 
    "A silent, powered-off phone can still distract the most dependent users" argues Robinson Meyer, associate editor at The Atlantic, where he covers technology. 

    Photo: Jason Reed / Reuters

    I sit down at the table, move my napkin to my lap, and put my phone on the table face-down. I am at a restaurant, I am relaxed, and I am about to start lying to myself. I’m not going to check my phone, I tell myself. (My companion’s phone has appeared face-down on the table, too.) I’m just going to have this right here in case something comes up.

    Of course, something will not come up. But over the course of the next 90 minutes I will check my phone for texts, likes, and New York Times push alerts at every pang of boredom, anxiety, relaxation, satiety, frustration, or weariness. I will check it in the bathroom and when I return from the bathroom. I don’t really enjoy this, but it is very interesting, even if some indignant and submerged part of my psyche moans that I am making myself dumber every time I look at it. As, in fact, I am.

    A smartphone can tax its user’s cognition simply by sitting next to them on a table, or being anywhere in the same room with them, suggests a study published recently in the Journal of the Association for Consumer Research. It finds that a smartphone can demand its user’s attention even when the person isn’t using it or consciously thinking about it. Even if a phone’s out of sight in a bag, even if it’s set to silent, even if it’s powered off, its mere presence will reduce someone’s working memory and problem-solving skills.

    These effects are strongest for people who depend on their smartphones, such as those who affirm a statement like, “I would have trouble getting through a normal day without my cell phone.”

    But few people also know they’re paying this cognitive smartphone tax as it plays out. Few participants in the study reported feeling distracted by their phone during the exam, even if the data suggested their attention was not at full capacity.

    “We have limited attentional resources, and we use some of them to point the rest of those resources in the right direction. Usually different things are important in different contexts, but some things—like your name—have a really privileged status,” says Adrian Ward, an author of the study and a psychologist who researches consumer decision-making at the University of Texas at Austin.

    “This idea with smartphones is that it’s similarly relevant all of the time, and it gets this privileged attentional space. That’s not the default for other things,” Ward told me. “In a situation where you’re doing something other than, say, using your name, there’s a pretty good chance that whatever your phone represents is more likely to be relevant to you than whatever else is going on.”

    In other words: If you grow dependent on your smartphone, it becomes a magical device that silently shouts your name at your brain at all times. (Now remember that this magical shouting device is the most popular consumer product ever made. In the developed world, almost everyone owns one of these magical shouting devices and carries it around with them everywhere.) 

    In the study, Ward and his colleagues examined the performance of more than 500 undergraduates on two different common psychological tests of memory and attention. In the first experiment, some participants were told to set their phones to silent without vibration and either leave them in their bag or put them on their desk. Other participants were asked to leave all their possessions, including their cell phone, outside the testing room. 

    In the second experiment, students were asked to leave their phones on their desk, in their bag, or out in the hall, just as in the first experiment. But some students were also asked to power their phone off, regardless of location. 

    In both experiments, students who left their phones outside the room seemed to do best on the test. They also found the trials easier—though, in follow-up interviews, they did not attribute this to their smartphone’s absence or presence. Throughout the study, in fact, respondents rarely attributed their success or failure on a certain test to their smartphone, and they almost never reported thinking they were underperforming on the tests. 

    Daniel Oppenheimer, a professor of psychology at the University of California, Los Angeles, noted that this effect is well-documented for enticing objects that aren’t smartphones. He was not connected to this research, though his research has focused on other vagaries of digital life. Several years ago, he and his colleagues suggested that students remember far more of a lecture when they take notes by hand rather than with a laptop. 

    Recommended Reading
    Have Smartphones Destroyed a Generation?
    "More comfortable online than out partying, post-Millennials are safer, physically, than adolescents have ever been. But they’re on the brink of a mental-health crisis." 

    This article has been adapted from Jean M. Twenge's forthcoming book, iGen: Why Today’s Super-Connected Kids Are Growing Up Less Rebellious, More Tolerant, Less Happy—and Completely Unprepared for Adulthood—and What That Means for the Rest of Us.

    Source: The Atlantic and The Atlantic Channel (YouTube)

              The digital native is a myth | Nature - Editorial         
    "The younger generation uses technology in the same ways as older people — and is no better at multitasking" writes Nature, in Volume 547 Number 7664.
    Exposure to technology does not make young people digital natives.
    Photo: Thomas Trutschel/Photothek/Getty

    Some people put the cut-off at 1984, but for most it is 1980. People born after that date are the digital natives; those born before are digital immigrants, doomed to be forever strangers in a computer-based strange land.

    The generational difference between the groups goes beyond their numbers of Facebook friends and Twitter followers: it can also help to explain differences in how they buy insurance. At least, that’s according to a report released this week for the insurance industry. Targeting Millennials with Insurance explains that young people aren’t like those who came before and queued passively for cover. They “prioritize holidays”, for one, which might surprise some of them. Because they are digital natives, they “will favor technologically innovative insurance policies”.

    But a paper published last month in Teaching and Teacher Education reaches the opposite conclusion. The digital native is a myth, it claims: a yeti with a smartphone (P. A. Kirschner and P. D. Bruyckere Teach. Teach. Educ. 67, 135–142; 2017). The implications go beyond insurance. Many schools and universities are retooling to cope with kids and young adults who are supposedly different. From collaborative learning in the classroom to the provision of e-learning modules in undergraduate courses, the rise of the digital native is being used as a reason — some say a justification — for significant policy changes.

    Education policy is particularly vulnerable to political whims, fads and untested assumptions. From swapping evolution for creationism to the idea that multiple types of intelligence demand multiple approaches, generations of children are schooled according to dogma, not evidence. Surveys show, for example, that teachers and education experts subscribe to dozens of different and opposing ‘learning styles’. Under these, children can be categorized as activists or theorists, organizers or innovators, non-committers or plungers, globalists or analysts, deep or surface learners, and so on. Could the latest example be altering access to, and the provision of, technology in the classroom, simply because a new cohort is believed to be more familiar with it? 
    Read more... 

    Source: Nature 

              Dear Millennials (An Open Letter)        

    Dear Millennial Generation,

    Sa mga bagong henerasyon ng kabataang kung tawagin ay 'millennials'sana ay nababasa n'yo ang open letter na ito pero teka nakakapagbasa pa ba kayo? May panahon pa ba para makapagbasa kayo? Kakatwa kasi na sa napakarami nang pwede n'yong basahin at alamin pero tila kinalimutan na ninyo ang kahalagahan ng pagbabasa na makakapagdagdag sana nang inyong kaalaman pero ayun at abala kayo sa mga bagay na hindi naman ninyo dapat binibigyang pansin at pinagkakaabalahan, inuubos n'yo ang inyong mga oras sa mga bagay na walang katuturan.

    Alam n'yo suwerte nga kayo e, dahil noong aming kabataan napakalimitado ng aming pagkukunan ng impormasyon sa mga bagay na kailangan naming malaman dahil kailangan pa naming maghagilap ng aklat na mahihiram, magsaliksik ng libro sa kung saang silid-aklatan dahil sadyang magastos at impraktikal para bumili ka ng overpriced na encyclopedia. Nag-survive kami sa pag-aaral kahit wala pa noong computer at internet na kagyat na magbibigay ng mga kasagutan sa halos lahat ng inyong katanungan 'di tulad ngayon na anumang oras ay available ang wikipedia, google, youtube, at iba pang website o search engine pero nakakapagtakang napakarami sa inyo ang tila inosente at mangmang sa maraming bagay.
    Kung alam n'yo lang kung gaano kasalimuot noon ang paggawa ng term papers, research paper, thesis at school projects siguro ay mas lalo ninyong pahahalagahan ang benepisyong ibinigay ng internet at hindi lang Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, pagda-download at paglalaro ng kung ano-anong apps sa iTunes o Google Apps ang kayang gawin nito. Ayokong sabihing ginagawa kayong tamad ng teknolohiya pero nakakalungkot na tila ganun nga ang ginagawa sa inyo nito sa kasalukuyan.

    Aminin n'yo man o hindi alam naming karamihan sa inyo ay mga spoiled brat children na halos lahat ng inyong naisin ay gusto n'yong makuha agad-agad in an instant 'di tulad noong henerasyon namin na kailangang may nagawa ka munang ikasisiya ng aming tatay o nanay para maibili lang kami ng isang pirasong bola o manika, na kailangang may rasonableng dahilan kung bakit humihiling ka ng isang bagay.
    Marami sa inyo na sa napakabatang edad ay may mga latest smartphone na at sopistikadong iPad o tablet at kadalasan nga 'pag hindi kayo napagbibigyan sa gadget na inyong gusto kayo pa ang may ganang magalit sa mga magulang n'yo e kung tutuusin naman e karamihan sa inyo ay hindi naman deserve magkaroon nito dahil ginagawa lang kayo nitong unproductive at unreachable. At sa kabila nang pagkakaroon ninyo ng mga smartphone, gadget at tablet na may kakayahang kumonekta araw man o gabi sa inyong kaanak at magulang tila ito rin ang nagiging dahilan para lumayo kayo sa kanila -- ang ironic lang no?

    Kung halos ginagawa kayong robot ng inyong modernong kagamitan tila itong teknolohiya ring ito ang dahilan kung bakit kulang kayo sa physical activities at pakikipagkapwa-tao. Mas okay sana kung maranasan ninyo ang nakagisnan naming laro sa kalsada gaya ng tumbang preso, sipa, trumpo, text, saranggola luksong-baka, taguan-pung, patintero, chinese garter, jackstone at piko na kahit pa tirik ang araw o pumapatak ang ulan ay sobrang enjoy ang aming paglalaro pero alam naming mukhang malabo na nga itong maibalik pa dahil sa ngayon busy kayo sa paglalaro ng Minecraft, GTA, Plants Vs Zombies, Modern Combats, Watch Dogs, Clash of Clans at iba pa na pawang mga virtual games lang naman at 'di kailangan ng physical contact and communication. Kung maaari nga lang sanang hilingin ko sa inyo na subukin n'yong magtampisaw kayo minsan sa maruming tubig baha at putik, maglaro at maghabulan kayo sa kalsada, magpawis kayo, magtakbuhan kayo at hanapin ang inyong kabataan sa rurok ng mainit na raw o sa gitna ng buhos ng malakas na ulan na nanggagaling sa bubungan.  Masaya 'yun at may kakaibang hatid na kasiyahan bilang kabataan at kahit pa sa pag-uwi ng bahay tiyak na ang pagalit ni nanay dahil sa nanlilimahid naming damit, nagpuputik na kamay at paa, marungis at nagpapawis na katawan at masangsang na amoy na anino'y batang lumangoy sa estero -- hindi namin 'yon inaalala. 

    Hindi ko alam kung dapat namin kayong kaiinggitan dahil higit na marami ang inyong school holidays kumpara noong aming kabataan. Wala namang holiday noon kahit pa may selebrasyon ng Eid Al Adha, Eid Al Fitr, EDSA I Anniversary, Chinese New Year at iba pa, idagdag pa rito na sa tuwing papatak ang ulan malakas man o kahit mahina lang na kahit wala namang bagyong inanunsiyo ay nakatanghod na kayo agad sa balita umaasa at nananalangin na sana ay walang pasok na madalas naman ay napagbibigyan. Tila ang mga unnecessary school holidays na ito ay umaayuda sa inyong kahinaan bilang kabataan mapa-pisikal man o sikolohikal kumpara sa aming henerasyon na kahit pa malakas ang ulan at may baha sa aming dadaanan ay napakabihira ang pag-anunsiyo ng 'walang pasok' at sige lang kami sa paglalakad at pagpasok sa eskuwela at pabalik sa bahay kahit pa mukha kaming basang-sisiw dahil hindi naman umuubra ang baon naming kapote o payong -- ang karanasan naming 'yon ay nakatulong at humulma sa amin kung ano kami ngayon at kung gaano kami ka-mature kumpara sa inyo.

    Malamang marami sa inyo ang hindi naranasan ang makalumang pagdidisiplina ng mga guro at magulang gaya nang pagpapaluhod sa munggo, mapingot sa tenga, hilahin ang patilya, makurot sa singit, tumayo sa harap ng blackboard, mabato ng eraser, mapalo sa puwet, mapalo ng stick sa kamay at iba pang uri nito -- ngayon daw kasi ang mga ito ay uri raw ng pagmamalupit at child abuse. Pero marami pa rin ang sasang-ayon na kadalasan ay epektibo ang ganitong uri ng disiplina dahil kung hindi ba naman ay bakit mas maraming millennials ang pabalang sumagot sa nakatatanda, may pagkasalbahe ang asal, pasaway sa guro at magulang at sila'y matitigas ang ulo kumpara sa mga kabataan noon -- kadalasan nga ang pag-abuso sa salitang 'child abuse' ang nagiging dahilan pa kung bakit ang mga pasaway na millennials na ito ay 'di nakuhang madisplina ng husto.

    Kayong mga millennials, ano ba ang dahilan kung bakit sa inyong murang edad ay maaga kayong namulat sa usaping seksuwalidad? Bakit maaga kayong nahuhumaling sa bisyo ng yosi at alak? Noon kasi ang makikita mong nag-iinuman lang sa kalsada ay mga ama ng tahanan 'di tulad ngayon na ang maiingay na nagtatagayan sa eskinita o kalsada ay ang mga bagong henerasyon ng kabataan -- mapalalaki man ito o babae. Hindi namin alam kung mababait talaga ang mga magulang ninyo o hindi lang nila kayo kayang pigilan dahil kung gaano katigas ang boteng hawak n'yo ay ganun din katigas ang inyong mga ulo. Mabuti sana kung galing sa sarili n'yong bulsa ang perang ipinangbibisyo n'yo pero hindi e, galing pa rin 'yan sa inyong mga magulang na pinagtrabahuhan nila ng walong oras sa kada araw, galing 'yan sa inyong mga magulang na inyong madalas ay sinisinghalan. At ang masama pa nito marami sa inyo ang nagpapasimula ng basag-ulo 'pag nag-uumpisa ng sumapi ang ispiritu ng alak.

    Humigit kumulang dalawang dekada ang agwat natin sa isa't isa pero sa dalawang dekadang 'yon parang napakarami nang nagbago, tila napakarami nang nawala pero sino nga ba sa dalawang magkaibang henerasyong ito ang higit na nawalan? Sabi ni Gat Jose Rizal, ang kabataan raw ang pag-asa ng bayan pero sa tuwing nakikita ko kung paano kayo kumilos ayon sa edad n'yo, kung gaano kayo nahumaling sa mga bisyo, kung papaano n'yo sayangin ang inyong oras sa mga walang kuwentang bagay, kung papaano ninyo itrato ang mga nakatatanda sa inyo, kung gaano kayo namulat sa usaping hindi nararapat sa inyong edad, kung papaano kayo nasasangkot sa ibang krimen tila parang hindi kami kumbinsidong kayo ang magdadala at mag-aakay sa pag-asang inaasam ng bayan.
    Siguro nga'y malaking tulong para sa lahat ang pagiging moderno ng komunikasyon at teknolohiya at ang kinagisnan kong henerasyon ay ibang-iba na sa mga kabataan ngayon pero hindi naman sana naisakripisyo ang respeto, pagmamahal at paggalang sa kapwa na tila nababalewala at sinasantabi na lang dahil mas prayoridad ninyo ang inyong mga sarili kesa ang kapakanan ng inyong pamilya, bayan at kinabukasan.

    Ngunit kami'y lubos pa ring umaasa na sa paglakad at pag-usad pa ng mga taon sana sumabay din kayo sa pag-unlad ng teknolohiya na ating tinatamasa. Teknolohiyang sa halip na ating gamit at alipin ay tila kayo ang ginagamit at inaalipin.

    Lubos na naguguluhan,

    A Boy From Generation X

              County Leaders and the Elusive Quest For Job Growth        
    Florida Business Observer

    Sarasota County Commissioners have decided one of their priorities for 2017 is re-examining county programs intended to stimulate job growth. Under particular scrutiny is the county’s use of tax incentives to lure new businesses into the county.

    That program erupted into local controversy last year over “Project Mulligan” a large package of tax cuts offered to entice the headquarters of North American Roofing to move to Sarasota County. Not surprisingly, local roofing companies wondered why county leaders would make a deal for a new competitor to pay less taxes than do long-standing Sarasota County roofing companies.

    North American Roofing chose to go to Tampa, but the controversy raised by Project Mulligan remains, exposing two key problems of the county economic development tax incentive program.
    The first is that the program is inherently unfair. Companies that already exist see their tax money going to make possible tax cuts for new competition. Companies that are located in Sarasota County because it is a good place to do business see their tax money going to make possible tax cuts for new competition. It is a process by which the county government picks winners, a few from among the many, to get special treatment and pay less in taxes.

    That is not just unfair, it is arbitrary. The accompanying chart shows what major occupational categories Sarasota has more or less jobs in compared to the state average: those categories with bars in the negative are where Sarasota has fewer jobs per 1000 people than the state average. But figuring out from this information what jobs Sarasota “needs” that the county government should try to subsidize is virtually impossible. Hundreds of market factors and many, many policy decisions feed into why some jobs tend to occur in greater numbers in Sarasota, and some in fewer numbers. A decentralized market process driven by consumer demand can take all those factors into account. A few people sitting in the county building looking at applications for tax breaks cannot.

    Second, tax incentives are an ineffective way to create jobs. Optimizing the location of a firm entails finding the place that has the right demographics and trends both for your customers and your workforce, the right kind of workers with the right skills, attractive and affordable homes for workers and management you bring with you, accessibility in the transportation network to your supplies and your customers and your shipping hubs, a favorable competitive landscape where synergies with complementary companies are possible, and where local policies are favorable to success.

    Tax incentives are but one part of the last of those factors. A company that chooses where to locate based which local government will pay it the biggest bribe in the form of tax cuts is not a company working toward long-term success. It may leave if offered a larger tax incentive bribe elsewhere and meanwhile will not likely create jobs at the rate of companies that properly chose Sarasota County because it is overall best for the success of their businesses.

    Florida’s legislative leadership has killed the state tax incentive program for exactly these reasons: it has unfairly benefitted some business that move to the state at a cost to businesses already here, and all too often the companies given tax incentive bribes haven’t created the jobs they promised they would.

    This year, Orlando ranked third in the nation for job growth among U.S. cities. Little if any of that growth can be attributed to tax incentives. Forbes magazine’s analysis of the Bureau of Labor Statistics data on job growth that named Orlando third found that:

    Orlando’s resurgence has been driven by growth in professional business service jobs (up 26.8% since 2010), construction-related employment (up 11.5%) and by its largest sector, hospitality, up 22%. The metro area’s population has exploded from 1.2 million in 1990 to 2.3 million today. Much of this recent growth has come from domestic migration, which has accelerated two and half fold since the end of the recession. This has fueled a modest resurgence in construction employment, which expanded 4.6% in the last year…

    Sarasota County should follow the state’s lead and not use economic development tax incentives. Instead commissioners should focus on the basics that lead to a thriving local economy—some of which are obvious, like good schools and low crime. Others are maybe not so obvious.

    For example, as I wrote in January, housing supply and transportation are key, and Sarasota County could do more. Local laws that artificially restrict the housing supply, particularly of apartments, condos and rentals, and raise the cost of living near downtown areas restrict workforce accessibility crucial to the success of startups or businesses moving into the area. Millennials are the future workforce, and Sarasota must allow the kind of growth in housing and the types of projects that accommodate millennial working and living habits. As well, congestion and lack of mobility strangle economic growth, hurt business and repel a talented potential workforce. The transportation network must keep up with growth, must be operated for improved flow of traffic, and must provide reasonable travel times throughout the metro areas.

    Notably, most job growth comes not from new businesses moving in, or from growth of existing businesses. It comes from new startups. Creating the conditions that foster an economy of entrepreneurs and startups is the engine of economic growth. That means keeping regulatory costs like licensing fees, siting permits and marketing restrictions down, having efficient and expeditious permitting offices that help, rather than hinder new business.

    The county can take positive steps to encourage startups. “Innovation districts” are specially approved districts near downtown areas that allow for and create conditions amenable to encourage high concentrations of educational institutions, residential development, public space, entrepreneurs and local business. Our knowledge-driven economy has shifted productivity to innovation — meaning the combination of knowledge and capital produces more firms. Districts that integrate innovators and services that help build knowledge and mentor entrepreneurs.

    Since growth, traffic congestion and economic development are all on county leaders’ issue priority lists, there are some great overlaps here. Rather than trying to bribe new companies to locate here, the county has an opportunity to focus on policies that allow for housing supply to meet demand, invest in adequate transportation infrastructure and operations, and foster a culture of innovation and startups. And in doing so they can help create the conditions for improved job growth emerging from market decisions, rather than county government picking winners.

    Adrian Moore is vice president of Reason Foundation and lives in Sarasota. Spence Purnell is a policy analyst at Reason Foundation and lives in Bradenton. This column first appeared in the Florida Business Observer.

              Links for 08/03/17        
    Distinctly Catholic

    At Millennial, an interview with Eric LeCompte, the executive director of JubileeUSA, on building the kind of economy the Holy Father, and Catholic Social Doctrine more generally, calls for.

              Comment on The energy sector needs to adapt to millennials—not vice versa by davila        
    I am looking for renewable energy content. I have a topic about energy next week. It's nice to have been here.
              Comment on The energy sector needs to adapt to millennials—not vice versa by Talia Vallano, EDF Intern and Fellows Program Manager        
    Anders – Thank you for your feedback. We agree that this is a time where there is a need to hire the best and brightest to fight for our environment and protect our future. For the past two years, EDF has maintained a formal policy that we only hire paid interns or interns that are receiving academic credit from their institution. This decision was made in order to reach all valuable candidates, including those that are not able to accommodate an unpaid role. EDF remains committed to finding solutions to some of the greatest problems facing our world today, which is only made possible by our impressive staff members. We hope that you will keep us in mind for future roles.
              Comment on The energy sector needs to adapt to millennials—not vice versa by Anders        
    As intern millenials you don't even have the opportunity to make bad decisions, you have no money of your own making. I remember applying for an EDF non-paid internship with an undergraduate degree in environmental policy and economics and losing out to someone with a graduate degree in policy. Millennials need the opportunity to actually participate in society instead of be held back bay our parents generation who won't let go of control, ensuring that government policy reflects the needs of their end-of-life instead of the needs of the next generation. Also, who can take un-paid internships after an expensive college? Privileged people. Me included. I used to not own a car, until I injured both my knees. I used to say my carbon foot print was tiny until I had a family. I used to live cheaply until I wanted to own a home and prepare for my retirement. Yes, I still live an environmental life to the extent that I can as a millenial stuck in a society built by the last generation. Let's stop favoring the privileged people, stop expecting college graduates to work for free, and stop accepting the incrementalism that EDF has accepted in a time of drastic environmental need. We are no longer in the era of prevention when it comes to environmental degradation, its time for mitigation and adaption. There is no saving something that is already gone. Appliances with a slight more efficiency are cute, but we need much more bold action than that. Start paying interns respectfully, stop taking advantage of millennial labor. Money is power and control, and by withholding from most of us (and highly rewarding a few of us) that is how they are disempowering our generation and ensuring all the conflict and distraction of income disparity.
              Millennial Consumer Buying Power Will Impact Ad Agency New Business        

    An opportunity to build new business relationships and meet America’s most powerful marketing executives in person as they share their insights about marketing to Millennials. This is a guest post written by Jeff Fromm,  EVP at Barkley and Founder of the annual Share.Like.Buy Conference, the largest single gathering of Millennials marketing experts in the country. Conference speakers […]

    The post Millennial Consumer Buying Power Will Impact Ad Agency New Business appeared first on FUEL LINES.

              How 'Good Debt' Can Go Wild        

    After four years of undergraduate education and another three at law school, Sarah Spitz landed a job she loves — and a debt load she resents.

    A new hire at a boutique law firm in Toronto, Spitz has $60,000 owing on an $80,000 line of credit, and another $11,000 in provincial student loans.

    "I'm very happy with where I ended up, but I'm not going to sit here and pretend that debt didn't have a huge impact on what firms I applied to, what career choices I made, where I was willing to work, the kind of work I was willing to do."

    Spitz is among the ranks of people who have grown resentful of their "good debt" — debt we are told is good for us in the long run.

    The notions of "good debt" and "bad debt" are a kind of investors' shorthand for understanding whether the kind of borrowing they're doing is likely to pay off in the longer term.

    Student debt is generally considered "good" debt: it allows borrowers to increase their income in the long run. But as countless former students struggling with debt can tell you, paying down even a "good" debt can be a source of stress and financial difficulty.

    "Sure, I'm increasing my earning potential by a lot, but it also really affected my 20s," Spitz told HuffPost Canada. "And it's really anxiety-inducing to look at your bank statement and the column that's negative $80,000 — you're like, oh my God, that's soul-crushing."


    Traditionally, "good debt" is the sort that helps you gain wealth or income, while bad debt is money spent on goods that are consumed over time.

    Here's a breakdown of what is generally considered "good" debt and "bad" debt:


    • Mortgages help you build equity in real estate, making you wealthier over time
    • Student loans help you increase your earning power
    • Business/investment loans make starting up and running businesses possible — they're crucial to business growth.


    • Auto loans for vehicles that lose value the moment you drive them off the lot
    • Credit cards have very high interest rates and are largely used to finance consumption
    • Payday loans have high interest rates, high fees and contribute to keeping many low-income people in a cycle of debt

    In Canada, as in most of the developed world, the largest source of "good" debt is the mortgage.

    Canadians are almost unequivocal in their support of mortgages. In a 2013 poll from the Canadian Association of Accredited Mortgage Professionals, 80 per cent of Canadians agreed that mortgages are "good debt."

    But a recent survey from Angus Reid found half of Canada's home-owning young adults are experiencing buyer's remorse, with the high cost of servicing that debt as the single largest reason.

    In other words, "good debt" can go bad, especially if you have more of it than you can handle — financially, or psychologically.

    "There's no such thing as good or bad debt," says Doug Hoyes, co-founder of debt management firm Hoyes, Michalos & Associates.

    Asking whether debt is bad or good "is like asking 'Is bread good or bad,'" he says. "That's a silly question. What matters is, what's good for you?"

    You may think that borrowing on a credit card to pay for a vacation is bad debt, "but maybe a vacation is very important for your mental health," he says.

    The Bank of Canada recently raised interest rates for the first time in seven years. Here's how that could affect your debt:

    Hoyes warns that there is risk in taking to heart the notion that some types of debt are "good" — it can lead to irresponsible borrowing.

    "If you believe a mortgage is good debt, you might spend as much as you can on a house," he said in an interview with HuffPost Canada.

    Could that be part of the reason why Canadians have been willing to take on so much mortgage debt? With around $1.67 in debt for every dollar of disposable income, households here are the most indebted of any G7 country. And the Bank of Canada has been raising the alarm about the growing ranks of "highly indebted" consumers — those whose debt exceeds their annual income by more than 450 per cent.

    "Households carrying high levels of debt could find it more difficult to adjust to a loss in income or other financial shock," the bank warned in December. "They may be forced to sharply cut back on their spending and, in severe cases, may default on loans. The consequences for the economy and the financial system could be significant."

    So there you have it: you could even harm the economy taking on too much "good debt."

    Determining the "right" amount of debt

    But how do you know when if your "good" debt is actually bad?

    "When it edges into your lifestyle, you have too much debt," says Avraham Byers, a personal finance trainer and blogger.

    His definition of good debt is different from the traditional model. For him, it's "a balance you can comfortably pay every month, at a reasonable rate."

    He says there are many "grey areas" when it comes to debt. For instance, a car loan may be considered bad debt because vehicles depreciate in value (often losing a quarter to a third the moment you drive it off the lot), but what if a car is your only option for getting to work, and you don't have enough to buy in cash? Then, suddenly, an auto loan can look like good debt.

    Or borrowing money for home renovations. Many argue it's good debt because it increases the value of your home.

    "I don't know if that's true, especially if you plan to continue living there in the future," says Byers.

    He suggests a rule of thumb for debt: Your monthly payments should be no more than 25 per cent of your monthly income before taxes.

    "When it edges into your lifestyle, you have too much debt."Avraham Byers, personal finance trainer

    Banks are often willing to lend you up to 36 per cent of your income, but he suggests not leaving it to them to decide.

    "Banks might think you can handle it but it might not be true," Byers says. "You've got to be realistic with what you can afford."

    For her part, Spitz says her experience with student debt will make her more cautious taking on debt in the future.

    "I'm definitely more apprehensive than I would have been," she said. "It's one thing to think about being in debt in the abstract, and a very different thing to experience it."

    — With additional reporting by Jessica Chin

    Also on HuffPost:

              Part Deux: The feedback cometh. Phil Sheperd.        
    In answer to: The Evolution of the Visual Mapper (Part Deux)?

    Phil Sheperdthe founding director of Gooisoft Ltd and developer of the most intriguing Thortspace: a 3D visual thinking tool gives his knowledgeable feedback to the questions posed by Visual Mapper.

    One of the refreshing things about your approach, Wallace, is that you are clearly open to true innovation and not restricted by any form of preconceived ideas.

    Mind-mapping works brilliantly in all its forms and in all its iterations for the purposes it is built for and I am sure that this is why, over the last thirty years or so, mind-mapping in general has gathered such an enthusiastic following amongst senior managers (just look at the superb Biggerplate annual survey to see who actually uses mind-mapping in the work environment).

    But Mind mapping is only part of the story... In the original report from 2010,  Nick Duffill of Harport Consulting says "Visual mapping includes but is not limited to mind, concept, flow and argument mapping. Of course there are more tools included; but for the sake of argument these tools adequately cover the graphical capabilities of Visual mapping. Visual mapping may be a useful term to bridge the gap and emphasize the common goal of both mind maps and other data visualization formats."

    One or two of your readers may know, my colleagues and I have been quietly building a collaborative 3D thought processing tool specifically for problem solving, where
    the 'juice' is in the process rather than a finished mapand the main influences have not been mind-mapping or knowledge mapping but philosophers, modern psychologists and gaming-quality graphics-card capabilities so, although avid observers of all things graphical-thinking related, we could be perceived as working outside the mapping genre so I'm not sure we qualify to answer your questions(but I'll have ago anyway!)

    Do you believe the Visual/Knowledge mapping arena has experienced a measurable advancement since the publication of the original article?

    If yes: what do you believe have been the most relevant advancements?
    1. Five and a half years is a very long time in the technology world so I would have expected quite dramatic advances. As Moore's Law has continued to prevail, there have been massive changes in hardware and computing power and big reductions in cost of access during this time. I don't yet see the world of Visual/Knowledge mapping having advanced at the same pace over this same period. That's not to say there haven't been any advances at all; there have been many superb incremental software improvements. Then there's been the growth of Biggerplate which, although specifically Mind Mapping oriented, represents an opportunity for promoting the genre to a wider audience.
    During this particular five year period, however, Leaps and Bounds could have been expected - but I haven't seen them.

    If not: what have been the most notable failures of advancement?
    2. Perhaps there's been a general lack of breakthrough thinking about what might be possible using rapidly changing technological advances - but that applies to both users and developers.
    There's a chicken and egg problem here. Developers have to take very expensive risks when investing in something highly innovative, because potential mainstream customers are very quick indeed to reach for their "too hard to learn" and "learning-curve time-investment" OFF switches almost before they get started and/or make a purchase decision.

    What are the consequences for the arena based on advancements and/or failures?
    3. The consequences of not investing in paradigm shifting innovation will simply be that those who do (on both sides, developers and users) will move rapidly forward while those who don't, will probably just stay where they are.
    Grabbing the attention of a wider customer base is not easy but there is a growing group of potential customers in the young, millennials, who have much more open mindsets and are hungry for something different. Failing to inspire millennials with the beneficial possibilities inherent in visual knowledge mapping would be a wasted opportunity to say the least. There is a dilemma here of course; this is not the demographic that currently uses mind mapping in large numbers (see the Biggerplate survey)

    Are we there yet as a mainstream addition or alternative to established productivity tool-sets?
    4. The moment when one of the really big software corporations puts a visual/knowledge mapping tool into their mainstream product portfolio will be the time when maturity will occur.
    This will be wonderful for all of us because we'll have a world in which untold numbers will realise that they can more easily solve problems, brainstorm, cope better with increasingly complex lives and collaborate across divides. It will also massively increase marketing possibilities for already existing development companies.

    How do you envision the future of the Visual/Knowledge mapping arena?

    5. As a medium for thinking and developing ideas, planning, collaborating and easily accessing and manipulating complex data, Visual/knowledge mapping can look forward to a very rosy future indeed but only if technological change is fully grasped.  The next five years are going to bring even greater innovative change to the technology world; indeed the only constant will be change itself.
    We could see a breakthrough if developers can truly embrace and build for the needs of the millennial demographic in the context of up-coming 3D VR technologies

    Above all, it will depend on the industry's ability to capture imaginations and powerfully demonstrate major advantages and benefits. How? Well, other industries have done it by collaborating and co-ordinating and investing in whole industry promotions....
              4 Things To Know: Possible Medical Pot Expansion, Post-Millennials & More        
    From a crucial decision to be made by Britain to what we may be calling post-Millennials, here are the four stories to know for Wednesday, Dec. 2.
              Comment on Legacy — The Only Immortality For a Skeptic by Ken Preston        
    This is a rather profound and mature statement for such a young person. It is a great inspiration for me as an American at the age of 65 to learn that the new generation of Millennials has such thinkers among them. It gives me hope that the future of our planet will be in good hands someday to solve the many existential problems we face as a global civilization that seem to evade solution by our current world leaders. I wish more American youth had such a philosophical view on human existence. Thank you for sharing your insight.
              Las 10 tendencias laborales que marcarán 2016        
    El mercado laboral se encuentra sometido a una transformación constante. Los ciclos económicos o los nuevos modelos de management, entre otros factores, han influido en su estabilidad durante los últimos años. Pero, ¿qué corrientes se consolidarán en 2016?
    En este sentido, el Observatorio de Empleo de AgioGlobal, entidad que analiza las tendencias del mercado laboral, ha identificado 10 conceptos que despuntarán a lo largo del próximo año.
    1. El empleado 3.0. Una corriente cada vez más seguida por las empresas, y que irá en aumento a lo largo de 2016, es la transición del espacio de trabajo físico al virtual. Este nuevo modelo ha supuesto la creación del concepto de empleado 3.0, también conocido como knowmads por la combinación en inglés de los términos to know (conocer) y nomad (nómada). “La evolución tecnológica ha transformado el concepto de trabajo, permitiendo a muchos profesionales realizar sus funciones desde cualquier lugar. Sin embargo, en nuestro país aún nos queda camino por recorrer, ya que se estima que la deslocalización laboral solo está instaurada entre el 7,4% de la población activa. Se trata de un porcentaje a considerar, sobre todo teniendo en cuenta que determinadas profesiones exigen presencialidad”, indica José María Camps, presidente de AgioGlobal.
    2. Frontera líquida entre lo personal y lo laboral. En relación con el punto anterior, una de las consecuencias de la oficina virtual se palpa en un mayor empleo, por parte de los profesionales, de sus propios gadgets tecnológicos –como smartphones o pc– con fines laborales. Una tendencia en alza con el acceso al mercado laboral de los nativos digitales.
    3. La era de los centennials. Una de las características de 2015 ha sido el auge de los millennials -es decir, jóvenes nacidos entre 1981 y 1995 (aproximadamente) caracterizados por haber nacido bajo la prosperidad, presentar una excelente formación y una sólida autoestima- y el intento del ámbito empresarial por seducirlos. Pero 2016 marca un nuevo cambio generacional: “Los centennials, la generación nacida a partir de 1996, determinarán los próximos flujos. Las compañías ya están diseñando estrategias encaminadas a atraer este nuevo talento que, de hecho, ya se está incorporando al mercado si bien a través de puestos no cualificados o con contratos de formación”, aclara el presidente de AgioGlobal.
    4. Identidad digital. Aunque el tradicional currículum sigue siendo la herramienta más empleada a la hora de postularse para un puesto de trabajo, Internet ha revolucionado los procesos de selección. “Actualmente, un 70% de los candidatos recurre a las redes sociales para buscar un empleo. Los headhunters son conscientes de ello pero, más allá de centrarse en redes profesionales como LinkedIn, bucean por toda la trayectoria on line de un posible candidato. Construir una adecuada identidad digital ya no es opcional”, matiza Camps.
    5. Del team building al bridge building. Una técnica muy empleada dentro del ámbito de la gestión del talento son las actividades de team building, encaminadas a reforzar los lazos existentes entre los componentes de un equipo.  Sin embargo, en 2016 este concepto dará un paso más y evolucionará hacia el bridge buiding, que establece nexos entre áreas y profesionales con perfiles y experiencias complementarias. “Esta nueva herramienta contribuye a mejorar la comunicación entre departamentos, al tiempo que permite el desarrollo de proyectos multidisciplinares”, sostiene Camps.
    6. Refuerzo de los valores de la empresa. Otra de las tendencias a las que apunta AgioGlobal es la consolidación de los valores como elemento de gestión.  Los líderes tendrán que ser capaces de trasmitir confianza, puesto que el empleado actual necesita directrices inspiradoras que muestren y ejemplifiquen lo que la compañía hace y hacia dónde se dirige en el futuro.
    7. Repunte del outsourcing. Un análisis interno realizado por AgioGlobal revela que la externalización de servicios, conocida como outsourcing, está experimentado un crecimiento del 10%. “En un entorno determinado por una alta competencia, es fundamental que las empresas concentren sus esfuerzos en las actividades propias de su negocio. Además, el outsourcing permite a las compañías conseguir elevados niveles de diferenciación a través de la tecnología, innovación y la flexibilidad en las actividades externalizadas”, afirma el presidente de la consultora.
    8. Rotación vs. “un trabajo para todo la vida”. La rotación en los puestos de trabajo fijos recién creados crece de forma significativa desde 2012. Tras la última reforma laboral esta tendencia ha ido  en aumento, y continuará así. Además, la recuperación económica también está propiciando un incremento en la actividad. Ello motivará que los profesionales busquen la mejora de las condiciones laborales.
    9. Salario emocional. â€œVinculado con lo anterior, si bien el sueldo sigue siendo el elementos más valorado por los empleados, con los primeros síntomas de recuperación económica comienzan a repuntar factores ligados con el bienestar y la felicidad del profesional, como la posibilidad de conciliar o las perspectivas de desarrollo profesional”, indica Camps. Las empresas son conscientes de que la retribución no debe limitarse a cuestiones económicas, sino que también está vinculada con otras necesidades. Así, el salario emocional supone recibir otro tipo de prestaciones que pueden llegar a ser más valiosas y motivadoras que una subida del sueldo.
    10. Empleado multidisciplinario. Aunque la especialización sigue siendo un requisito para muchos puestos, un análisis de las ofertas gestionadas por AgioGlobal revela que la demanda de perfiles multidisciplinares ha aumentado en los últimos 5 años un 20% y se prevé que esta cifra siga en aumento. “Las compañías necesitan trabajadores que ofrezcan una adaptación al cambio y sean capaces de asumir diferentes tareas. La flexibilidad y la polivalencia son las características cada vez mejor recibidas”, concluye José María Camps.


              IDG Contributor Network: Diversity. #altogether        

    In the Star Trek universe, Captain Picard faces a crisis regularly. The diverse viewpoints of his crew are his secret weapon: an empathic view, an emotionless "data" view, or a more forceful approach from his Klingon crew member. As the captain, he can tap into the diversity of his crew and knit together a large variety of responses to any situation he faces.

    Businesses faces new challenges every day, boldly going where no one has gone before. We all need a diverse team to advance, because we all win together.

    Diversity comes in many flavors – gender, race, even life experiences. At Synchrony Financial, we have seven different affinity networks:  African American, Asian Pacific, Hispanic, LGBT, People with Disabilities, Veterans, and Women. One of Synchrony’s best events is when we bring all of these groups together for our annual diversity symposium. The diversity at the forum also extends to include every job level, every one of our locations and a broad range of backgrounds and perspectives. We bring together board members, executives, managers and associates, introverts, extroverts, millennials, baby boomers, etc. The reality is that we are a very diverse team, and it shines through at our diversity forum.

    To read this article in full or to leave a comment, please click here

              Best credit cards for millennials (shefani maitland)        
    It is no longer a secret that every business in this world has made millennials their target audience. Be it selling fast food, clothes or smartphones, demands of the millennials are a priority for all business groups. Banks are also keeping up with the pace and aggressively seeking the attention of millennials.
              The new “prophets” and “apostles”        
    There is a new movement in contemporary Christianity, known as the “New Apostolic Reformation” or the “Independent Network Charismatics” (INC) or “Network Christianity.” It combines “signs and wonders” Pentecostalism, the prosperity gospel, and megachurch techniques.  But the new elements are an emphasis on leaders who are considered authoritative “apostles” from God and a this-worldly post-millennialism. […]
              Jessica Simpson Stars in Sexy New Workout Ad, Cristiano Ronaldo Strips to His Skivvies Plus More Style News         

    What better to get you through the mid-week hump than by catching up on a little style news — that also just happens to be stacked with plenty of eye candy? Jessica Simpson gets physical in a new campaign video to launch the addition of active footwear to her namesake line, Cristiano Ronaldo strips down to his tightie whities for a new campaign for CR7 Underwear, plus more style news you don’t want to miss.

    Simpson is expanding her athleisure line, The Warm Up, with the addition of performance-wear shoes that focuses on lightweight, breathable constructions that (of course) is mixed with a sense of style. “I don’t always have time to do a quick change from a workout to playing with my kids to going out to lunch or approval meetings, so being able to create active apparel and sneaker styles that work both at the gym and on the go, fits well for my lifestyle and my collection,” Simpson says in a statement. “It’s all about working out and wearing out for women these days; we deserve to feel sporty, stylish and comfortable.”

    To see the collection (and get some workout inspo from the star) check out her sexy sweat session below.

    As for that other sexy photoshoot we teased, next up is Cristiano Ronaldo’s new collection of CR7 Underwear in all his shirtless glory. We’ll give you a minute.

    “I wanted to put my favorite new designs in the spotlight for this campaign, which is all about celebrating the confidence that great underwear can give you. I want my designs to give people confidence, to make them both look and feel great,” Ronaldo said of the new line. “Underwear is the first thing you put on in the morning, so it’s the foundation to feeling your best. I always feel good when I’m wearing great underwear — it’s a confidence boost.”

    RELATED PHOTO: 14 Stars Who Have Spoken Out About Designers Who Won’t Dress Them

    For the third season in a row Kenneth Cole’s Fall 2016 campaign centers around the “Courageous Class,” which is a group of individuals who overcame life’s challenges to become role models for others. This year’s “students” features Breaking Bad‘s RJ Mitte who was diagnosed with Cerebral Palsy, model and health advocate Liya Kebede, model Lauren Wasser, who lost her legs to Toxic Shock Syndrome, and Kenna, a one-for-one musician (he gives 50 percent of his profits to charity) and filmmaker.

    The brand describes the Courageous Class as people who “care about their communities and each other and don’t let where they have come from, or the adversity they have faced define their potential.” You can meet this year’s class in the campaign, below.

    MMA athlete (and Sports Illustrated Swimsuit Issue cover girl!) Ronda Rousey is modeling for Buffalo HOPE denim line, sharing a more relaxed side of herself in behind-the-scenes shots for the ad campaign. She’s been a face of Buffalo David Bitton for a few years, but we’re loving these low-key sexy, smiley shots.

    Next we’re switching gears to fill your fall shopping list. Rebecca Taylor is introducing a new casual collection, La Vie, to the company. It’s set to combine Parisian street style with a feminine spirit the brand is known for through pieces like straight-leg vintage-wash jeans, ruffled blouses, boucle sweaters and striped tees (so Parisian!) set between $95-$395.

    In a statement Taylor explained the casual vibe of the line. “The La Vie collection reflects my personal style, an eclectic mix of vintage utilitarian pieces that I’ve collected from my favorite spots around the world. I wanted to create a collection that felt relaxed and slightly undone, yet still maintained a sense of casual cool.” You can start shopping the line on August 11.

    And finally, your favorite country duo Maddie & Tae created a new millennial capsule collection for Bloomingdale’s, Aqua x Maddie & Tae. It’s available to shop now online and will hit Bloomingdale’s stores next week.

    “Aqua does everything girls like us want,” says Maddie Marlow. “Super-fun pieces and stuff that’s hip without screaming ‘fashion victim,’ ­ things you can really wear. And the best part, pieces come in all kinds of colors and fits, so everyone gets to be part of the party. It’s great clothes that are fresh and fun for everyone.”

    “And Aqua is dress up and dress down ­ go to school, go to work, go out kind of clothes,” adds Taylor Dye. “No matter where you’re going or what you’re doing, Aqua’s got you covered all in one place! When you’re busy like we are, Aqua makes it so easy.”

              What Are Asian Special Libraries Doing?        

    The Second International Conference of Asian Special Libraries (ICoASL) was held in Tokyo, Japan on Feb. 10-12, 2011. The conference theme was "Building User Trust: The Key to special libraries renaissance in the digital era." 170 delegates from the United States, China, Japan, India, Singapore, Korea, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Iran and Indonesia attended the conference.

    This was a great opportunity for librarians and information professionals all over the world to communicate, share and learn from each other. Anne Caputo the 2010 SLA president gave a keynote talk "Living in the new normal: global trends all knowledge professionals should understand." Anne is Executive Director of Dow Jones' Learning & Information Professional Programs. Her talk focused on 6 new trends of the information world-globalization, distressed economies, disinter-mediation, invasion of millennials, disruptive technologies and condensed competition. Librarians need to explore the meaning of these global trends and ways that can prepare us to advance our roles and strategic importance within our organizations.

    Dr. Xiaolin Zhang, the director of the National Science Library, Chinese Academy of Science, shared how the national library has transformed its services and its organizational make-up into a user-based, problem-solving-driven, customized, knowledge-based service cloud. In order to strengthening its collaborative resource systems and integrated network-based service systems, the national library remodeled users services into "house-librarian" mechanism embedded into research frontlines and hard-binding "team information analyst" system embedded into R&D decision making processes, together with a re-shift into development of user-side information systems. These reformations enable the library to respond to researchers' requests promptly.

    From the perspective of user satisfaction, Jin Xiu Guo, a Metadata Librarian at Washington College, Maryland, USA presented a research on geomatics faculty's research behavior and library use at Wuhan University, China. The survey disclosed that the library was still the major source of professional document gathering. The geomatics faculty preferred electronic journals and international conference proceedings in their teaching and research. The survey results also gave suggestions on how to improve the collection development to better serve geomatics faculty.

    Xin Li, a Assistant University Librarian for Strategic Initiatives at Cornell University also demonstrated how Cornell University Libraries established international partnership as a solution for meeting user needs.

    The conference published the proceedings on CD-ROM, and will make all proceedings free available on ICoASL 2011 website.

              The IRS & ID Theft: "New" News!        
    Picture Courtesy: Free Images From
    There is something about old doors and entry ways that fascinate me! Maybe it is the mystery of what lies beyond, the unknown, the thrill of opening closed doors to discover new places, new feelings, new people. But it is not as simple as that anymore, is it? These are different and more difficult times we live in now, I guess!

    We could go down a very deep, philosophical route  examining what Identity is, but we have to limit our discussion here to what Identity is in a digital age, and we all know how that ties into our finances! We also know of all the hacks trying to get in on that precious information.  

    So, What is ID Theft?:
    If you are new to this, here's a dictionary definition, "The fraudulent acquisition and use of a person's private identifying information, usually for financial gain". So if someone stole your credit card information, social security number and used it to their advantage pretending to be you racking up hundreds & thousands of dollars in credit card payments, stealing your tax refund, getting medical care etc., you could consider your Identity to be stolen. 

    I had written about some basic measures you can take to protect your ID from being stolen on this post back in January 2014

    For past 2 years, there have been phone scam artists who have made off with millions successfully convincing people that they are calling from the IRS. 

    The authorities arrested the scammers but more have surfaced since then, some targeting only millennials, who are being asked to pay up their so called IRS or other debts in i-Tunes gift cards!  More on that story by the Federal Trade Commission here

    The Internal Revenue Service has had it's share of woes. Earlier this year, their website where one can download a personal transcript of taxes filed, the "Get My Transcript" page has been hacked multiple number of times. The crooks have gone a step further and have been able to put together enough information about people from the Internet and their social media profiles to be able to log into the website and get these transcripts. USA Today reported that story in February 2016

    If you get a notice from the IRS of an "attempt" to get a transcript, or you actually get a transcript from the IRS for a previously filed tax return, you should immediately contact your tax provider. If they are not available or do not know what to do, submit Form 14039 immediately to the IRS. Link to form here.

    We had quite a few converts over from Do-It-Yourself tax software programs during the 2016 Tax Season. This was due to the fact that many DIY software users had received letters from the IRS of potential or real identity theft. 

    So if you were one of those converts and you switched over to or are thinking of switching to a tax professional/ Enrolled Agent to prepare your taxes, know that tax professionals themselves are potential targets for ID thieves. These are some questions you should ask of them:

    • What are their data security policies?
    • How do they back up their data?
    • How is the data stored and is it at a safe location?
    • Do they encrypt their emails or do they use secure portals for exchange of sensitive information? If you have such a portal, make sure your password is very strong. Check how secure your password is here

    I for one really appreciate these questions because I can show off all that I do to protect my clients' information.

    Be alert, be savvy and take all necessary steps to keep your information under your control. If by some unfortunate circumstance, your ID does get compromised or stolen, here is a list of steps you can take. The list has been put together by the Federal Trade Commission for

    As always, read my disclaimer here. Please consult an Enrolled Agent for your unique tax needs. More of my contact information is on my website,

              Comment on Study: How Millennials Learn Best by Brooke Harper        
    Great post, Stephen! Thanks for sharing this. Based on a personal experience, I agree that most millennials are open to innovations however, they tend to go for a safer path when placed in a position to lead. Brooke Harper
              Making the Leap from Brick and Mortar to E-Commerce with UOI Boutique        
    The term "millennial" tends to divide members of the generation it’s been ascribed to: Some accept the label, others reject it. Kaitlyn Blum not only wears the label proudly, but she also cites it as one of the main reasons she was able to easily translate her brick-and-mortar clothing boutique to an online store. “As a millennial, I live on the internet,” she says. “I’m also my target audience, which makes my job a million times easier.”
              Economic and Geo-Political Prognosis for 2015        

    Paper No. 5856                                 Dated 12-Jan-2015

    Guest Column by Dr. Rajesh Tembarai Krishnamachari and Srividya Kannan Ramachandran


    The re-moderation of the world economy set in place over the past few years continues apace. Notwithstanding some lasting damage on the supply side through the 2008 recessionary trough, our outlook for 2015 is bullish weighing more on optimistic data trends than on continued negative sentiment proffered from some analyst quarters.

    Around the world in 80 (or more) words:

    Treating the ten-year US Treasury bond yield as a proxy indicator for that nation's nominal GDP growth, we anticipate United States to grow around 3% next year.[1] While this does not mark a return to the buoyant 90s, it is better than the secular stagnation hypothesized earlier in 2014.[2] With US acting as an engine to spur growth, the world economy should also expand by more than 3%.[3] Stability across the world will be maintained – as sparks without a concomitant fury will characterize both overt (e.g. Russia-West over Ukraine) and covert (e.g. China-Japan over Senkaku) animosities.[4] European stagnation from debt and unemployment will be counterbalanced through quantitative easing by the European Central Bank.[5] Similar action in Japan will display the limits of Abe-nomics.[6] China will prepare for a structural slowdown emphasizing domestic consumption and de-leveraging an over-heated financial sector; all the while growing at a 7% rate that will amaze rivals around the world.[7] Indian reform, even if inadequate, will boost the middle classes and reinforce confidence in the Modi government.[8] African countries will find their commodity boom dissipate and ease of borrowing decline as commodity prices fall and yields rise in the developed world.[9]

    Continental tectonics:

    a. North America:

    Economic benefits arising from the exploitation of shale gas have not only silenced the anti-fracking environmentalists, they have altered the strategic world-view of Washington politicians.[10] As US aims to overtake even Saudi Arabia in oil/NGL production in 2015 (and the Saudis pull out all stops in preventing it by driving crude prices down), it has markedly reduced its role as a global policeman.[11] Its own economy is on the mend even as a lame-duck president will be boggled down with partisan grid-lock. Markets will fret about the mid-year (or earlier?) hike in interest rates; though Main Street - aided by a strong dollar - will likely shrug it off with a continued upward movement across different sectors.[12]

    Mexico and Canada will benefit from their tight coupling with the United States.[13] Enrique Pena Nieto will claim credit for reforming the Mexican economy – across sectors as diverse as energy and telecom.[14] Pemex, dear to the Mexicans, will face some competition, though nothing remotely similar to the American acquisition of Tim Hortons – dear to the Canadians – will happen.[15] Up north, the Canadian elections in 2015 will reveal whether the country has reverted to its liberal propensities or sticks with Harper's conservative agenda.[16]

    b. Latin and South America:

    The outlook is disappointing across much of the region. Run-away inflation hammers Argentina and Venezuela; milder ill-effects bedevil Brazil, Bolivia and Uruguay.[17] The Maduro regime in Venezuela and the Kirchner government in Argentina continue to flirt with disaster as their GDP growths slip and mass discontent builds up.[18] Dilma Rousseff has stabilized her position electorally, though her policies continue to disappoint investors and have the potential to reignite sudden protests like the 2013 bus-fare protests.[19] Dependence on commodity exports in a time of declining prices does not portend well for any of the South American states, including Brazil.[20] On a positive note, Cuba – already expected by analysts to grow by close to 4% next year – will see a boost to its fortunes accruing from a thaw in relations with US under Obama.[21]

    c. Africa:

    African nations had a great run in the past few years. This arose not only from the boom in commodity prices but also from the need for yield amongst DM (developed market) investors resulting in investment in both corporate and public African bonds.[22] In 2015, these factors could dissipate which will place pressure on countries like Angola where household spending has risen more than 4000% since the start of the millennium.[23] Ethiopia and Kenya are expected to continue on a robust growth path.[24] Contradictions abound within Africa, and nowhere are they more visible than in Nigeria. While the northern part struggles under the oppression of Boko Haram, the southern part booms under Goodluck Jonathan's president-ship.[25] In neighboring South Sudan, one is reminded of the risk-reward payoff as the nation widely tipped to experience spectacular growth in 2014, got mired in conflict, with the consequent dissipation of growth potential.[26]

    American intervention in Libya undermined the Gaddafi-imposed order and has led to a civil war between the Islamist and secularist factions which will hold back that nation in the coming year.[27] A more benign intervention was that of the French in Mali in 2013; we expect more calls for Hollande's assistance in 2015.[28] El Sisi has stabilized Egypt after the Muslim Brotherhood interlude in the post-Mubarak era. Though more brutal than Mubarak, the El Sisi regime is being propped by both the Americans and Saudis, leading us to expect the recent bull run in Egyptian markets to continue.[29] ANC rule in South Africa continues unimpeded. Though atrophied by many scandals, the rule should produce close to 3% growth in the coming year.[30]

    d. Middle East:

    The region continues to be a cesspool of ethno-sectarian rivalries as the century-old Sykes-Pikot agreement unravels.[31] Recep Erdogan has stabilized Turkey and should reap a growth on par with other emerging economies.[32] Erdogan's external actions driven by AKP's crypto-desire to establish a caliphate will see him prop the Islamic State (IS) just so that it can damage Shia and Kurdish interests; but not enough to threaten his own Sunni hegemonic plans.[33] The Saudi establishment has focused on the removal of the Muslim brotherhood threat; now they will focus on limiting Shia Iranian influence by keeping crude prices low.[34] Western companies made a beeline to Iran in 2014 in hope of an impending thaw; much will depend on the negotiation ability of the Rouhani establishment on the sanction front.[35] Dubai and Israel remain insulated from the turmoil around and could reap the benefit of the uptick in the world economy.[36] The risk of sudden flare-ups like the 2014 Gaza war continue to remain on the Israeli radar.

    e. Asia and Australia:

    The Asian political scene is remarkably stable with China, Japan and India looking inward to stabilize their economies under the leadership of Xi Jinping, Shinzo Abe and Narendra Modi, respectively. Some events have gone unnoticed by world media – for example, China starts the year of the goat as the world's largest economy when measured in PPP terms and for the first time ever, Chinese outbound investments could exceed those inbound.[37] The establishment of China on the world stage has made Xi stronger than any Chinese leader in recent memory bar Chairman Mao himself. The Abe regime will continue on its reformist route of bringing Japan out of the deflationary zone, while winking at nationalist sentiment calling for a re-interpretation of the country's post-war pacifist role.[38] Down south in India, Modi has surprised both supporters and detractors alike by his middle-path approach to reforming the economy and his zealous interest in foreign policy. While reforming cautiously, he has not removed the populist schemes of the previous government. 2015 will see him act unimpeded by local elections (other than in Bihar) and will prove to be a litmus test of his claims of good governance.[39]

    Afghanistan under Ashraf Ghani will face more trouble from Taliban as US adopts the Pakistani classification into good versus bad Taliban.[40] In nearby Pakistan, the wildly popular Imran Khan - with some help, perhaps, from the deep state – will challenge the established parties in their home turfs.[41] In Indonesia, Jake Widodo has come to power with Imran Khan-type support amongst the youth, and he will be hard-pressed to implement his reformist agenda – including reducing fuel subsidies – amidst persistent opposition from entrenched interests.[42] ASEAN will continue to slip on its stated intentions for closer cooperation.[43] Australia will try to balance its strategic partnership with the United States with economic dalliances with the Chinese.[44]

    f. Europe and Russia:

    Vladimir Putin will be emboldened by the short-term rise in domestic popularity; and hence ignore the longer-term implications of his intervention in Ukraine.[45] Tighter coupling with Kazakhstan and Belarus will not prevent what is likely to be a low-growth and high-inflation year for the Russians.[46] Europe as a whole continues to underperform, and it will be most visible in France and Italy both of whom might record less than 1% growth in GDP. With the Trierweller-Gayet saga behind his back, Francois Hollande will attempt to rein in a deficit running at close to 4% of GDP. Even with help from ECB's quantitative easing program, there is little expectation that Hollande can avoid being the most unpopular leader amongst all western democracies.[47] In Italy, high debt and unemployment – exemplified by the statistic of four-fifths of Italians between the ages of 20-31 living with parents – will hamper any efforts Matteo Renzi might take to pull the economy out of its doldrums.[48]

    The Greeks might look forward to a better year, especially when juxtaposed against their recent past. On the back of painful reforms, the Greek economy is widely anticipated to commence its long journey back to health, though there might be recurrent political scares and recalcitrant rumors of a Greek exit.[49] The German government will be buffeted by opposing demands – external calls for a more interventionist role in stabilizing the world economy and internal ones for tempering the same. Cautious progress on the fiscal front will lead to modest GDP growth.[50] Ironically, the European nations with best GDP growth projections are also the ones with the highest exposure to Putin's misadventures, viz. Poland, Latvia and Lithuania.[51]

    Sectors and segments:

    Having dropped significantly in the past few months, the level of oil prices affects the prospects for many industry sectors in 2015.  Oil is typically expected to revert to the mean because a lower oil price has discernible impact on both supply (by discouraging investment in its production and distribution) and demand (by boosting economic activity) sides.[52] The speed of such mean-reversion remains unclear. Russia, Iran and US shale producers (esp. those who are not based at strategic locations) suffer disproportionally more than the Saudi establishment at current price levels.[53] Lower oil prices will provide a fillip to consumer discretionary industries and airlines; and have an adverse impact on railroad (benefiting from oil transportation) and petrochemical companies. The shale gas boom - apart from increasing housing activity - is also the prime driver behind growth in the US steel and construction material sectors; consequently both the steel and construction sectors will remain susceptible to crude movements.[54]

    Low interest rates and low macro-growth prospects will induce companies with excess cash to acquire other companies to report earnings growth. That trend will be apparent in companies transacting in sectors as diverse as healthcare, industrials, semiconductors, software and materials.[55] On another side of investment banks, trading desks will see higher market volatility as major powers pursue divergent paths to monetary policy (e.g. US against EU/Japan).[56] In US, regulatory obligations increasing cost of capital for holding certain securities might lead to decreased broker liquidity.[57] 2015 shall see the big banks grapple with the regulations in Basel III and Volcker; one expects regulatory push towards vanilla deposit-taking and lending to continue.[58] Analysts will hope that stronger balance sheets coupled with a return to profitability lead to increased dividend payout for investors in financial stocks. China will seek to tame its overheated financial sector amidst a structural slowdown[59], and India will see RBI governor Raghuram Rajan continue his battle against political interference in corporate lending.[60] Wealth management services will perform remarkably well not only in China, but also to a lesser extent in US as a rising market creates wealth and a retiring baby-boomer crowd seeks to couple low risk with acceptable return.[61] In the arena of mobile payment, Apple Pay will try to avoid the lackluster performance of earlier attempts like Google Wallet.[62]

    Lower gasoline prices and an accompanying increase in disposable income (through wealth creation at the markets, increased home values, reduced unemployment and improved economic activity) creates a positive outlook for the consumer discretionary sector. Companies dealing with organic farming benefit from increased health consciousness; the market for yoga will continue to rise as 2014 saw the UN declare a world yoga day on Modi's initiative.[63] Even as DVDs and Blue-rays fall, digital film subscriptions and on-demand internet steaming will rise to please Hollywood.[64] Bollywood will get over its obsession with INR 100 crore revenues as movies will cross that level more frequently.[65]  With supply level of hotels remaining the same as few years back, revenue per room will rise across the sector.[66] Tighter access to credit continues to hamper the rise in existing house sales, which nevertheless should improve over the past year.[67] Asian apparel manufacturers continue to improve their market share in the fast fashion market.[68]  October 2015 will see Europeans benefit from the eCall service in all their new cars, which allows a car to immediately report details to the base-stations on any accident. New carbon-emission standards also come into force in Europe; even elsewhere the move towards higher efficiency in cars will continue.[69] Widodo will be pleased at the growth in automobile sales in Indonesia, which should exceed those of other major markets.[70] Internet advertising is rising faster than television commercials, though 2015 will still see the latter dominate the former in overall revenue generated.[71] Privacy concerns continue to erode on the social media front.[72] The newspaper industry will see increased number of advertorials re-packaged as "native advertising" by which companies will pay for advertisements to be written as paid newspaper article.[73]

    In India, the BJP government is yet to clarify its position on foreign direct investment in retail.[74] Irrespective of its final decision, retail sales should surge sharply upward there as the consummation of pent-up demand of past few years couples with the thriving of 'mall culture' in middle-tier cities. China will also see an increase in retail sales inspite of its investigation in to WalMart.[75] The anti-corruption campaign though will negatively impact luxury good sales as well as those of higher-end automobiles there[76]. A strong dollar will affect US companies with significant operations abroad. Wheat production might match 2014 record volumes in Europe[77]; though more newsprint will probably be devoted to higher prices of cocoa from Ivory Coast.[78] Idiosyncrasies of local markets will shine as Dubai invests in large-scale brick and mortal malls, while Manhattan gets more of its groceries delivered at home steps.[79]

    Demand for energy should rise at the same pace as the world GDP next year. Analysts will point at attractive valuations of oil companies.[80] If shale price remains attractive, Sabine Pass in Louisiana will emerge as the first plant in US to export LNG.[81] Four years after the Fukushima incident, Japan will see nuclear reactors back in operation at Sendai.[82]

    2014 saw the denizens of the developed world fret about Ebola, breast cancer (through a campaign by actor Angelina Jolie) and ALS (through the ice bucket challenge).[83] Overall, health spending will comfortably outpace the rate of growth of the overall economy. Long-term secular trends driving this are the aging population in the western world (with the population pyramid replaced by a population dome) and an emerging middle class elsewhere with increasing demand for improved access to healthcare.[84] Universal healthcare has been promised for all in India, which should drive up healthcare expenditure by a significant amount there.[85] In 2015, large US companies are mandated under Obama-care to provide insurance to more than 70% of their eligible workforce.[86] Uncertainty on US healthcare reform and debate thereon may cause short-term price volatility. Millennial Development Goals will reviewed by the UN later in the year with a new set of goalposts announced for countries to be met by 2030; different NGOs will campaign vigorously through media to get their pet agendas included in the final list.[87]

    Transportation companies will report higher earnings from increased economic activity.[88] Apart from some airlines which have suffered reputation damage through recurring accidents, airline companies will benefit from the reduced oil prices. Defense industry will see robust growth in China, as "Chi-America" remains no more a chimera.[89] Alarmed by this increase, Vietnam with Philippines will move within the US ambit and Australia will seek to join the tripartite naval exercises in the Indian Ocean between US, Japan and India.[90] Tensions in Eastern Europe and the middle-east will favor increases in expenditure across the region. The nationalist government in India will increase defense expenditure sharply even as it moves beyond lip-service on the long-standing issue of indigenization of defense manufacturing.[91]

    The mantra of social-local-mobile (SoLoMo in tech jargon) continues to drive the consumer markets division of information technology companies.[92] Expenditure on IT hardware is significantly retarded by the increasing move to cloud computing.[93] The move to cloud computing - along with increasing use of mobile commerce - bodes well for the computer security business.[94] India should see a sharp increase in smart phone adoption; elsewhere tablet computers will rise against laptop and desktops.[95] Embedded systems coupled with rudimentary networking will be marketed as an all-encompassing internet of things as the era of big data continues.[96]  Today, a single family in US places more demands on data flow than the entire planet did a decade back; and even this data rate is expected to increase by a whopping 70% over the next year. Consolidation in the cable sector (e.g Comcast with Time Warner Cable) and the convergence of content with distribution (e.g. AT&T with DirectTV) are two trends that should continue on from 2014.[97] Even as Indians will talk about 3G coverage spanning the nation; Americans will tweet about 4G price warfare and the Chinese will see ZTE unveil a 5G prototype.[98] Facebook will have more users than China has human beings.[99] Analysts will harp about impact of interest-rate hikes on high dividend paying telecom stocks.[100] Apart from the financial industry, telecom will emerge as an industry most impacted by federal regulation across the globe.

    The anthropologist Edward Weyer once compared the future to being akin to a "corridor into which we can see only through the light coming from behind".  It is in that sense that we have analyzed the data of the bygone year and tried to extrapolate into the days and months ahead. And when some are falsified - and falsified, some will be - then we shall lay credit for the same at the feet of those responsible - viz. us, the people.

    [The authors are based in New York City, and can be contacted through email at and The views represented above are personal and do not in any manner reflect those of the institutions affiliated with the authors.]


    [1] See the graph titled "10 year bond yield: annual change and real GDP: annual % change" at

    [2] "Secular stagnation: facts, causes and cures", a VoxEU eBook at

    [4] A brief historical perspective on the Russia-Ukraine conflict is at

    The Economist magazine summarizes the debate over Senkaku islands at

    [5] “The ECB, demigods and eurozone quantitative easing” at

    [6] “Bank of Japan announces more quantitative easing: the next chapter in Abenomics” at

    [7] “World Bank urges China to cut economic growth target to seven percent in 2015, focus on reforms” at

    [8] “Reforms by PM Narendra Modi will help India to grow 5.5% this year, 6.3% next year: ADB” at

    [10] “The experts: how the US oil boom will change the markets and geopolitics”,

    [13] “Economic growth patterns in USA, Canada, Mexico and China” at

    [14] “Mexican president Pena Nieto's ratings slip with economic reform” at

    [17] “Andres Oppenheimer: Latin America's forecast for 2015: not good” at

    [18] “Maduro blames plunging oil prices on US war vs Russia, Venezuela” at and “What's in store for post-Kirchner Argentina” at

    [19] “Brazil economists cut 2015 growth forecast to slowest on record” at

    [20] “Economic snapshot for Latin America” at

    [21] “Cuba, Dominican Republic and Puerto Rico business forecast report Q1 2015” at and “Obama's Cuba move is Florida's top story for 2014” at

    [24] “Ethiopia overview” at and “Kenya overview” at

    [26] “Internal violence in South Sudan” at!/?marker=33.

    [27] “Political instability in Libya” at!/?marker=14.

    [28] “The regional impact of the armed conflict and French intervention in Mali” at

    [29] “EGX head optimistic on equities as Egyptian economy recovers” at

    [30] “Economy - outlook for 2015 dismal, despite boost” at

    [31] “Pre-state Israel: The Sykes-Picot agreement” at

    [32] “Turkey - economic forecast summary (Nov 2014)” at

    [34] “Saudi-Iranian relations since the fall of Saddam” at

    [36] “Dubai 2015 cross sector business outlook extremely bullish” at and “Israel - economic forecast summary (Nov 2014)” at

    [37] “China's leap forward: overtaking the US as world's biggest economy” at

    [38] “Understanding Shinzo Abe and Japanese nationalism” at

    [39] Book: “Getting India back on track: an action agenda for reform” edited by B. Debroy, A. J. Tellis and R. Trevor.

    [40] “US may not target Mullah Omar after this year" at

    [41] “The rise and rise of Kaptaan” at

    [42] “Widodo launches reform agenda with fuel price hike” at

    [43] “ASEAN's elusive integration” at

    [46] “Russia's economics ministry downgrades 2015 oil price forecast to $80 per barrel” at

    [47] “Hollande popularity plumbs new low in mid-term French poll” at

              Photo Flash: OUT OF THE MOUTHS OF BABES Opens at Gloucester Stage for Limited Run        

    Gloucester Stage Company continues its 38th season of professional theater on Cape Ann with Israel Horovitz's latest comedy, Out of the Mouths of Babes from August 11 through September 2 at 267 East Main Street, Gloucester, MA. Four women arrive in Paris for the funeral of the 100-year-old man who loved each of them---at times variously, at times simultaneously. For 24 hours they share his apartment, delicious secrets and a dead cat in this Horovitz New England premiere. Directed by the author, the GSC production features GSC favorite, Lynn native Paula Plum as Evvie, and three actresses in their GSC debut: Debra Wise as Evelyn; Sarah Hickler as Janice and Obehi Janice as Marie-Belle. Out of the Mouths of Babes comes to Gloucester Stage after a sell-out run in NYC last summer, and is currently en route to its premiere in London's West End.

    Out of the Mouths of Babes author and director Israel Horovitz's plays have been translated and performed in more than 30 languages, worldwide. During the run of Out of the Mouths of Babes, as part of GSC'sNeverDark series Horovitz will direct New Shorts, an evening of staged readings of his newest short plays. Horovitz's New Shorts are Tuesday, August 22 at 7:30 pm. Last season Horovitz brought Gloucester Stage audiences the world premiere of Man in Snow prior to the play's New York premiere. Man in Snow received an Independent Reviewers of New England (IRNE) Award for Best Play. Horovitz's 70+ plays include Line(now in 39th year of continuous performance, off-Broadway, at 13th St. Repertory Theatre), The Indian Wants The Bronx, Rats, Morning, The Primary English Class, The Wakefield Plays, The Widow's Blind Date,Today I Am A Fountain Pen, Park Your Car In Harvard Yard, North Shore Fish, Fighting Over Beverley, Lebensraum, My Old Lady, Free Gift, Cat-Lady, Stations of the Cross, One Under, 50 Years of Caddieing,Speaking Well of the Dead, Unexpected Tenderness, Fast Hands, Security, A Mother's Love, Sins of the Mother, 6 Hotels (including The Audition Play, Fiddleheads and Lovers, Speaking of Tushy, 2nd Violin,Beirut Rocks, and The Hotel Play), Compromise, The Secret of Mme. Bonnard's Bath, The Vote in Orange, The P Word, The Bump, Virtual Alex, and Gloucester Blue. Horovitz's play My Old Lady is in the repertory of The Moscow Art Theatre. Horovitz's screenplays include Author! Author!, The Strawberry Statement (Prix du Jury, Cannes Film Festival), Sunshine (European Academy Award - Best Screenplay),New York, I Love You, and EMMY and Golden Globe-nominated James Dean. Horovitz wrote, directed and performed the award-winning documentary 3 Weeks After Paradise. Awards include the OBIE (twice), the Prix de Plaisir du Théâtre, The Prix Italia (for radio plays), The Sony Radio Academy Award (for Man In Snow), The Writers Guild of Canada Best Screenwriter Award, The Christopher Award, The Drama Desk Award, an Award in Literature of the American Academy of Arts and Letters, The Elliot Norton Prize, a Lifetime Achievement Award from B'Nai Brith, The Literature Prize of Washington College, an honorary Doctorate in Humane Letters from Salem (Massachusetts) State College, Boston Public Library's Literary Lights Award, The Walker Hancock Prize, and many others.

    Horovitz is Founding Artistic Director of Gloucester Stage Company, and is active Artistic Director of The New York Playwrights Lab. He teaches a master class in screenwriting at Columbia University and La Fèmis, France's national film school, and a playwriting master class at University of St. Andrews, Scotland.

    Horovitz visits France, frequently, where he often directs French-language productions of his plays. He is the most-produced American playwright in French theatre history, and has recently been decorated asCommandeur de l'Ordre des Arts et des Lettres, France's highest honor for foreign artists. His memoires Un New-Yorkais a Paris have recently been published in France by Grasset. He also works frequently in Italy, where he is co-Artistic Director of Compagnia Horovitz-Paciotto. The 70/70 Horovitz Project, created by NYC's Barefoot Theatre, began on Horovitz's 70th birthday. During the year between 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2010, 70 of Horovitz's plays were given productions and/or readings by theatres in more than 20 countries around the globe.

    Lynn native award winning actress Paula Plum was last seen on the GSC stage in 2014's Auld Lang Syne opposite her husband Richard Snee. For the past two season Ms. Plum has been directing at GSC: 2015's Out ofSterno and 2016's The Last Schwartz. Ms. Plum is the recipient of five IRNE awards, the 2007 Eliot Norton Award for Best Actress, the 2004 Eliot Norton Award for Sustained Excellence, and the 2003 Distinguished Alumni Award from Boston University. In 2009 she was one of five actors nation-wide to receive the Fox Actor Fellowship in association with SpeakEasy Stage. As a founding member of The Actors' Shakespeare Project she has played Cleopatra, Beatrice, Lady Macbeth, Touchstone, and Phedre. At the Lyric Stage she has appeared in Dial M For Murder, 33 Variations, Private Lives, The Goat or Who is Sylvia?, Miss Witherspoon, Death of A Salesman, Three Tall Women and Who's Afraid of Virginia Woolf? She was Artist in Residence at SpeakEasy Stage from 2010 through 2013 and conducted workshops in Mask and "Handling The Hot Moments, How Actors Negotiate Intimacy Onstage" and authored the biographical play What Lips My Lips Have Kissed based on the life of poetess Edna St. Vincent Millay. She has appeared regionally at the Gloucester Stage Company, The American Repertory Theatre, the New Repertory Theatre, the Huntington Theatre, and Elm Shakespeare. Her film credits include: Mermaids, Malice, Next Stop Wonderland, and Irrational Man directed by Woody Allen. On television her credits include: three seasons of Science Court on ABC; co-creator and star of FX's The Dick & Paula Celebrity Special and three feature films for the Lifetime Channel. Ms. Plum is a cum laude graduate of Boston University and has studied at the London Academy of Music and Dramatic Art, the Dell'Arte Institute, and Ecole Phillipe Gaulier, Paris. She has been published in American Theatre magazine.

    Debra Wise is the Artistic Director of Underground Railway Theater, in-residence at Central Square Theater, Cambridge. During URT's decades as a touring company (1979-2008), she helped create over 30 new works, and toured them nationally and internationally to venues ranging from Lincoln Center to public schools; titles included Sanctuary - The Spirit of Harriet Tubman, Home is Where, InTOXICating and The Christopher Columbus Follies. She led URT collaborations with Boston Symphony Orchestra (Firebird, Creation of the World, Tempest), Boston's Museum of Science: Aging Puzzle, New Center for Arts and Culture: Jewish Women and Their Salons, the Mary Baker Eddy Library, the MFA and the ICA (Art InterACTions), and the Cambridge Arts Council (theater in dialogue with public art). Since creating Central Square Theater with The Nora Theatre Company, she co-founded Catalyst Collaborative @ MIT (CST's unique science theater partnership with MIT), and led partnerships with Mount Auburn Cemetery (Our Town) and the National Park Service (Roots of Liberty - The Haitian Revolution and the American Civil War, performed with over 50 performers and guest artists Danny Glover and Edwidge Danticat). URT has won two Elliott Norton awards under Wise's leadership; The Convert (Outstanding Production) and Bedlam's St. Joan (Best Visiting Production). Recent acting projects included Homebody (a monologue by Tony Kushner) and The Midvale High School Fiftieth Reunion (by Alan Brody). Other appearances on the CST stage include Copenhagen, Mr g, Brundibar, The Other Place, Distracted, The How and the Why, Einstein's Dreams, From Orchids to Octopi: An Evolutionary Love Story,?Yesterday Happened: Remembering H.M., Breaking the Code, Arabian Nights and A Christmas Memory. Acting on other Boston stages has included Mistero Buffo (Boston Poet's Theatre); A Boston Marriage and Orson's Shadow (New Rep), Brooklyn Boy (Speakeasy), and Chosen Child (Boston Playwrights Theatre); in NYC, The Haggadah (The Public, with Julie Taymor). Ms. Wise has been nominated for outstanding performances by both the Elliot Norton Awards and the Independent Reviewers of NE. Her work as a playwright includes States of Grace, inspired by the stories, poems and essays of Grace Paley; and Alice's Adventures Underground, based on the works of Lewis Carroll. She collaborates each summer with Harvard's Project Zero, training educators on using theater to help students think more deeply across the curriculum.

    Sarah Hickler's credits include The Gift (Mercury Theater, U.K.), The Mysteries (Shakespeare & Co./Revels), The Tempest (Boston Theater Works), Café Corvido (Boston Playwright's Theater), Harmonious Proportions (Women OnTop Theater Festival), Elegy (Institute of Contemporary Art), and as a principle performer in DibbleDance Theater in ten seasons at Shakespeare & Co. She performs regularly with the International Action Theater Ensemble, and has collaborated and performed original work presented throughout New England, and at Lincoln Center Out of Doors Festival and Theaterlab in NYC. Ms. Hickler has been choreographer/movement director on productions for Huntington Theater, Nora Theater, Gloucester Stage, Merrimack Rep, Theater Offensive, Boston Theater Works, Southwest Shakespeare Co., and was a resident artist for three seasons with the Los Angeles Women's Shakespeare Company, and one season with Actor's Shakespeare Project. She has directed productions for Sun Valley Shakespeare Festival, Sedona Shakespeare, MIT Shakespeare Ensemble and Emerson Stage. She has trained actors and theatre educators in graduate and undergraduate programs at such institutions as Brandeis University, Boston University, Boston Conservatory, and Shakespeare & Co., and is currently the Head of Acting and an Associate Professor at Emerson College in Boston.

    Obehi Janice is an award-winning actress, writer and comedian. A graduate of Georgetown University, she was named "Boston's Best Actress" by The Improper Bostonian in 2014. Her comedic short, BLACK GIRL YOGA, won the Reel 13/AfroPunk Film Competition (WNET/New York Public Media). A leader in the millennial renaissance of socio-political arts and culture, Ms. Janice works extensively on stage, screen and as a voice actress in video games, radio, and commercials. Recent stage credits include The Gift Horse (New Repertory Theatre), Love's Labour's Lost (Commonwealth Shakespeare Company), We're Gonna Die(Company One Theatre/American Repertory Theater; IRNE Award, Best Solo Performance), An Octoroon (Company One Theatre/ArtsEmerson), Mr g (Underground Railway Theater) and her solo show FUFU & OREOS (Bridge Repertory Theater). As a comedian and storyteller, she has been featured on You're the Expert, Story Collider and The Moth. Her potent writing has been featured in Kinfolks: a journal of Black expression. Ms. Janice also works as a director and producer. A gifted public speaker, she enjoys sharing her thoughts on faith, identity, creativity and mental health. She has garnered esteem and recognition fromAmerican Theatre Magazine, Bustle, WBUR, DigBoston, For Harriet, and The Boston Globe. She is a Luminary Artist at the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum and the recipient of a TCG Fox Foundation Resident Actor Fellowship. Most recently, her full-length play, Ole White Sugah Daddy, received a developmental workshop and staged reading at Speakeasy Stage Company.

    Israel Horovitz's Out of the Mouths of Babes, runs from August 11 through September 2 at Gloucester Stage. Performances are Wednesday through Saturday at 7:30 pm; Saturday and Sunday at 2:00 pm with a special Tuesday evening performance on Tuesday, August 29 at 7:30 pm. Following the 2 pm performances on Sunday, August 20 and Sunday, August 27 audiences are invited to free post-show discussions with the artists from Out of the Mouths of Babes. Single ticket prices are $32 to $42 with discounts available for Preview Performances, Cape Ann Residents, Senior Citizens and Patrons 25 years old and under. In addition to regular reserved tickets, Pay What You Wish tickets are available for the Saturday, August 12 matinee at 2 pm. Pay What You Wish tickets can only be purchased day of show at the door. All performances are held at 267 East Main Street, Gloucester, MA. For more information about Gloucester Stage, or to purchase tickets, call the Box Office at 978-281-4433 or visit

    Photo credit: Gary Ng

    high res photos

    Paula Plum and Debra Wise


    Obehi Janice; Standing: Debra Wise, Paula Plum, and Sarah Hickler

    Sarah Hickler

    Debra Wise, Paula Plum, and Obehi Janice

    Obehi Janice

    Paula Plum, Debra Wise, Author and Director Israel Horovitz; Obehi Janice & Sarah Hickler

              BWW REVIEW: O-M-G! MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW at Williamstown Theatre Festival Is Like Wicked Effing Funny        

    After Oregon Shakespeare Festival announced in 2015 it would commission 36 playwrights to translate the Shakespeare canon into modern-day English; outrage erupted by Shakespeare "purists" and a dialogue was born on understanding the differences between translation and adaptation.

    While work at Oregon Shakespeare Festival continues as planned, playwright Halley Feiffer has been working on converting another classic. Chekhov's THREE SISTERS. Now titled MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW MOSCOW (henceforth called MOSCOW), the play received a world premiere at the Williamstown Theatre Festival under the direction of Trip Cullman. Even though the original text of THREE SISTERS is in another language, unlike Shakespeare, MOSCOW is now having a moment similar to what Oregon Shakespeare Festival experienced two years ago.

    Feiffer began her translation by keeping the skeleton of MOSCOW the same as THREE SISTERS. We are still in Russia at the turn of the century and the core of her play remains focused on the unending quest for happiness filtered through the lives of the Prozorovs Sisters; Olga, Masha, and Irina. The distinct difference is the language. Here, our Chekhovian characters speak and act in a wicked modern tongue full of enough profanity and satire to make a Tarantino film look G-rated.

    Harsh, cutting language should come as no surprise to anyone familiar with Feiffer's work. Her past plays I'M GONNA PRAY FOR YOU SO HARD and HOW TO MAKE FRIENDS AND THEN KILL THEM (she's not one for brevity) are all jam packed with an intoxicating combination of bitter rage and absurd comedic situations. I'M GONNA PRAY FOR YOU SO HARD is one of the most verbally violent plays I've read and HOW TO MAKE FRIENDS AND THEN KILL THEM is relentless in its depiction of toxic childhood friendships. Feiffer's talent for composing razor-sharp dialogue makes her a notable stand out amongst other up-and-coming playwrights. Her work continues to improve upon with each new play, so it's not surprising to learn MOSCOW is Feiffer's strongest play to date.

    The decision to replace acceptEd English language translations of THREE SISTERS with a millennial lexicon is an enormous risk, but the threat of failure only triumphs if Feiffer fails to justify her choices. Not only does she avoid the pitfall, she manages to elevate her dialogue in remarkable ways. Her success arrives in choosing to boil all of Chekhov's subtext to the surface level. In doing so, she rips off the masks these characters wear and addresses their selfish motivations head on. The characters are now conscious of their circumstances, and while they remain stuck the way Chekhov intended, they now act as their sarcastic narrator. The choice turns Chekhov's theme of unfulfilled desires on its head and unlocks the absurdist humor in the original script.

    MOSCOW is also meta-theatrical in acknowledging the preconceived frustrations an audience may have with Chekhov. Ever read a Chekhov play and get confused who is who and what their relationship is with, um, whats-her-name? You're not alone:

    Wait who's Alexander Ignatych?

    I am.

    Oh, sorry. I get confused. With all the names.

    Me too.

    Ever feel like his characters frequently repeat themselves? Feiffer has Kulygin reminding others nine times he's a Latin teacher and everyone on stage is sick of hearing about Vershinin's wife and two little girls.

    What does he talk about?

    Ummm himself? Mostly? And his wife. And his two little girls. "I have a wife! I have two little girls!" Watch, he'll say literally that exact thing I just said? As soon as he gets here. Like a zillion times.

    Under the direction of Trip Cullman, MOSCOW is a coruscating blend of juxtaposing anachronisms, fearless of being nasty and messy, and shows the heights theatre can reach when a playwright's singular voice is fleshed out by a director's pastiche concept.

    From Paloma Young's costumes of bargain bin finds and rehearsal skirts to the cheap laminate flooring, folding chairs, and overhead projector (remember those?) in Mark Wendland's set, no two elements match. Cullman drops his MOSCOW into an inescapable classroom from hell resembling the spiteful imagination of some bratty 7th grader making haste of their English teacher's lesson plan.

    Our three sisters, Olga, Masha, and Irina played by Rebecca Henderson, Cristin Milioti, and Tavi Gevinson, respectively, are all brutally human, hilarious, and honest as they maneuver from start to finish in this crazy world. Henderson's blistering portrayal of Olga's self-deprecating humor earned some of the loudest gasps from the audience and Milioti's physicality in a romantic scene with her husband, Kulygin (Ryan Spahn) was a masterclass in slapstick comedy. Gevinson's choice to color Irina with a raspy, worn out voice expresses her incessant complaining at the crippling frustration she faces in life.

    Thomas Sadoski as Andrey, older brother to the three sisters, sharply traces his character's downward progression from a respected man to a parody of himself thanks to one night of wild sex with his lover and eventual wife, Natasha, played by the excellent Jeanine Serralles. (Their sex scene is the pinnacle of MOSCOW's outrageousness.) Both Sadoski and Serralles have commanding stage presence and consistently find new, extreme choices to convey character status.

    As exciting it is to see a world premiere in near pristine condition, there are a few blemishes to be found. Sheaun McKinney's Vershinin needs to continue poking at his character's ambition. His affection for Masha appeared passive which contradicts Vershinin's philosophical core. He also doesn't have as much fun with the "I have a wife and two little girls" joke the way Spahn has with Kulygin's "I teach Latin."

    Cullman's jet propelled pacing does justify itself given the ethos he creates on stage, however, the moments where characters are finally making course changing decisions needed further clarity. Several times, the character's internal conflict was clouded by the explosiveness of the pacing and rapid-fire line delivery. This criticism doesn't take away from the comprehension of MOSCOW since Feiffer isn't trying to say something new with her translation as she's trying to reinforce, in a new way, what Chekhov meant over a century ago.

    Much like the reaction to Oregon Shakespeare Festival's translation project, the critical response to Williamstown Theatre Festival's commission of a Chekhov translation has been downright unfair. The Boston Globe's discrediting remark, "Feiffer would no doubt like to think it's all terribly edgy" by Don Aucoin casts a disparaging and almighty tone. Berkshire Edge's J. Peter Bergman's offensive comment in his review led to a public apology and over 100 responses in the comment section. The dispute also extends beyond a few critics out of touch with the pulse of American theatre. At my performance, 40% of the house was gone by intermission and I watched an older man yell at a younger lady for laughing throughout act one. "It's not funny!" he proclaimed while shaking his finger in her face.

    There's no doubt polarizing reactions will continue between different demographics if MOSCOW has a second life (it should!). But, until we figure out how to bring these perspectives together in a civilized platform, we will be left reciting Tuzenbach's famous line, "In a million years life will be just the same; it doesn't change, it remains stationary." Or, for those of us born after 1990, the line becomes, "But NOTHING WILL ACTUALLY REALLY CHANGE!"

    Visit Williamstown Theatre Festival's website for information on the rest of their season.

              Millennials and Aftercare        

    "After a serious session, he just packs his gear and waits for me to get ready. I feel really neglected but I am afraid to ask him to give me aftercare."

    The post Millennials and Aftercare appeared first on Kink Weekly BDSM.

              Life Sentences for the New America        
    Tim Keane

    Prison-building in the United States and in its Cuban and Middle Eastern colonies is as much a boon for private companies as it is a life-support industry for American members of Congress. David Matlin’s Prisons: Inside the New America shows how the building and operating of penitentiaries is a ten-billion dollar a year boon to the private entity that gets into the booming market. The companies which Matlin identifies have real names that sound like tags from B-movie scripts: “Wakenhut Corrections Corporation,” “HLM Justice,” “Tindell Concrete Products,” “The Dick Group of Companies.”

    David Matlin’s book brings before us startling evidence from Prison Inc., like this pitch, a promotion by the “American Correctional Association,” which gleefully reports to potential investors that:

    The prison industry continues to grow at an unprecedented rate. With the number of inmates incarcerated in our nation’s prison’s jails and detention rates approaching 1.5 million the need for…new products and services continues to be an industry priority…and unlimited opportunity for your company to profit from this multi-billion dollar industry (61)

    So is this sick industry just another example of good old post-millennial free market Republicanism run amuck? Partly. David Matlin’s study is largely based on his many years teaching creative writing in the New York State prison system, and he informs us that it was Democratic Governor Mario Cuomo who, for the ten years leading up to his final 1994 election campaign, supervised a doubling in the number of penitentiaries in New York State and nearly tripled the number of inmates, all while Democratic President Bill Clinton’s 1995 Crime Bill decimated the very prisoner education initiatives in which Matlin nobly served.

    So why did an accomplished novelist and poet and native Californian choose to transplant himself across the country for almost two decades to teach in New York prisons?

    His private purposes, besides making a living, are left mostly understated, mainly because this memoir, unlike most autobiographies these days, works from the inside out, rather than the other way round. Prisons: Inside the New America is a meditation on a self which finds its own struggles manifest in our wider ones: in writing the book, Matlin seems to be have been drawn, much like Henry David Thoreau, to live out the American writer’s personal struggle with his country’s built-in contradictions. So the book is a rhythmical, readable, call-and-response testimony of facts and anguish. Matlin is not only concerned with the politics of Prison Inc. but also with the ecological place of incarceration in a consumer culture.

    To this end he ruminates on and even narrates from the land where our prisons are built, namely, in the “most beautiful countryside in North America,” from a New York correctional facility built on Seneca natives’ land near where “the Genesee gorge fall[s] a sheer thousand feet into swamp, sand bar, and a waiting river that has been eating into this plateau since the final recession of the last glaciers.”

    His survey of prison locations extends to his native California, where he lives comfortably in a lush valley surrounded by “Cambrian ridges” in view of the “willows” along “Esopus Creek,” but where he is ever-mindful of other Californian terrain where “163,000 men and women [are] imprisoned” and where the “Border ‘Wall’ [which] extends literally into the Pacific and for detailed miles past Tijuana and on into the dangerous remote deserts where people die by the hundreds, nearly mummifying within hours of their death” (xix).

    What keeps Matlin’s wandering narrative so readable are the specific accounts of prisoners with whom he works - prisoners such as “Kenneth,” a veteran who did time in a Saigon army jail for having gone AWOL after participating in the My Lai massacre and now imprisoned for armed robbery in upstate New York in the late 1980s. Matlin introduces Kenneth to the avant-garde verse of H.D., William Carlos Williams, Charles Olson and Robert Duncan, and in these newly opened “fields” of poetics, this inmate finds “a measure for the consequences he’s lived through” and writes “the finest beginning poetry” Matlin has ever read.

    Matlin shows how writing bears on the fate of doing hard time: writing is about exercising freedom through one kind of sentence, and prison is about terminating that freedom through another kind of sentence. Or, as Matlin puts it, a written sentence “is as far as a breath can be carried, as a sentence is as far as a life can be condemned.” Take, for example, the horrifying truth that, in March 1993, he found about “200,000” veterans were serving sentences inside American prisons, some of whom, in New York State, under his instruction, compose poetry that, in the tradition of Arthur Rimbaud and Ezra Pound “offers us [readers] no escapable device” (59):

    Honor is the

              sight of red-gray matter

                                       sickly falling

                                                 in small jellied


              from the waist

                                  of a mango tree…

                                                           like opaque snot

                                                                                    sliding off

    9th century

                   China. (58)

    He shows his incarcerated students capable of writing exposés as realistic as those of other war veterans-turned-literary-lions such as Norman Mailer or Tim O’Brien, including one autobiography by an inmate whom Matlin identifies as “Nick.” Nick shares with his teacher first-hand accounts of how the US military in Vietnam replaced the soldiers’ M14 rifles (which had “cut [US] troops to shreds”) with M16 rifles so defective that soldiers had to mail order “lubricants, solvents, shoe-strings, WD-40 and insect repellants to clear their pieces” (47).

    Matlin’s star student is “Bennie,” an African-American who earns a Bachelors’ degree while serving time. Bennie is paroled only to find that, as a former sex offender, he cannot even rent an apartment from a sympathetic black landlord who calls Matlin to share their resigned frustration about this ex-con’s permanent exile from any kind of home. After all, high recidivism rates (at over 60% over all and a staggering 90% among California’s young offenders) are the built-in pistons of the prison biz.

    The conditions inside the various “correctional facilities” where Matlin works reflect the nightmares of the 1980s and 1990s on the outside: battle-traumatized Vietnam vets who have turned to lives of crime, an unchecked and possibly government encouraged AIDS epidemic, the insanity of the failed and failing war on drugs, and the decades-old racial imbalance regarding incarceration, the latter fact most stirring Matlin’s anger.

    Matlin doesn’t thoroughly explore the causes of racism in the criminal justice system. But Ishmael Reed’s introduction to the book suggests that someone should, if only because “the majority of those arrested in both cities and rural areas are white; while those imprisoned are disproportionately black and Hispanic” (xiii). Whites are arrested more yet they are incarcerated in fewer numbers. And they are less prepared than blacks for the cell block when they are in it; Matlin cites a New York State study that counted a “2 to 1 ratio of white to black inmate suicides for the year 1989, and a 4 to 1 ratio of white to Hispanic suicides” (67).

    For all its attention to statistics, Matlin strives less after traditional sociology than the pursuit of a philosophical critique of a republic at risk. His book is written in the acknowledged tradition of French writers from Alexis De Tocqueville to Michel Foucault who, like Matlin, explore the consequences of imprisoning bodies on its “free” citizens’ behalf. In turn, he shows how that collective contract turns jails into emblems of social necessity rather than what they are, disgraces to a healthy democracy. It’s a situation which Matlin claims intensified in the U.S. during the Cold War which made citizens “cold…like Ahani in Blake’s terrifying book….’unbodied’ and ‘parted’ in our civil conception of ourselves.” (43)

    The abstraction and the objectification of those incarcerated in political and media languages encourages “the evaporation of a civic vision” and propels the ongoing prison-building boon, a process which, owing to US occupations in the Middle East, has spread internationally. Matlin describes the former architect of the Iraq invasion, Paul Wolfowitz in 2003, proudly “inspecting the refurbished jail cells of Abu Ghraib,” the most famous “correctional facility” on earth outside of Guantanamo Bay. And Matlin eerily and convincingly compares Abu Ghraib to Fort Marion prison in Florida built not of stone but of “coquina” for the incarceration of Apache, Kiowa, Cheynne and Arapho native Americans in the late 1800s, who faced death by either yellow fever and tuberculosis and/or the guns of white imperialists dead-set on “ ‘methods for the solution of the Indian problem’ ” (130).

    Writers within prisons is hardly a new story, even in the U.S. But the intersection between these two kinds of sentences is revealing. In the 1840s, as much opposed to slavery as he was to the Mexican War, Thoreau spent a single night in jail rather than pay his taxes. From that laughably simple sentence he formulated far more complicated sentences about principled law-breaking as a model for human progress, writing sentences on disobedience which partially guided Mahatma Gandhi and Martin Luther King Jr. decades later as they found themselves in and out of jail while they led their respective liberation movements. They too wrote from prison.

    And what would such prophets of liberation write, or even do, today, after reading Matlin’s disturbing facts? Like the reality that “between 1985 and 2000 the Nation’s spending on ‘Corrections’ increased by 166 percent compared to a 24% increase in higher education”? And how to respond to a U.S. government that today collects federal taxes in no small part to finance the construction of new and newer prisons from California to New York, from Maine to Cuba, from Afghanistan to Mesopotamia?

    Matlin’s book offers few solutions beyond his crucial instigation that his readers recognize what our politicians are doing to make prisons a lucrative commodity at our expense.

    One progressive bright spot he cites is the ongoing success of educational programs in prisons despite Clinton’s drastic federal cutbacks. He also alludes to the recently striking success of Missouri’s juvenile detention system in driving down recidivism rates, a model now being examined to fix California’s abysmal justice system.

    Ultimately, though, the rest is up to us as free citizens who are now aware that “2.1 million” of our three hundred million fellow citizens are now locked up (that is, one-quarter of the earth’s entire inmate population is locked up here in America). They are quarantined almost invisibly from our view in the recesses of American wilderness while, mostly in cities, we remain under the siege (or the spell) of politicians with their “will to hatred and panic soaking”-rhetoric and their (and our) “affirmation[s] of prison as cultural and historical monument” (87), all of which helps government-contracted corporations get rich and underwrites our “security” - a circumstance that is most definitely a physical force.

    It’s a physical force Thoreau himself pinpointed over 150 years ago when he not-so-passively advocated the resistance of a misguided US government that “never intentionally confronts a man’s sense, intellectual or moral, but only his body, his senses. It is not armed with superior wit or honesty, but with superior physical strength. I was not born to be forced. I will breath after my own fashion. Let us see who is the strongest.” (127).

    Put another way, Matlin puts before us the words of Joseph Brant, a Mohawk “warrior and diplomat” who tracked his life sentences against the physical force of the U.S. government long before Thoreau, resisting and writing against an American penal system that shatters the religious pretense of its very culture: “I had rather die by the most severe tortures ever inflicted on this Continent, than languish in your prisons for a single year…Does then the religion of Him whom you call your Savior inspire this spirit and lead to such practices? Surely no. It is recorded of Him a bruised reed He never broke.”

    Works Cited

    Matlin, David. Prisons: Inside the New America from Vernooykill Creek to Abu Ghraib. 2nd ed. Berkeley: North Atlantic, 2004.

    Thoreau, Henry David. The Portable Thoreau. Ed. Carl Bode. New York: Penguin, 1947.

              Tom Wakely for Governor        
    I have my candidate.  How about you?

    A month ago, at the top of this (somewhat depressing, reality-driven) post about the current market value of voting, especially in our beloved Texas, I quoted Wakely's mention in the excellent (mostly progressive Democratic) blog Down With Tyranny and his successful (if you consider limiting Lamar Smith to just under 57%) effort to win a Central Texas seat in Congress last year.

    Wakely is everything you'd expect in a seasoned white progressive populist.  He's a reincarnation of my old pal David Van Os, with less picante.  He's Bernie Sanders with a cowboy hat.  Like Bernie, he may eventually find a little traction among millennials, people of color, women, and others who want to see a different and better Texas, but without much in the way of a website at the moment (update: better website) or money flowing to his campaign he is likely going to be relegated to Green Party-like numbers.

    That doesn't matter as far as I'm concerned.  Zack Lyke, who managed his campaign against Lamar Smith in TX-21, also ran John Courage's successful San Antonio city council effort.  So let's hope he does the same again for Wakely, at least until the candidate rises in the polls and the money starts rolling in and the thousand-dollar Italian-suited Democratic political consultants try to push him out.

    Since Wakely has castigated the Democratic Party so harshly, I'm still thinking Democrats' only hope is to get behind a Draft Joe Straus effort.  But if they pick a Clintonite, I think it's going to be fun to watch how much farther than Wendy Davis that person falls.  Remember, no more straight ticket voting unless a court rules otherwise and the decision stands for next year  (see Update IV immediately below).  My humble O is that hurts Democrats electorally, but does not rise to the level of discrimination.  I'm not a judge, though.

    Update IV (7/21, and time for a new post on this topic): Kuff's opinion about Wakely, to put it mildly, lacks enthusiasm for the candidate, knocking down Wakely's contention about being the highest vote-collector among Congressional Democratic challengers to Republican incumbents with some numbers from one of his trusty spreadsheets, and correcting me about when the voter ID law eliminating straight-ticket voting is to take effect.

    Correction duly noted, but that first part seems a little "to-may-toe, to-mah-toe" to me.

    Update: Oh looky here.  Jeffrey Payne, small business owner, is in a same-sex marriage so the Dallas Voice helped him out, but Stace doesn't think much of his language on the anti-sanctuary law, and the TDP and Kuff seem less than enthused.  Lacks a website, name recognition, money, donors, etc. like every other Democratic/Green/progressive independent candidate so there's that.

    Update III (7/20): I now understand the Democrats' reticence to get behind (sorry) "International Mr. Leather" for Governor.

    Update II: In response to my query as to party affiliation or lack thereof, Wakely tweeted the following back at me this morning.

    Seems a little conflicted, and certainly his previous statements about Texas Democrats are going to be held against him, but as he says ... wait and see.

    Wakely posted a fairly lengthy announcement at Down With Tyranny.  Here it is (bold emphasis is mine, with a few minor English-teacher-style corrections.  Hey, everybody needs a proof reader, including me).

    My name is Tom Wakely and I am a candidate for Governor of Texas but before we get into that I’d like to tell you a story or two of how I came to the decision to run and why I am running.

    My wife and I run a private care home for hospice patients in San Antonio. We offer them a place in our home to die. We have been doing this for a little over eight years now and we have helped 48 people to die with dignity and respect. My wife is from Mexico and she just became a US citizen this past spring. I was born in San Antonio and right after high school at the age of 17, I enlisted in the U.S. Air Force. After my discharge, I returned to San Antonio and soon found myself working with Cesar Chávez on the grape boycott campaign in Texas. I was very political active during the 70’s. But all my work, all my idealism, came crashing down in the fall of 1980 with the election of Ronald Reagan as President. I was 27 years old. I was lost, bewildered, not sure what I should do or where I should do it. For the next few years, I was an aimless wanderer, traveling all over the country. I tried going back to college but it didn’t hold my interest. I became a stockbroker for a while but decided that wasn’t my thing. I flipped burgers for a few months, drove a cab, I even took a job on the Mississippi cleaning the inside of river barges. I eventually drifted back down to Texas with nothing more than a few bucks in my pocket. The political revolution that I had been so much a part of had failed and nothing I did or thought I wanted to do could fill the emptiness in my soul.

    I was now 32 years old, alone and tired. I had just broken my right ankle in a stupid accident and as I lay in my hospital bed, thinking about my life, I had an epiphany. Of course, at the time, I didn’t understand it to be an epiphany, but it was. Anyway, I healed and after a few phone calls followed by a few interviews, I found myself back in the Midwest, enrolled at the Chicago Theological Seminary.

    I mention this because it is relevant to why I am running for Governor of the State of Texas.

    Now, you have to remember when I entered seminary in 1985, apartheid was still the political and social system in South Africa. I had been and was now again very active in the anti-apartheid movement, this time in Chicago. To my surprise my seminary had a relationship with a South African seminary and with Desmond Tutu. It worked like this. When it looked liked an ANC fighter, a college professor or a shopkeeper was about to be arrested and imprisoned by the authorities, they were immediately whisked away, enrolled in the South African seminary, then within a few days, they were in Chicago, in class with me. I became friends with all of them and still maintain that friendship with a few of them today.

    These men taught me two very important life lessons. The first was don’t give up hope. Don’t let losing a battle discourage you. Keep on resisting. The second lesson was when a political opportunity presents itself, grab on to it as you may not get another chance. Which brings me to the question that everyone is asking me. Why in the hell are you running for Governor of Texas.

    To answer that question, you need to understand Texas politics. Texas is not a red state; it is a no-vote state. In the 2014 general election that saw the rise of Greg Abbott and his tea-party brethren to power -- Abbott becoming Governor and Dan Patrick becoming Lt. Governor -- only 38% of our state’s registered voters voted. Abbott took 60% of the 38% which means he only received the support of 22% of the state’s registered voters. The Democratic candidate, Wendy Davis, did far worse. She only received 40% of the 38% which means just a little over 15% of the state’s registered voters supported her. This voting pattern has been fairly consistent and repeated over and over again for decades.

    Something is terribly wrong here. Over 60% of my state’s registered voters are consistently not voting.

    The result is that Texas is now controlled by a small minority of politically, socially and religiously conservative people and the Texas Democratic Party has no clue what to do about it, or if they do know what the problem is, they simply have chosen to ignore it. We all know there is still a hell of a lot of money to be made losing elections.

    Over the past 4 months I have talked to literally thousands of non-voters all across the state and asked them why they didn’t vote and they all have told me basically the same thing: they don’t vote because they know the Republican Party doesn’t care about them or their family and the Democratic Party has abandoned them. That is the reason why over 60% of our state is not voting: they know that neither party cares about the working men and women of this state. To paraphrase Bernie Sanders, Texas cannot survive morally or economically much longer when so few have so much and so many have so little.

    I entered a 2016 Congressional race here in Texas on the heels of Bernie’s bid to secure the Democratic Party nomination for President. I ran as an economic populist on a strong bold progressive agenda against 30-year Republican incumbent Lamar Smith, the Chair of the House Committee on Science, Space and Technology. While we lost that race, we did manage to secure a few moral victories. We received more votes than any candidate who had ever run against Smith; we managed to drop Smith’s percentage of the vote total to its lowest level ever -- 56.9% -- and our campaign received more votes than any Democrat in the State of Texas running against a incumbent Republican member of Congress. And we did all that with no institutional support from the Texas Democratic Party and with very little money -- a tad over $70,000, which included a $15,000 loan I made to my campaign.

    Like my old ANC friends from seminary said, when a political opportunity presents itself, grab on to it as you may not get another chance. Well, the political opportunity in Texas is now. Governor Greg Abbott’s attacks on labor, on women, on refugees and immigrants, on Hispanics and other minorities, on the LBGTQ community, on the poor in our state, on our environment and on our great cities, needs to be responded to with the most forceful weapon we have at our disposal - the ballot box.

    I am entering this race for Governor not because I want to but because I have to. When I was in seminary I learned about Martin Niemöller, the Lutheran minister who was an outspoken public foe of Adolf Hitler and who spent the last seven years of Nazi rule in concentration camps. He summed up perfectly my feelings and why I am running for Texas Governor. Niemöller said: “First they went after the Communists, and I did not stand up, because I was not a Communist. Then they went after the homosexual and infirm, and I did not stand up, because I was neither. Then they went after the Jews, and I did not stand up, because I was not a Jew. Then they went after the Catholics, and I did not stand up, because I was Protestant. Finally, they went after me, and there was no one left to stand up for me.”

    As far as I am concerned, the defining principles of the 2018 Texas Governor’s race are moral issues: respect for the dignity of everyone living in Texas; respect for the dignity of work and the rights of workers; the call to family and to community; the rights and responsibilities of all Texans; a preferential option for the poor in our state; valuing our fellow Texans and respecting who they are as individuals; and caring for God’s creation -- the air, water and land.

    As I mentioned above, with only a little more than 22% of the state’s registered voters supporting Governor Abbott and his tea party brethren, I again have to ask myself why are over 60% of our state’s registered voters not voting. The answer I believe to why so many Texans are not voting is because no serious candidate for Governor has ever talked to them about income inequality. Well, I intend to talk to the 60% about income inequality in our state. Look, Texas has the world’s 12th-largest economy but we rank 8th among the states as far as income inequality goes. San Antonio, the 7th largest city in the country, my home, ranks # 1 in income inequality. If we are serious about reducing income inequality in Texas we need to make it easier for people to join a union, not harder, and that is why I support repealing our state’s right to work laws. I also support raising Texas’s minimum wage to $15 an hour. It’s a start.

    I will also talk to the 60% about how a person can be a strong supporter of the 2nd Amendment and at the same time support common sense stuff like background checks at gun shows. Advocating for gun violence prevention programs is in no way, no how, inconsistent with being a 2nd Amendment supporter.

    I will attempt to explain to the 60% why abolishing the death penalty in our state makes sense. Look, I understand if someone killed a friend or family member of mine, I would want vengeance as surely as the next man would. But I refuse to give that power to the state. Texas has already executed at least 2 innocent men over the past decade. A mistake that can’t be undone. If you look at the death penalty strictly from an economic perspective, the death penalty system is much more expensive than sentencing inmates to life imprisonment. The cost for sentencing a person to life costs the Texas taxpayer about $700,000 vs. sentencing someone to death, including court appeals, can easily run over $2 million. Besides, nothing could be worse than spending your life in an 8’ x 6’ cell.

    I also want to reach out to the 60% and ask them a simple question: does your child or grandchild have asthma. I will point to the fact that Bexar County, home to San Antonio, leads the state in the number of children hospitalized for asthma. I will tell them that Texas is the number one source of oil and gas methane pollution in the country. I will tell them that is why I want to ban fracking and flaring in our state. I will also tell them we can create tens of thousands of new jobs by moving our state from a fossil fuel economy to a renewal energy economy.

    Today, like in many states, the number one issue is rising personal property taxes to fund our public school systems. So, I want to know why Governor Abbott is not supporting a proposal by a colleague of his to abolish school property taxes altogether and find new revenue streams. Well, I think it is a great idea and among the dedicated revenue streams I see available to us are scrapping my state’s complicated franchise tax system and replacing it with a business income tax. I also support the legalization and taxation of marijuana in Texas. The revenue from both sources would put a serious dent in the funds needed to make Texas public schools number one in the nation and at the same time lowering the personal property taxes that so many of us are suffering to pay each year. (Side note here, last year, my wife and I had to pay our tax bill with a credit card.)

    I want everyone to know I am running for Governor because I want to make Texas Great. After decades of abuse, the women and children of our state need someone to stand up for them. When I see so many Texans hurt and killed by senseless gun violence, they need someone to stand up for them. When I see racist legislation like the anti-sanctuary city bill SB 4 signed into law by Governor Abbott and his support of Lt. Governor’s Dan Patrick’s effort to regulate bathroom use by transgender people in public buildings, I cringe with fear. Fear of the words that Martin Niemöller spoke so long ago: ‘Finally, they went after me, and there was no one left to stand up for me.”

              when life just doesn't add up {guest post lauren}        
    Lauren is someone I know via Twitter, and I'm glad to host her words here today. She gives voice to some of the difficulties of reconciling the faith we inherited as kids with the frayed-edge realities of adult life, and I think it will be a familiar story to many. It was for me. Thanks, Lauren.

    I’ve been angry with God. I don’t know the day it started. I didn’t even realize it until recently. What I know is that some dark, unrelenting force has been lurking under every experience, every joyful moment, every thought for more than a year. The crux of it is this: this is not the life I feel I was promised. I sacrificed and waited, prayed and fasted, casted my cares, and praised my way through. And I’m still not where I imagined I would be. I still haven’t come to terms with the fact that life isn’t fair.

    Growing up, we were in church almost every day. Sunday morning. Sunday evening. Prayer on Monday and Tuesday nights. Bible Study on Wednesdays. Youth activities on Saturdays. Underneath all the scripture, books, classes, sermons, lectures, hugs, corrections and honest-to-goodness love, I got this message: Do the right thing, and you will get the right life. Along the way, I made some bad decisions. I wasn’t perfect; I felt like I was punished accordingly. I also saw the ‘saints’ talk about (and sometimes experience) difficult times, like death, divorce, and unemployment. But I still knew, I mean truly believed to my core, that ultimately, if I would just obey God’s word, I would have a good life with mostly joy, mostly stability, mostly peace. Depression would be a thing of the past. Resentment would be something that only sinners felt. Being broke? Oh no. That was clearly a judgement for people who were of reprobate mind…and neglected to pay their tithes. Definitely not for me.

    When it comes right down to it, I guess justice and logic have been my guiding lights. 1+1=2. Ice cream and cheese cause gas. Sinners go to hell. You know, things that make sense. But my God, was that wrong. I mean, for one thing, I can eat Kraft Mac & Cheese with no problem, but no Sonic milkshakes?!

    Cognitive dissonance is the state of having inconsistent thoughts, beliefs, or attitudes. Seeing Trayvon Martin’s murderer walk free is one violent example of cognitive dissonance for me. On the one hand, I was taught America was a country of justice, freedom, and brave men. On the other hand, I saw a coward shoot an unarmed teenager through the heart and receive no punishment. How could this be? In my mind, I still struggle with it. One of these has to be wrong. America is bad and killers walk among us? It's a struggle to come to terms with these types of injustices. Nuances aside, wrong is still dead ass wrong.

    So with my faith, I really still have not been able to settle in my heart that "Doing the right thing" may not lead to "A good life." Perhaps it’s my foolish Millennial optimism. Perhaps my reasoning skills are amiss. I certainly have sin I haven’t acknowledged or repented for. Whatever it is, the discontent led to an abiding anger with God, and this, of course, led to more poor decisions. But it also led me to re-align my understanding of the world. God probably hasn’t sent disease to punish the wicked. The rapture, as I learned it, may be myth. Unfortunately, dairy still causes awful tummy-aches. I’m still driven by logic, but I question more--and I allow room for more than one right answer.

    Still, I kind of keep expecting God to swoop down out of the clouds, say “Just kidding!” and give me my husband, 2.5 children, big bank account, and endless joy. I think, “Fellowship of suffering, got it, now give me my REAL life!” I don’t know if any of this will ever truly make sense to me. Some part of me will probably always feel like I “deserve” more (ignoring my wildly inflated sense of self-righteousness).

    But I’m slowly (and I mean snail’s pace) learning to build a life of what is, not what could have been or what was supposed to be. I’m thanking God through hot, reluctant tears and an angry heart because I know, This is my good life. It will never ever be easy, I will probably always battle depression and loneliness, and nobody is going to rescue me, even if I’m really, really faithful. God still loves me, and I believe no tear falls in vain. I’ll shake my metaphorical fist toward heaven, twist and rail against God’s tight grip and collapse from emotional exhaustion, but He won’t let me go.

    Lauren lives & works in SC. She loves Jesus, food, nieces, and science fiction. She's working daily to decolonize her own mind as well as the minds of those around her. You can follow her on Twitter @whimsikal.

              Politics - USA        
    Asterios wrote:
     sebster wrote:
    Asterios wrote:
    I don't think Jeb even wanted to run, or at least that is what it seemed like to me.

    Bush certainly wanted to be president. He just didn't want to have to run in that Republican primary, where the audience seemed to crave crazier and nastier lies by the day. Trump in part created that environment, and then reveled in it. Bush never really figured out how bad things had gotten.

    well, can't blame Trump really he is the result of this generation which has been brought up on reality TV, in reality TV people don't root for the stable person, they root for the insane maniac, which is why so many cause its good sense for networks, Trump is not an idiot he knows this and he uses it, HRC and Sanders are so disconnected from todays reality they have no clue still what is going on, and the way things stand Trump will win the election, he can say that disability should be cut to better regulate and fix it, and people will eat it up, they want the zany, they want the crazy, they want the loony tunes to win the show and that is all it is too them thanks to the networks.

    I don't think reality tv show loving millennials were anywhere close to being a significant portion of Republican primary voters. I think the Republican Party's continued use of disjointed counter productive rhetoric and pandering over the last several years finally caught up with them. When party members put forth narratives and campaign platforms that actively hurt their base's opinion of the party establishment and senior representatives they end up encouraging voters to embrace an outsider candidate because they've destroyed the perception of their own party by their party members.
              Politics - USA        
    Prestor Jon wrote:
    Asterios wrote:
     sebster wrote:
    Asterios wrote:
    I don't think Jeb even wanted to run, or at least that is what it seemed like to me.

    Bush certainly wanted to be president. He just didn't want to have to run in that Republican primary, where the audience seemed to crave crazier and nastier lies by the day. Trump in part created that environment, and then reveled in it. Bush never really figured out how bad things had gotten.

    well, can't blame Trump really he is the result of this generation which has been brought up on reality TV, in reality TV people don't root for the stable person, they root for the insane maniac, which is why so many cause its good sense for networks, Trump is not an idiot he knows this and he uses it, HRC and Sanders are so disconnected from todays reality they have no clue still what is going on, and the way things stand Trump will win the election, he can say that disability should be cut to better regulate and fix it, and people will eat it up, they want the zany, they want the crazy, they want the loony tunes to win the show and that is all it is too them thanks to the networks.

    I don't think reality tv show loving millennials were anywhere close to being a significant portion of Republican primary voters. I think the Republican Party's continued use of disjointed counter productive rhetoric and pandering over the last several years finally caught up with them. When party members put forth narratives and campaign platforms that actively hurt their base's opinion of the party establishment and senior representatives they end up encouraging voters to embrace an outsider candidate because they've destroyed the perception of their own party by their party members.

    millenials have nothing to do with it, they are not the only ones who watch reality shows, in fact wouldn't be surprised if the bulk of the reality TV watchers are in their 30's and 40's

     sebster wrote:
     whembly wrote:
    RNC had their chance...

    They could've listed to the more "bourgeoisie" Tea Party movement.

    Listen to the Tea Party how? Those guys were worried made lots of noise about the deficit, and about socialist takeover of health. Trying to run on that would have got you dead and buried in the 2016 Republican primary. Trump came along and talked about all kinds of nonsense that'd sink the budget, and he differentiated himself from the rest of the field by promising to protect medicare and all the other 'socialist' health stuff.

    The Republican party has a basic problem that 'low taxes and growth' just doesn't cut it as a primary message anymore. They're fishing around for something different. Despite every effort to avoid they've got stuck with Trump in this election, so they'll have to run with his nationalistic stuff, but going forward who knows? Probably depends on how Trump does in November.

    I have a pet theory that support for Trump might collapse about September or October, and Johnson might benefit massively from that. Right now Trump is holding the GOP vote together with two elements. The first are the 40% or so of Republican voters who really think Trump is good - the crazies basically. Then there's the rest who are basically holding their noise and agreeing to support Trump, because they're team red, and because the other side is blue and horrible and also because they really hate Clinton.

    But how will that 60% continue to think if it becomes clear Trump is not going to win? If Clinton holds strong leads month and after month, and in to September or October? Will they still be willing to hold their nose and vote Trump, or will they start looking at maybe throwing their vote to Johnson, who afterall is the only guy in the field who's held office as a Republican. Add in the Republican concern about down ticket effects if Trump can't win, and they might start encouraging people to get to the ballot and vote Johnson, but stay to vote Republican for the rest of the ballot.

    Not saying that will happen, or that it's more likely than anything else. But it is a possible outcome, especially if we consider that right now Clinton is possibly at her weakest, with the Democrats still split over Obama and Sanders, and she's still leading in polls.

    problem is you keep missing the Easter egg, an option that has probably not been considered, what if Sanders runs as an independent? its very possible, especially the way hes still sticking in the race, instead of bowing out, hes like 800 points behind Clinton and she only needs like 71 points, he has no chance but hes sticking in, which means if he fails to get the Democrat ticket, he will go rogue.
              Politics - USA        
    Yeah, I highly doubt the millennials are streaming a whole lot of reality tv. I think your claim about "this generation that has been brought up by reality tv" is implies millennials though, and Trump isn't exactly setting fire to them. His base is poorly educated white voters who are disenfranchised and its that disenfranchisement he is feeding and tapping into. And Sanders won't run. He is positioning for more power and a greater voice, not an independent presidential run. You can see this just by looking at the way he is running through his campaign money. Plus, I think he just likes the attention and is having fun on the trail. The three way race will be Clinton, Trump, and Johnson.
              Politics - USA        
     Gordon Shumway wrote:
    Yeah, I highly doubt the millennials are streaming a whole lot of reality tv. I think your claim about "this generation that has been brought up by reality tv" is implies millennials though, and Trump isn't exactly setting fire to them. His base is poorly educated white voters who are disenfranchised and its that disenfranchisement he is feeding and tapping into. And Sanders won't run. He is positioning for more power and a greater voice, not an independent presidential run. You can see this just by looking at the way he is running through his campaign money. Plus, I think he just likes the attention and is having fun on the trail. The three way race will be Clinton, Trump, and Johnson.

    Johnson? he won't be anything, like I said Sanders will go Rogue, he has nothing to gain right now by still running but hurting his party more, thats why Trumps contenders dropped out when they were even closer then Sanders, Trump has an advantage now to campaign for his candidacy, meanwhile Sanders is holding back Clinton from doing the same, she has to split herself between Trump and Sanders.
              Politics - USA        
    Asterios wrote:
     Gordon Shumway wrote:
    Yeah, I highly doubt the millennials are streaming a whole lot of reality tv. I think your claim about "this generation that has been brought up by reality tv" is implies millennials though, and Trump isn't exactly setting fire to them. His base is poorly educated white voters who are disenfranchised and its that disenfranchisement he is feeding and tapping into. And Sanders won't run. He is positioning for more power and a greater voice, not an independent presidential run. You can see this just by looking at the way he is running through his campaign money. Plus, I think he just likes the attention and is having fun on the trail. The three way race will be Clinton, Trump, and Johnson.

    Johnson? he won't be anything, like I said Sanders will go Rogue, he has nothing to gain right now by still running but hurting his party more, thats why Trumps contenders dropped out when they were even closer then Sanders, Trump has an advantage now to campaign for his candidacy, meanwhile Sanders is holding back Clinton from doing the same, she has to split herself between Trump and Sanders.

    No way it is going to happen. Clinton is too shrewd to let that happen. If it looks like he might, she will offer him a cabinet position or the VP slot, even if she is loathe to do it. More likely, she would offer Warren the VP slot, cutting off Sanders' support and rationale for running.
              Cosmetic Surgery as a Graduation Gift        
    Oh how the world has changed! Back in the day, parents used to buy their graduates luggage, key rings, or books on motivation with advice for their future. The kids with really rich parents might even receive a new car. Today, tech savvy parents buy much different gifts. Presents like voice controlled assistants, a music streaming service, or a laptop are the more contemporary items, but what is even more trendy is buying your young adult a visit to a cosmetic surgeon. Yes, that’s right, the gift that keeps you forever young. The truth is that millennials between the ages of 19 to 34 accounted for 17.6 percent of the total aesthetic procedures performed in 2016. (Statistic from the American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery.) The basis behind this unique gift giving has more to do with boosting the self-esteem of their kids than vanity. All parents want to help them become confidant and successful adults. This trend of cosmetic surgery as a graduation gift is outlined by a cosmetic surgeon from New York in the following quote: Is Plastic Surgery the New Graduation Gift? | Allure Underlying the celebratory procedures is an intended confidence boost, she notes, sharing the case of one patient, whose parents gifted him a series of laser treatments to remedy the acne scars that had always held him back socially. In dermatologist Whitney Bowe’s New York City office, fat-freezing CoolSculpting sessions are a popular present — be it for double chins that have “dramatically affected a child’s self-esteem,” she says, or stubborn body bulges that even a healthy diet and regular exercise can’t bust. “Modern parents are very open to helping their children feel good about their bodies, especially when the downtime and risks are so minimal, and the results can really increase self-confidence,” she says. Read the full post here:  Is Plastic Surgery the New Graduation Gift? | Allure Social media has had a big impact on people in their 20’s. Everyone sees the flawless celebrities and then they look in the mirror and pick out their own imperfections. The selfie generation is very educated as to ways they can prevent the unwanted wrinkles, and their job opportunities are also part of the equation. The market is very competitive and millennials are aware of the significance of looking your very best. The following video highlights a cosmetic surgeon and one of her patients in Utah, which has been dubbed the most vain state in the nation according to a report by Forbes Magazine in 2007. At that time, Utah had almost six plastic surgeons for every 100,000 people, which is 2.5 times the national average. As of 2016, the number of cosmetic surgeons per capita has continued to grow, and the popularity of these procedures is discussed here: One of the hottest trends in Utah and all across the country is mommy makeover surgeries, which helps a post-pregnancy mom regain her former physique. It is highly recommended to wait until you are finished having children, but women are going under the knife as young as 24 in an effort to rejuvenate their body. Women and men are becoming more open about their desire for the fountain of youth. In fact, male cosmetic surgery went up 3% from 2015 to 2016, with nose reshaping being the most popular. Botox injections were by far and away the favorite minimally invasive technique for both sexes. There is a lot of speculation as to whether it is healthy to have cosmetic surgery at a young age, as 13 to 19 year old’s accounted for almost 230,000 cosmetic procedures in 2016. Being mature enough to understand why they feel the need to change themselves as well as the risks and limitations of corrective surgery is one factor that holds parents back from giving their teen the go ahead. Choosing a doctor that is experienced in dealing with youth and their needs is also critical, as discussed in the next post: Teens and Plastic Surgery It’s also important to choose the right surgeon. A board-certified plastic surgeon can help give a realistic picture of what to expect (board-certified means the doctor has passed a standard exam given by the governing board in his or her specialty). Cosmetic surgeries can also be performed by experienced and board-certified general surgeons, dermatologists, otolaryngologists (ear, nose, and throat specialists), and opthalmologists (eye doctors). Read the original article here:  Teens and Plastic Surgery Communicating with your children about their concerns with their body and your worries as a parent is more important than anything. If they are being bullied about their appearance, the root of the problem has to be discussed.
              Re: Letter to the Editor: Arlington Needs New Options for High-Speed Internet Service        

    Mr. Rexion called the guy a millennial crybaby. I found it an odd thing to call a 40-year-old a millennial, is all. But if that's the definition we're going with, whatever.

              Comment on Hylozoic Series-Sybil by The Global Millennial        
    Within the outer wall are the emerging markets qualified to apply for large rapid loans from your IMF under its new no-strings-attached lending programme <a href="" rel="nofollow">The Global Millennial</a> you need such loans in time when you don't generate even little sum along with your own financial sources.
              Re:Politics - USA        
    Huh... (wall-o-text alert!)

    19 Reasons why Democrats will remain divided - and what it means for the party's future.

    Throughout most of the 2016 presidential primaries, the media focused on the noisy and reactionary rift among Republicans. Until the battle between Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders turned acrimonious in the home stretch, far less attention was paid to the equally momentous divisions within the Democratic Party. The Clinton-Sanders race wasn’t just about two candidates; instead, it underscored a series of deep and growing fissures among Democrats, along a wide range of complex fault lines—from age and race to gender and ideology. And these disagreements won’t fade with a gracious bow-out from Sanders, or a victory in November over Donald Trump. For all the talk of the Democrats’ need for “unity,” it would be a serious mistake to paper over the differences that came to the fore in this year’s primaries. More than ten million Democrats turned out in force this year to reject the party establishment’s cautious centrism and cozy relationship with Wall Street. Unless Democrats heed that message, they will miss a historic opportunity to forge a broad-based and lasting liberal majority.

    To help make sense of what’s causing the split, and where it’s headed, we turned to 23 leading historians, political scientists, pollsters, artists, and activists. Taken together, their insights reinforce the need for a truly inclusive and vigorous debate over the party’s future. “There can be no settlement of a great cause without discussion,” observed William Jennings Bryan, the original Democratic populist insurgent. “And people will not discuss a cause until their attention is drawn to it.”

    It goes way, way back


    The schism between Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders is knit into the DNA of the modern Democratic Party, in two interrelated ways. The first is ideological: the battle of left versus right.

    Start in 1924, when the party cleaved nearly in two. That year, at Madison Square Garden, the Democratic convention took a record 103 ballots and 16 days to resolve a fight between the party’s urban wing and its conservative opponents. How conservative? Well, the convention was nicknamed the “Klanbake,” because one of the great issues at stake was—no kidding—whether the KKK was a good or a bad thing. The divide was so heated that tens of thousands of hooded Klansmen held a rally and burned crosses to try to bully the party into meeting their demands.

    Eight years later, under Franklin Roosevelt, the party’s urban, modernist wing established what would become a long hegemony over its reactionary, Southern one. But that hegemony remained sharply contested from the very beginning. In 1937, bipartisan opponents of FDR banded together to forge the “Conservative Manifesto.” Co-authored by a Southern Democrat, the manifesto called for lowering taxes on the wealthy, slashing government spending, and championing private enterprise. Hillary Clinton’s eagerness to please Wall Street can be traced, in part, to that ideological split during the New Deal.

    Indeed, over the years, many of the most “liberal” Democrats have remained sharply conservative on economic questions. Eugene McCarthy, the “peacenik” candidate of 1968, ended up backing Ronald Reagan. Dan Rostenkowski, the lunch-pail chairman of the House Ways and Means Committee, proposed a tax package in 1981 that was more corporate-friendly than Reagan’s. Jerry Brown of California, long derided as “Governor Moonbeam,” campaigned for president in 1992 on a regressive flat tax. That same year, Bill and Hillary Clinton won the White House with the business-funded support of the Democratic Leadership Council, which sought to downplay the “big government” solutions championed by FDR.

    Which brings us to the second strand in the party’s divided DNA: It’s sociological.

    Slate’s Jamelle Bouie has pointed out the pattern’s clocklike consistency: Since the beginning of the modern primary process in 1972, the Democratic divide has settled into a battle between an “insurgent” and the “establishment.” But Bouie errs, I think, in labeling every insurgent as “liberal.” Just look at Brown in 1992—an insurgent who was conservative on economic issues. Or Hubert Humphrey in 1968 and 1972—an establishment favorite whose signature legislative initiatives, including centralized planning boards to dictate industrial production, were more socialist than those of Sanders.

    This year, however, the traditional order of battle aligns with crystalline precision. Clinton, endorsed by 205 out of 232 Democratic members of Congress, is clearly the establishment’s pick—and also, increasingly, that of Wall Street masters of the universe terrified by the prospect of Donald Trump. Sanders represents the guerrilla faction, arrayed this time behind the economically populist banner of FDR.

    Does history tell us anything about how Democrats can bridge their long-running divide and forge a stronger, more unified party? Sanders would do well to remember that sore loserdom never helps. (“George McGovern is going to lose,” a leading Democrat supposedly vowed after Humphrey lost the nomination in 1972, “because we’re going to make him lose.”) And Clinton needs to recognize that campaigning on economic liberalism is almost always a good political bet. (Even at the height of Reagan’s morning-in-America blather in 1984, barely a third of American voters favored his plans to reduce the deficit by slashing social programs.)

    If Hillary has any doubts about embracing the economic agenda laid out by Sanders, she should ask the insurgent of 1992: William Jefferson Clinton. The man who ended a dozen years of presidential exile for the Democrats didn’t do it simply by promising to get tough on crime and to “end welfare as we know it.” He also pledged $80 billion in federal investments to improve America’s cities and to create four million new jobs—not to mention, of course, a plan to deliver health care to all Americans.

    It’s Obama’s fault for raising our hopes

    JACOB HACKER, PROFESSOR OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AT YALE AND CO-AUTHOR OF WINNER-TAKE-ALL POLITICS: We’ve now had almost eight years of a Democratic presidency. And with the exception of the policy breakthroughs in 2009 and 2010, they’ve been viewed as relatively lean years by many in the Democratic Party. There’s a sense of, “We went with someone within the system, and look what happened—Republicans still tried to crush that person. So let’s go for the whole thing.” There’s a sense that supporting the Democratic establishment and going the conventional route hasn’t been that productive.

    MYCHAL DENZEL SMITH, AUTHOR OF INVISIBLE MAN, GOT THE WHOLE WORLD WATCHING: A lot of young people who showed up to vote for Obama were voting for the very first time. But now they’re looking at the ways economic inequality persists, and they’re saying, “Oh, the Democratic Party doesn’t actually stand against that.” They’re looking at the deaths of Trayvon Martin and Michael Brown, the two big linchpins in the Black Lives Matter movement, and they’re like, “Oh, Democrats are actually the architects of the policies that have affected and continue to define young black life in terms of systemic, institutionalized racism.” So you have young folks getting into the Democratic Party and realizing they don’t have a place.

    ASTRA TAYLOR, AUTHOR OF THE PEOPLE’S PLATFORM: TAKING BACK POWER AND CULTURE IN THE DIGITAL AGE: This is in part a symptom of the expectations that people had for the Obama administration that weren’t met. It got its first major expression through Occupy Wall Street, and it’s still playing out. Because nothing has changed, and people know that.

    RUY TEIXEIRA, CO-AUTHOR OF THE EMERGING DEMOCRATIC MAJORITY: You can make the case that Obama has been a very successful and progressive president, but people are impatient. What used to keep people in line, so to speak, when they had these kinds of dissatisfactions was, “Oh, I’m really frustrated, but what can we do? The country is so right-wing. We’ve got to worry about the national debt—there’s no room in the system for change.” Now there’s much more of a sense of possibility. The Democratic Party has contributed to this transformation by becoming more liberal, and by ceasing to be obsessed with the national debt and the deficit.

    ELAINE KAMARCK, SENIOR FELLOW AT THE BROOKINGS INSTITUTION AND AUTHOR OF PRIMARY POLITICS: Here’s the irony—the Bernie people are the Obama people. They’re all the young people; that’s the Obama coalition. They’re frustrated because under Obama, nothing much happened that they liked. They’re taking it out on Hillary, which is unfortunate, since she’s much more capable of making something happen.

    JEDEDIAH PURDY, PROFESSOR OF LAW AT DUKE AND AUTHOR OF AFTER NATURE: The disappointment in Obama took a while to set in. The Obama campaign had the form and rhetoric of transformative politics, but not the substance. Many of us believed or hoped the substance might follow the form; but it didn’t. It turns out you need a program that challenges existing power and aims to reshape it. So Sanders represents the continuation of these insurgent energies. Clinton is also the continuation of Obama, but the Obama of governance, not of the campaign.

    It’s Hillary’s fault for lowering our hopes

    Ron Haviv / VII for the New Republic
    JOHN JUDIS, FORMER SENIOR EDITOR AT THE NEW REPUBLIC AND CO-AUTHOR OF THE EMERGING DEMOCRATIC MAJORITY: In 1984, you had Walter Mondale, a candidate of the Democratic establishment, pitted against a young upstart, Gary Hart. The split wasn’t left-right—it was young-old, energetic-tired, vision-pragmatism. Bernie, for all his 74 years, represents something still of the rebellious Sixties that appeals to young voters, while Hillary represents a tired incrementalism—utterly uninspiring and rooted largely in identity politics and special interest groups, rather than in any vision for the future.

    The party hasn’t kept up with its base

    JILL FILIPOVIC, LAWYER AND POLITICAL COLUMNIST: The party itself has been stuck in some old ideas for a while. You’ve been seeing movement around the edges, whether from Elizabeth Warren or these grassroots movements for income inequality. The pro-choice movement, for example, is a key part of the Democratic base that has liberalized and modernized and completely changed its messaging in a way that the party is now just catching up to. So you get these internal discords that dredge up a lot of bad feelings.

    DANIELLE ALLEN, DIRECTOR OF THE EDMOND J. SAFRA CENTER FOR ETHICS AT HARVARD: In the last 20 years, we’ve collectively experienced various forms of social acceleration. Rates of change in social dynamics have increased across the spectrum, from income inequality to mass incarceration to immigration to the effects of globalization and the restructuring of the economy. When you have an acceleration of social transformation, there’s a lag problem. The reigning policy paradigms will be out of sync with the actual needs on the ground. That’s what we’re experiencing now.

    JEDEDIAH PURDY: The people who have been drawn to the Sanders campaign have no love for or confidence in elites, Hillary’s habitus. And why should they? They’ve seen growing inequality and insecurity, the naked corruption of politics by oligarchic money, total cynicism in the political class of consultants and pundits, and wars so stupid and destructive that Trump can say as much and win the GOP primaries. There’s a whole world that people are surging to reject.

    Bernie’s supporters aren’t living in reality

    Mark Peterson / Redux
    DAVID SIMON, CREATOR OF THE WIRE: I got no regard for purism. What makes Bernie so admirable is he genuinely believes everything that comes out of his mouth. It’s incredibly refreshing. If he didn’t have to govern with people who don’t believe what he’s saying, what a fine world it would be.

    I look at the hyperbole from Bernie supporters that lands on my doorstep. Either it’s stuff they believe—in which case they’re drinking the Kool-Aid, so they’re not even speaking in the vernacular of reality. Or what they’re doing is venal and destructive. That level of hyperbole, which Bernie himself is not responsible for, is disappointing. The truth is, it’s not just your friends who have utility in politics—sometimes it’s the people who are against you on every other issue. If you can’t play that game, then what did you go into politics for?

    THEDA SKOCPOL, PROFESSOR OF GOVERNMENT AND SOCIOLOGY AT HARVARD: A lot of Bernie supporters are upper-middle-class people. I’m surrounded by them in Cambridge. I’m not saying they’re hypocritical. I’m just saying they’re overplaying their hand by celebrating his focus on reining in the super-rich as the only way that we can talk about improving economic equality.

    ELAINE KAMARCK: This is part of a bigger problem with American presidential politics selling snake oil to the voters. Everybody from Trump with his stupid fething wall, to Sanders with, “Oh, free college for everybody.” Of all the dumb things—let’s go ahead and give all the rich kids in America a nice break. That’s not progressive, I’m sorry. But people want to believe in Peter Pan. And he’s just not there.

    MARK GREEN, FORMER PUBLIC ADVOCATE OF NEW YORK AND AUTHOR OF BRIGHT, INFINITE FUTURE: A GENERATIONAL MEMOIR ON THE PROGRESSIVE RISE: There’s a lot of adrenaline in primaries between purity and plausibility. Sanders is the most popular insurgent in American history to get this close to a nomination, and to help define the Democratic agenda. I admire his guts to run in the first place, and I get why his combination of Bulworth and Eugene Debs makes him such an appealing candidate. But the programmatic differences between a walking wish list like Sanders and a pragmatic progressive like Clinton are dwarfed by the differences between either of them and the first proto-fascist president.

    There’s a double standard against Hillary

    JILL FILIPOVIC: The dovetailing of gender and wealth in this election is really striking. I don’t remember a lot of Democrats ripping John Kerry to shreds for being wealthy when he ran for president. But it’s been interesting to see Clinton demonized for her Goldman Sachs speeches. For some Democrats, that seems to be inherently disqualifying. Obviously, money would be an issue even if she were a male candidate, because this is an election that’s about income inequality. But the sense that she’s somehow undeserving, that does strike me as gendered.

    THEDA SKOCPOL: Older women support Clinton because they’ve witnessed her career, and she’s always been into economic redistribution. Some Sanders followers have been quite sexist in things they’ve said; that’s very apparent to older women. A friend who studies abortion politics tells me that the nasty tweets she’s gotten from Bernie supporters for backing Hillary are worse than anything she gets from the right wing.

    AMANDA MARCOTTE, POLITICS WRITER FOR SALON:What you’re seeing is a huge drift in the party, away from having our leadership be just a bunch of white men who claim to speak for everybody else. We’re moving to a party that puts women’s interests at the center, that considers the votes of people of color just as valuable as the votes of white people. Unfortunately, some of the support for Sanders comes from people who are uncomfortable with that change and are looking to a benevolent, white patriarch to save them.

    ELAINE KAMARCK: Clinton is being penalized because she has a realistic view of what can be done, and that leads people to mistake her for some kind of bad conservative. She’s not. She’s extraordinarily liberal, particularly on children and families. But because she’s been around a while, when Sanders comes out with this new radical stuff, they think, “Oh, he’s the one whose heart is in the right place.” But listen, she took on Wall Street before he did, in a way that hit their bottom line. If people really want to get something done, they’d vote for her.

    MARK GREEN: Look, there’s a debate I have with my friend Ralph Nader. He sees Hillary as more Wall Street, and I see her as more Wellesley. She’s as smart as anyone, grounded, practical, engaging, and unlike most testosterone-fueled male politicians, actually listens more than lectures. So she’s not as dynamic a candidate as Bill and Barack? Who is? That’s an unfair comparison. But if I had to bet, I’d guess she’ll be as consequential and good a president as either of them.

    Poverty is fueling the divide


    The Democratic Party today engages in delusional happy talk about economic recovery, while a staggering 47 million Americans are struggling in poverty. As the rich remain as wealthy as ever, working-class people continue to see their wages stagnate. In the 1970s, 61 percent of Americans fell into that vague but stable category of “middle class.” Today that number has fallen to 50 percent. African Americans, the core of the Democratic Party base, continue to be plagued by dead-end jobs and diminished prospects. Fifty-four percent of black workers make less than $15 an hour. Thirty-eight percent of black children live in poverty. More than a quarter of black households battle with hunger.

    This is the heart of the crisis within the Democratic Party. Eight years ago, the party ran on hope: “Yes, we can” and “Change we can believe in.” Pundits openly wondered whether the United States was on the cusp of becoming a “postracial” nation; on the eve of Obama’s first inauguration, 69 percent of black Americans believed that Martin Luther King’s “dream” had been fulfilled. Today, the tune is quite different: Millions of Americans are more disillusioned and cynical than ever about the ability of the state to provide a decent life for them and their families.

    Bernie Sanders tapped into the palpable disgust at America’s new Gilded Age, and it’s a revulsion that will not be quieted with a few platitudes from Hillary Clinton to “give the middle class a raise.” Yet the Democratic leadership continues to treat Sanders as an unfortunate nuisance. The party keeps charging ahead the way it always has, as Clinton pivots to her right to appeal to disgruntled Republican voters. As long as the party has no challengers to its left, the thinking goes, its base has nowhere else to go.

    This strategy may lead Clinton to victory in November. But there is a danger here: In winning the battle, she very well may lose the war being waged within the Democratic ranks. The inattention to growing inequality, racial injustice, and deteriorating quality of life will likely result in ordinary people voting with their feet and simply opting out of the coming election, and future ones as well. Millions of Americans already do not vote, because most elected officials are out of touch with their daily struggles, and because there is little correlation between voting and an improvement in their lives. By continuing to ignore the issues Sanders has raised, Clinton and the rest of the party establishment risk losing a huge swath of the Democratic electorate for years to come.

    There is a way out. More and more voters are identifying as independents. This demonstrates that people want real choices—as opposed to politics driven by sound bites, political action committees, and billionaire candidates. The wide support for both Sanders and Trump points to the incredible vacuum that exists in organized politics. If the movements against police racism and violence were to combine with the growing activism among the disaffected, from low-wage workers to housing advocates, we could build a political party that actually represents the interests of the poor and working class, and leave the Democrats and the Republicans to the plutocrats who already own both parties’ hearts and minds.

    It’s the economy, stupid

    JOHN JUDIS: There have been insurgencies before—George Wallace in ’64 and ’72—that were radical. What made Wallace radical was the split in the party over civil rights. What makes Sanders radical is the lingering rage over the Great Recession.

    If you want to move the question up a level theoretically, you can talk about the failure of “new Democrat” politics to deliver prosperity or economy security. Clinton and the Democrats in Washington don’t understand the level of anxiety that Americans, and particularly the young, feel about their economic prospects. It can’t be addressed by charts showing the drop in the unemployment rate.

    BRETT FLEHINGER, HISTORIAN AT HARVARD AND AUTHOR OF THE 1912 ELECTION AND THE POWER OF PROGRESSIVISM: The Democratic Party has done a poor job of delivering on the economic promises of equality. That’s what’s opened up the possibility for Sanders. It’s what he’s believed in for 20-plus years. But the question is: What’s making it resonate now? It’s the failure of the party to liberalize, since Bill Clinton.

    JACOB HACKER: There’s a feeling of, “Really? This is it? This is the recovery we’ve been promised?” It’s been a long, difficult path since 2008 and the financial crisis. Even Democratic voters who are doing pretty well are feeling that something has gone seriously awry.

    This may be the first time in my life that there’s been a full-throated critique of the Democratic Party as being excessively beholden to money and too willing to work within the system. You saw echoes of this in the Howard Dean campaign, and you saw it much more forcefully in 2000 with Ralph Nader. But Nader was not running within the Democratic Party; he was clearly playing a spoiler role. Whereas Sanders is essentially trying to take the Democratic Party in a different direction.

    JEDEDIAH PURDY: Bernie’s campaign is the first to put class politics at its center. Not poverty, which liberal elites have always been comfortable addressing, and not “We are the 99 percent,” which is populist in a more fantastical sense, but class more concretely: the jobs and communities of blue-collar people, the decline of the middle class, the cost of education.

    MARK HUGO LOPEZ, DIRECTOR OF HISPANIC RESEARCH AT THE PEW RESEARCH CENTER: When you ask Clinton supporters, or people who see Clinton favorably, you’ll find that more than half will say that, compared to 50 years ago, life is better in America today. Whereas among Sanders supporters, one-third will say that things are actually worse.

    Democrats are too fixated on white workers

    JILL FILIPOVIC: The class-based concerns that a lot of the loudest voices in the Sanders contingent of the Democratic Party focus on are the concerns of the white working class, and they aren’t bringing a lot of race analysis into it. The income-inequality argument makes a case, particularly to the white working class, in a way that seems to have alienated African Americans and, to a lesser extent, the Hispanic vote.

    MYCHAL DENZEL SMITH: Look at every demographic breakdown of who votes. The strongest Democratic Party voters are black women. So why is it that you’re so zeroed in and focused on regaining the white working-class vote? What value does that have to you, as opposed to appeasing the voters that are actually there for you? Democrats want it both ways. They want to attract the white working-class voter again, but what they don’t accept is that the reason they lost that voter is because of Republican appeals to racism. So the Democrats want to be the party of anti-racism but also win back the racists. You can’t do that! Why would you want a coalition of those people? It doesn’t make sense.

    Democrats have neglected white workers

    DAVID SIMON: There’s certainly something unique about this moment, and the populist rebellion that has affected both the Republican and Democratic parties. And I think it’s earned. Both parties can be rightly accused, not to the same degree, of having ignored and abandoned the working class and the middle-middle class for the past 30 years.

    Millennials of color are tired of waiting

    ALAN ABRAMOWITZ, PROFESSOR OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AT EMORY AND AUTHOR OF The Polarized Public? Why American Government Is So Dysfunctional: Why are African Americans so loyal to the Clintons? Part of it is just familiarity. They feel a comfort level with the Clintons, and they really like Bill Clinton, especially older African American voters. But there’s a generational divide even among African American voters. Younger African Americans and Latinos are not as supportive of Clinton.

    MARK HUGO LOPEZ: I was in Chicago recently, and I was surprised when a young Latina college student stood up and described how much she did not like Clinton. She actually said, “I hate Hillary Clinton.” That’s the phrase she used, which drew a round of applause from everybody in the room.

    JOHNETTA ELZIE, A LEADER OF BLACK LIVES MATTER: I don’t think anyone was ready to deal with black millennials. I just don’t believe that anyone in politics who is running on a national scale knows how to address young black or brown people in a way that’s different from how they addressed our elders. Because we’re not the same.

    I remember when Hillary got shut down by some young black students in Atlanta. They wanted to know, “What does she even know about young black people in this neighborhood and what we go through?” John Lewis basically told them, “You need to wait to speak to Hillary. Just be polite, ask questions, yada yada.” And people were like, “But you were a protester before you were a politician! You know what it is, you know the sense of urgency, you know what it means to be told to wait and to know that we don’t have time to wait.”

    MYCHAL DENZEL SMITH: Throughout our history, progressive movements have often left out the idea of ending racism. Then they go to communities of color and say, “What choice do you have but to join with us­—to put aside your concerns about the differences that we experience in terms of racism?” In this election, the movement on the ground has at least pushed Democrats to adopt the language of anti-racism. They’ve had to say things like “institutionalized racism”—they’re learning the language on the fly. The problem is, they understand that they don’t actually have to move on these issues, because they have Trump to run against. All they have to do is say, “Look at how crazy the other option is. Where else are you going to go?”

    Authenticity is gender biased


    Mark Peterson / Redux
    In an early scene in Stendhal’s The Red and the Black, a carpenter’s son hired as a tutor for a wealthy family dons a tailored black suit provided by his new employer. The black suit was a new and radical thing in this era, one in which bakers dressed like bakers, nobility like nobility. In a black suit, one’s social class was cloaked—a form of what back then was often termed hypocrisy.

    Lately, as I’ve followed the contest between Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders, I’ve found myself thinking of The Red and the Black, and its play with antiquated notions of authenticity. The passionate support for Sanders has, one hopes, much to do with excitement about his insistent expression of a platform of economic populism. But it would be naïve to think it doesn’t also have to do with his appearance, his way of speaking. There is authenticity, and there is appearing authentic. These two things may mostly align—as they largely but not entirely do with Sanders. (Most anti-establishment figures avoid 35 years in government.) Or they may almost perfectly not align—as in the case of Donald Trump. (A liar celebrated for speaking the truth.) Either way, it’s worth investigating authenticity in our political thinking, both to understand its power and to consider how it helps or hurts the kind of effective, forward-looking agenda that we hope will emerge from a fractured Democratic Party.

    One problem with authenticity as a campaign tactic is its unsettling, subconscious alliance with those who benefit from the status quo. If you’re not who you say you are—if you’re moving on the social ladder, or are not in “your place”—you’re inauthentic. Keeping it real subtly advocates for keeping it just like it is.

    The semiotics of Sanders’s political authenticity—dishevelment, raised voice, being unyielding—are available to male politicians in a way they are not to women (and to whites in a way they are not to blacks or Hispanics or Asians). Black women in politics don’t have the option to wear their hair “natural”; nearly all white women appear to have blowouts, even Elizabeth Warren. It’s nonsense, and yet the only politically viable option, and therefore not nonsense.

    It’s not just that research has shown that women are perceived to talk too much even when they talk less, or that men who display anger are influential while women who do so are not. It’s that there is no such thing as “masculine wiles.” The phrase just doesn’t exist. This doesn’t mean that calling into question Clinton’s authenticity and trustworthiness—the fault line along which the Democratic Party has riven—is pure misogyny. It just means that it’s not purely not misogyny.

    Clinton is often described as the institutional candidate, the establishment. There’s a lot of truth to that. But she’s also the woman who initially kept her name (and her job) as the wife of the governor of Arkansas, who used the role of First Lady as cover to push for socialized health care, and who was instrumental in getting health insurance for eight million children past the Republican gorgons when a full reform failed. Someone who has survived being attacked for nearly 40 years must possess a highly developed sense of what the critic Walter Benjamin calls “cunning and high spirits”—the means by which figures in fairy tales evade the oppressive forces of myth, and mortals evade gods. Somehow she achieved one of the more liberal voting records in the Senate, despite rarely being described as a liberal by either the left or the right.

    Perhaps one reason that Clinton’s “firewall” of black support has remained standing is that “authenticity” has less rhetorical force with a historically oppressed people, for whom that strategy—being recognizably who people in power think you ought to be—was never viable. There are, of course, important and substantial criticisms of Clinton. But perhaps when we say that Hillary is inauthentic, we’re simply saying that she is a woman working in the public eye.

    Democrats on both sides of the party should consider which tactic best suits the underdogs they feel they are defending, and want to defend. Whoever receives the nomination, perhaps the worry should shift from whether the candidate is cunning to whether the candidate—and the Democratic Party—can be cunning enough.

    The disruption is digital


    Insurgents like Bernie Sanders have been the rule, not the exception, in the modern era of Democratic politics. From Eugene McCarthy to Jesse Jackson, the party’s left wing regularly broke ranks to run on quasi-social democratic platforms. But with the exception of George McGovern in 1972, these challengers all fell short of the nomination, partly because they lacked the money to effectively organize and advertise. The party establishment had a virtual monopoly on every political tool needed to win.

    Slowly at first—and then with a big, loud bang—digital technologies changed all that. First came Howard Dean, who used the internet to “disrupt” the Democratic Party in 2004. Powered by small online donations and digitally organized neighborhood “meetups,” Dean outraised his big-money rivals and revolutionized the way political campaigns are funded. Four years later, Barack Obama added a digitally fueled ground game to Dean’s fund-raising innovations, creating a campaign machine that could identify and turn out voters with a new level of accuracy. But when Obama’s policies fell short of the left’s expectations, many turned their energies to building a different kind of digital rebellion—this time, outside of electoral politics.

    Sparked by a single email in June 2011, Occupy Wall Street exploded in a matter of months into a worldwide movement that mobilized massive street protests—including many who’d sworn off partisan politics as hopelessly corrupted. Occupy demonstrated how the masses could organize without a campaign or a candidate to rally around, opening a space that would soon be joined by Black Lives Matter and other activist groups. It also unleashed a populist fervor on the left. As the 2016 campaign approached, Occupy veterans joined forces with left-leaning activists inside the party. Instead of rejecting traditional politics, they decided to disrupt the Democratic primaries, the way Tea Party activists did to the GOP in 2010 and 2012.

    In some ways, it didn’t matter that Sanders was the candidate they rallied behind. His ideological consistency earned him the trust of the left, and they in turn stoked his online fund-raising—producing the flood of $27 average donations that kept him competitive with Hillary Clinton. In the spirit of Occupy, Sanders’s digital operation was more volunteer-driven and dispersed than Obama’s; instead of “Big Data,” the watchword for Sanders was “Big Organizing,” as hundreds of thousands of volunteers effectively ran major parts of the show. A pro-Sanders Reddit group attracted almost a quarter-million subscribers, who helped organize everything from voter-registration drives to phone banks. A legion of young, pro-Sanders coders on Slack produced apps to mobilize volunteers and direct voters to the polls. There was even a BernieBNB app, where people could offer their spare couches to #FeelTheBern organizers.

    Ultimately, the Sanders campaign became a lesson in both the potential and the limitations of a digitally fueled uprising. It seems miraculous that a 74-year-old democratic socialist could come so close to beating a candidate with Clinton’s institutional advantages. But Sanders’s superior digital reach couldn’t help him win over African Americans and older women, most of whom favor Clinton. And all his fans on social media could not alter the mainstream media’s narrative that this was yet another noble but doomed insurgency.

    Whether or not Clinton wins in November, it’s safe to expect another Democratic insurgency in 2020—and beyond. Digital fund-raising, organizing, and messaging have given the left the weapons not just to tilt at the establishment’s windmills, but to come close to toppling them. Next time, they might just succeed.

    Split? What split?

    RUY TEIXEIRA: I don’t see differences massive enough to provoke any kind of split that has serious consequences. It’s just part of an ongoing shift in the Democratic Party. The party is going to continue to consolidate behind a more aggressive and liberal program, and the Sanders people are a reflection of that. We shouldn’t lose track of the fact that Clinton will be the most liberal presidential candidate the Democrats have run since George McGovern.

    BRETT FLEHINGER: In historic terms I don’t think this party is split. I don’t even think the divide is as big as it was in 2000, when a significant portion of Democratic voters either considered Ralph Nader or voted for Nader.

    ALAN ABRAMOWITZ: It’s easy to overstate how substantial the divide is. Some of it is more a matter of style, the sense that Clinton and some of these longtime party leaders are tainted by their ties to Wall Street and big money. But it’s not based so much on their issue positions, because Clinton’s issue positions are pretty liberal. Not as far left as Bernie—but then, nobody’s as far left as Bernie. Part of it is a distortion, because you can’t get to Bernie’s left, except maybe on the guns issue. So Bernie can always be the one taking the purist position.

    THEDA SKOCPOL: This isn’t a revolution. The phenomenon of having a left challenger to somebody called an establishment Democrat goes way back. It’s been happening my whole life, and I’m not a child. It’s never successful, except in the case of Obama. And Obama had something that the other challengers didn’t: He was able to appeal to blacks. Most of these left candidates appeal to white liberals, and Sanders is certainly in that category. His entire base is white liberals.

    KEVIN BAKER, AUTHOR OF THE NOVEL STRIVERS ROW: Democrats have almost always been the party that co-opts and brings in literal outsiders and outside movements. In the late nineteenth century, it was a bizarre coalition between Southern bourbon planters and big-city machines, which each had their own grievances. Then it was an uneasy coalition between those same machines and the agrarian populists brought in by William Jennings Bryan. Then you had the Grand Coalition, the biggest, most diverse coalition in American history, which was the New Deal one: farmers and workers, urbanites and Main Street progressives, blacks, whites, feminists, unionists. It lasted a long time, until it broke down over race and the Vietnam War in the 1960s. Finally, you had the rise of the Democratic Leadership Council and the Clinton-ite and Obama-ite version of more conservative progressivism. But what that coalition left unanswered, for a lot of people in the party and in the country, was just how they were going to make a living in this new world. What we’re seeing now is a very civil contest, relatively speaking, over who is going to lead that coalition.

    Don’t worry: Trump will unite us

    Mark Peterson / Redux
    JOHN JUDIS: Whatever shortcomings Clinton’s campaign has in creating unity are likely to be overcome by the specter of a Trump America.

    RUY TEIXEIRA: I don’t see the people who support Sanders, particularly the young people, as being radically different from the Clinton folks in terms of what they support. They’ll wind up voting for Hillary when she runs against Trump.

    DAVID SIMON: If you’re asking me if I think the Democratic Party will heal in the general election, I think it will. Trump helps that a lot. The risks of folding your arms and walking away are fundamental, in a way they might not be with a more viable and coherent candidate. But let’s face it, the idea of this man at the helm of the republic is some scary gak.

    Bernie isn’t the future, but his politics are

    ALAN ABRAMOWITZ: Younger voters are the future of the Democratic Party. But Bernie Sanders is not the future of the Democratic Party. The question is: Who’s going to come along who can tap into that combination of idealism and discontent that he represents?

    JOHN JUDIS: Sanders is an old guy, like I am, and not one, I suspect, to build a movement. And I think “movement” is probably the wrong word. What inspires movements is particular causes (Vietnam, civil rights, high taxes) or a party in power that is seen as taking the wrong stance on those issues (George W. Bush for liberals, Barack Obama for Republicans). If Clinton is the next president, I don’t expect a movement to spring up. Instead, I’d expect to see caucuses within the party that take a Bernie Sanders/Elizabeth Warren point of view. But if Trump wins, you will see a movement, whatever Sanders does.

    JACOB HACKER: There’s a growing chunk of the Democratic electorate that believes the existing policy ideas that define the mainstream of the party don’t go far enough. The question becomes: What do those folks do after the election? What kind of force will they be within the party going forward? Can they form a strong movement that will press national politicians to move to the left, the way the Tea Party did on the right?

    If a Democrat wins in November, you probably can’t get a movement like the Tea Party under Obama, or Move On under Bush. But what you could get—what you would hope to get—is a true grassroots, longer-term movement that tries to move the center of gravity of American politics to the left.

    JEDEDIAH PURDY: But what would a movement built out of Sanders supporters be for, exactly? The campaign itself gives some answers. The Sanders campaign is much more distinct from the Clinton campaign, in substance, than Obama’s first campaign was. The Fight for $15, single-payer health care, stronger antitrust law, free college: These are huge, concrete goals. If people can organize around one guy who expresses them but, if elected, could do very little unless we also changed Congress, then we should be able to organize around them to try to change the makeup of political structures from top to bottom. Maybe we need to move into our local Democratic parties. The Moral Majority took over school boards with a specific agenda they could implement. Are there electoral institutions, as well as party institutions, that we should be aiming to reshape in our image?

    DANIELLE ALLEN: It’s a huge opportunity for Democrats, if they can take all the incoming young participants seriously and give them a real role in digging into hard policy questions. This is a chance to cultivate leaders who can run for office across the landscape—not just national office, but local office. The Republicans have done a much better job, in all honesty, at growing up a generation of younger politicians. Democratic politicians skew older, so that sums up the real question about the Sanders moment: Is this enough of a wake-up call to the Democratic Party to start bringing talent in?

    It’s a trap!

    ASTRA TAYLOR: The young thing, this millennial left turn, is great. But there’s a part of me that’s afraid. In the 1960s, the story was the counterculture and the new left. It was Students for a Democratic Society, the civil rights movement, the war in Vietnam. But there’s been a lot of smart revisionist scholarship that says the story of the ’60s was not the new left, it was actually the new right, which spent the decade laying the groundwork for its resurgence. At this moment, when left-wing millennials are getting a lot of attention, my fear is that there’s a conservative counterpoint that I’m just not seeing, because we’re all in our little social and political bubbles. We should study the split between the new left and the new right in the ’60s, and make sure that history doesn’t repeat itself.

    The worst thing would be to ignore the split

    DAVID SIMON: The Democrats are going to win, because they’re up against Trump. But I’m worried they’re going to paper over a fundamental flaw in their coalition, which is: You’ve got to help working people and the middle-middle class. They’re not your guaranteed votes, and you lost them once to Reagan. Maybe you can do without them long-term. But I would get them back because (a) it secures your coalition going forward and (b) it’s the right thing to fething do.

    JILL FILIPOVIC: The brawls that people are having on Twitter every day—I don’t know if that’s healthy for the party. But the bigger debates are really important conversations to be having. Who is our coalition? Who are we representing, and how do we best do that? Do we want to be the center-left party of the ’90s, or should we be serving a more diverse and liberal voter base? I don’t think those conversations are going to destroy the party. I think they’re going to set us in a better direction.

    JACOB HACKER: It’s nice to be able to talk about what’s happening on the Democratic side, because all of the focus has been on the Republican side. It’s a bit like living in a house that’s got some peeling paint and holes in the roof. Right next to it is a derelict building that’s practically falling over. And you’re like, “Man, I’ve got a nice house.” But if you just put your hand up and cover up your neighbor’s house so you can’t see it, you’d be like, “Um, I think my house needs some work.” The Democratic Party is kind of like that right now. I want to live there, but I really would love to upgrade it.

    The best is yet to come


    Mark Peterson / Redux
    On the surface, the battle between Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders looks like a deep rift, one that threatens to splinter the Democratic Party. But viewed in the sweep of history, it is evidence of something far more positive for the party’s base and beyond: not a rift but a shift—the first tremors of a profound ideological realignment from which a transformative new politics could emerge.

    Many of Bernie’s closest advisers—and perhaps even Bernie himself—never imagined the campaign would do so well. And yet it did. The U.S. left—and not some pale imitation of it—actually tasted electoral victory, in state after state after state. The campaign came so close to winning that many of us allowed ourselves to imagine, if only for a few, furtive moments, what the world would look like with a President Sanders.

    Even writing those words seems crazy. After all, the working assumption for decades has been that genuinely redistributive policies are so unpopular in the U.S. that they could only be smuggled past the American public if they were wrapped in some sort of centrist disguise. “Fee and dividend” instead of a carbon tax. “Health care reform” instead of universal public health care.

    Only now it turns out that left ideas are popular just as they are, utterly unadorned. Really popular—and in the most pro-capitalist country in the world.

    It’s not just that Sanders has won 20-plus contests, all while never disavowing his democratic socialism. It’s also that, to keep Sanders from hijacking the nomination, Clinton has been forced to pivot sharply to the left and disavow her own history as a market-friendly centrist. Even Donald Trump threw out the economic playbook entrenched since Reagan—coming out against corporate-friendly trade deals, vowing to protect what’s left of the social safety net, and railing against the influence of money in politics.

    Taken together, the evidence is clear: The left just won. Forget the nomination—I mean the argument. Clinton, and the 40-year ideological campaign she represents, has lost the battle of ideas. The spell of neoliberalism has been broken, crushed under the weight of lived experience and a mountain of data.

    What for decades was unsayable is now being said out loud—free college tuition, double the minimum wage, 100 percent renewable energy. And the crowds are cheering. With so much encouragement, who knows what’s next? Reparations for slavery and colonialism? A guaranteed annual income? Democratic worker co-ops as the centerpiece of a green jobs program? Why not? The intellectual fencing that has constrained the left’s imagination for so long is lying twisted on the ground.

    This broad appetite for systemic change did not begin with Sanders. During the Obama years, a wave of radical new social movements emerged, from Occupy Wall Street and the Fight for $15 to #NoKXL and Black Lives Matter. Sanders harnessed much of this energy—but by no means all of it. His weaknesses reaching certain segments of black and Latino voters in the Democratic base are well known. And for some activists, Sanders has always felt too much like the past to get overly excited about.

    Looking beyond this election cycle, this is actually good news. If Sanders could come this far, imagine what a left candidate who was unburdened by his weaknesses could do. A political coalition that started from the premise that economic inequality and climate destabilization are inextricable from systems of racial and gender hierarchy could well build a significantly larger tent than the Sanders campaign managed to erect.

    And if that movement has a bold plan for humanizing and democratizing new technology networks and global systems of trade, then it will feel less like a blast from the past, and more like a path to an exciting, never-before-attempted future. Whether coming after one term of Hillary Clinton in 2020, or one term of Donald Trump, that combination—deeply diverse and insistently forward-looking—could well prove unbeatable.

    The "It’s a trap!" one is something else....
              Missed Opportunities: Poland Spring & The State of the Union        
    True to the millennial that I am, my favorite hobby in recent years has been live-tweeting big live telecast events. That said, I would like to touch on how brands are or should be tuning into these events, no matter how seemingly irrelevant, to identify new marketing opportunities using the “second screen.” On Tuesday night, […]
              FREE Webinar: The Millennial Movement        
    Find out how to better connect and engage with the largest generation yet and turn their passion for exercise into a lifelong love of fitness.
              The Best of Michael Scott Scudder's Columns and Insights in Club Industry        
    Michael Scott Scudder's insights and opinions live on in the columns that he left behind on topics such as sales, unbundling memberships, Millennials and more.
              5 Things You Need to Know About Reaching Millennial Clients        
    By Jackie Sofia

    Comparing Social Media Use between US Adults overall, and Millennials specifically

    1. Social Media is essential. The fact remains that millennials are using social media more than any other age group in the U.S. Data released by the Pew Research Center indicates more specifically that Facebook is the choice platform of millennials (88 percent), with Instagram creeping up to second place (60% percent). 
    2. Keep a blog, and keep it updated. 33 percent of millennials review blogs before they make any type of financial transaction, compared to fewer than 3 percent who use TV news, magazines or books. Millennials are also incredibly self-reliant. Having always had the internet at their disposal, millennials are used to finding the information they need themselves. You can feed into this self-reliance on your blogs by providing well-written answers to common legal dilemmas that are hyperlinked to your legal experts within the firm. This will also direct your target audience to your firm for further legal services and advice. 
    3. Know your limits. The American Bar Association requires lawyers to stay abreast of the benefits and risks associated with technology in relation to the practice of law. While social media can be a great opportunity to stay engaged with millennials, it's a constantly changing environment where many of the old school regulations are being adapted or applied directly towards technological advancements that are deemed within their purview. The good news is that there are resources out there that can help you stay on top of these changes. Regardless of whether your firm even has a social media account, it's important to regularly participate in continuing study and education and comply with legal education requirements. 
    4. You have to be one, to know one. Hiring millennials to join your team is one of the more critical investments you can make for the future of the firm and its growing target audience of fellow millennials. According to Nika Kabiri, Director of Strategic Insights at Avvo, one in four Americans are dealing with legal issues, and half of those Americans are millennials. Not only can millennials identify more closely with the younger target audience, but they tend to also be ambitious as well as fluent in social media and digital technology. 
    5. Be proud of your pro bono work. Social media isn't the only thing that attracts millennials. They are also interested in what companies do in their community. Millennials may be apt to choose your services over others if you have a pro-bono roster that exhibits a more empathetic and charitable firm. A 2015 Elite Daily Millennial Consumer Study revealed that 75 percent of those surveyed thought it was important for a company to give back to society.

              Should Solo and Small Firm Lawyers Use Chat and Photo Apps Like Snapchat for Marketing?        
    By Gina F. Rubel

    Should Solo and Small Firm Lawyers Use Chat and Photo Apps Like Snapchat for Marketing?
    I am of the opinion that lawyers don’t need to be early adopters of new technologies, and that includes many social media tools.

    As with most businesses, law firms have a finite amount of time and money to invest in marketing. Limited marketing budgets, particularly for solo attorneys and small firms, should be focused on social media platforms that already have been tested and proven effective for legal marketing. For example, I advocate that all lawyers should have robust and active profiles on LinkedIn. And attorneys with consumer-targeted practice areas like family law, criminal law, wills, trusts and estates, workers’ compensation and social security disability also should maintain robust firm pages on Facebook.

    But social media changes rapidly. Some platforms will flourish while others will fade away - think Ping, Orkut, Xanga, Digg, Friendster, Myspace and a myriad of other sites, many of which you’ve probably never heard of.

    That means that until some of the newer photo and chat apps are tested by those aforementioned early adopters and found to be effective for legal marketing, law firms should focus their time and attention elsewhere. For example, Snapchat, What's App, Pinterest, Instagram and other chat / picture applications used by entrepreneurs are probably not good investments in legal marketing for most firms in 2017.

    There are some legal marketers who would disagree with me on this, particularly as it relates to Snapchat, and others who are in full agreement. My biggest issue with Snapchat is that the majority of users are female between the ages of 13 and 25. Of those who are considered Generation Z (born after 2001), none of them are the target audience for law firms (yet).

    Snapchat For Lawyers - Various Points of View

    Snapchat for lawyers – is it really happening by Kevin O’Keefe
    Lawyers Need to Pay Attention to Snapchat by Casey C. Sullivan, Esq. for Findlaw
    4 Things Lawyers Need to Know About Snapchat by Monica Zent for Inside Counsel
    Practical and effective social media use for lawyers: Snapchat edition by Scott MacMullan for The Daily Record

    If your law practice is focused on reaching young millennials and, more specifically, millennial consumers, you should by all means keep a cursory eye on the social media platforms as they evolve. Until they are proven to work well enough to justify a return on your marketing investment, you likely will be better off focusing on creative ways to use existing social media channels for which content marketing best practices already have been developed.

    Does your small firm use social media for legal marketing purposes? What kind of results are you seeing? Tell us in the comments.

              Top 2017 Social Media Trends         
    By Caitlan McCafferty

    Whether your business is already firmly established on social media, or whether you are just getting started, social media should be a top consideration for your B2B marketing plan for 2017. Here are some of the most important social media trends to consider in your social media marketing planning for this upcoming year.

    1. Live Video

    Social media users are increasingly interested in vicarious experiences. People don’t want to just see what their friends are doing, they want to feel like they’re there with them.

    Snapchat’s success and popularity has encouraged other social media companies to incorporate live video into their platforms. Snapchat is likely to grow in 2017, with increased messaging services and real world glasses that capture a user’s world view.  Facebook and Twitter have also incorporated livestreaming into their platforms with Facebook Live and Periscope, respectively.

    Due to the increasing popularity of the feature, brands should consider incorporating livestreaming into their social media marketing to reach their target audiences. Livestreaming would be a perfect social media tool to engage with your audience about grand openings, customer appreciation events, or product announcements.

    2. Employee Ambassadors 

    With LinkedIn’s Pulse feature, employees can be brand ambassadors for their companies. Ryan Holmes, Founder and CEO of Hootsuite, suggests motivating employees to post about the company on a regular basis. Employers should make it simple to share and allow the employee to edit the post to suit their audience.

    Employee advocacy is digital "word of mouth" that allows a company’s brand and message to reach more people, with no cost to them. If the content is shared by the employees, the content then can be shared by the employee’s network, building an enthusiastic, engaged audience for your brand.

    3. Facebook and Targeted Ads

    Facebook’s audience is changing rapidly. It is no longer the favored social media platform for millennials. A survey from 2016 found that 41 percent of millennials still use Facebook every day, but Facebook is more popular among non-millennials. Simultaneously, Facebook has changed its algorithm making it more difficult to build an audience organically.

    In 2017, targeted advertising will be the best way to push your message to an audience. The change in the algorithm might seem disappointing, but targeted ads provide better analytics to understand the ROI of a communications campaign.

    4. Influencer Marketing 

    EMarketer predicts that digital advertising will surpass TV advertising in 2017. With this new development, companies have more opportunities for Influencer Marketing.

    A survey found that 47 percent of consumers block advertisements, so influencers are becoming the best way for brands to reach an audience. Influencers have established credibility with their audiences, and now they are using that credibility to vouch for a company’s brand. Using their own personal brand and voice as support, influencers can bring increased visibility and awareness for a given brand.

    5. Chatbots for Customer Service  

    Similar to the Influencer Marketing trend, consumers are craving a personal connection with their favorite brands. A way to service that connection is Chatbots for customer service.

    With the evolution of messaging services with each social media platform, and the popularity of Chatbots like Slack and Skype, customers are interested in more conversational experiences.  This allows marketers to engage with their consumers on a regular basis. "Conversational Commerce" will only grow in 2017, and it will allow brands to provide their audiences an easier way to access their products and services.

    The preferred social media platform for any given audience continues to evolve, but one thing remains consistent: consumers want brands that are easily accessible and personable. Incorporating these trends into your 2017 social media strategy will ensure that your brand stays ahead of that changing landscape.

              Message to Randy Levine and Lonn Trost: When you're in a hole, quit digging!        
    I really was going to write today about something else in Yankeeland besides the team's ticket debacle. Honest. But as long as team president Randy Levine and COO Lonn Trost keep on saying and doing dopey things about it, I've got to keep Squawking about it!

    The gruesome twosome have said even more ridiculous things in the last two days to extend this story into even more news cycles. This, at the very same time the team is attempting to sell individual tickets for the 2016 season. Unbelievable.

    I woke up this morning to see that Levine had run his mouth about Bronx Borough President Ruben Diaz Jr. because Diaz is taking the fans' -- and StubHub's -- side in this ticket issue. Diaz's spokesman, John Desio, told the New York Daily News:
    “The borough president is a lifelong Yankee fan. The borough president’s favorite player was Graig Nettles. He lives and dies by the Yankees as do many people in the borough, the city and the world. This new policy on tickets combined with their COO’s elitist comments are not very fan friendly for the borough president or anyone else who loves the Yankees.” 
    So how did Levine respond? In a mature, adult fashion befitting his reputation. By which I mean, he lashed out like a frat boy with anger management issues, the way he usually does. (How is this guy in a position of authority, anyway? I wouldn't trust him to run the fry station at McDonald's without spilling grease on himself when flying off the handle!)

    Levine told ESPN's Darren Rovell, who first reported on Diaz' stance:
    “It doesn’t surprise me given that we’ve stopped his endless funding requests. It does surprise me because the only time he showed up to Yankee Stadium was when he was on official business when he was comped. I guess there are no greater problems in the Bronx, that he needs to spend time on, than ticketing.” 
    How is this comment possibly productive? It doesn't even make any sense. What, exactly, would be the "endless funding requests" a Bronx borough president would ask the Yankees for? Wouldn't it be the other way around?

    And you can't complain that Diaz rarely shows up at Yankee games, and then whine that "I guess there are no greater problems in the Bronx, that he needs to spend time on, than ticketing." Well, most of us would think that enabling his constituents in the poorest borough in the city to get decently priced tickets is kind of important.

    UPDATE: Shortly after writing this Squawk, I received an email from Diaz's office containing a copy of a letter the borough president sent to Levine, criticizing the policy. It's a pretty strongly worded missive! Read it here

    That isn't the only time in recent days that Levine has flapped his gums. He and Trost recently talked to Bloomberg View sports columnist -- and Yankee fan -- Kavitha A. Davidson about the ticket policy. She writes about a less-discussed aspect of using mobile tickets. Fans will have to sign up at Ticketmaster, give the company personal information, and download an app in order to use the Yankees' mobile ticket feature. (I wrote about this last week, but she went to much greater detail on the new system and tried it out herself. "It seems there are still a few bugs to work out," she wrote.)

    Anyhow, both Levine and Trost dismissed any concerns over the new policy. Levine insisted to the writer that third-party ticket brokers and StubHub are, Davidson writes, as "the source of much of the backlash against the new mobile system." Um, no, dude. Your team's fans are the main source of the backlash. Remember them?

    In addition, according to the article, "Levine said Trost's comments were taken out of context and stressed that the Yankees' position is 'if you buy a legitimate ticket you're welcome to sit at Yankee Stadium,' whether or not you paid full price." Well, isn't that nice of them! And at any rate, we didn't take Trost's comments out of context. We took them in context. That's the problem!

    Trost made let yet another elitist remark in insisting: "In today's world of millennials, I can't imagine anyone who's not smartphone savvy who wants to come to the ballpark," he said. "But when they do, they can get a hard-stock ticket." Oy. He needs to get out more.

    Remember how Trost talked about Yankee fan ticket buyers who spent "a buck and a half" for premium tickets? I wrote that there was no way people were paying $1.50 a ticket for the fancy seats. But I missed an even more elitist remark that Trost was making with that. I have a friend who is a ticket broker. And he said that "a buck and a half" is a term in the business meaning $150. So Trost is looking down at fans who "only" spend $150 per Yankee ticket. For the rest of us, that sort of money for a three-hour regular season game is a splurge for a milestone birthday or something. In Trost's world, these people are the riff raff!

    My friend Jason Keidel, who writes about sports for CBS New York, interviewed me this week about how a decision by the Yankees on February 15 to ban print-at-home tickets has morphed into a PR disaster for the team that is like the Energizer Bunny. It just keeps on going, and going, and going.

    I talked about my part in that -- Squawking the next day about how the decision was about smashing StubHub and taking away fans' ability to buy tickets on the secondary market. Then I was interviewed for the New York Post the following day, and showed how Yankee fans were unhappy about this, at the very same time the team's spokesperson claimed that fans were thrilled over it. The very next morning, Yankees COO Lonn Trost popped up on WFAN to defend the policy, and blurted out his elitist opinion about Yankee ticket buyers.

    This story has gone about as disastrously for the Yankees as anybody with a brain and common sense could have predicted. It's been raging for 10 days now, and shows no sign of abating. Are there any grownups in Yankeeland who will step in and stop this? Where is Hal Steinbrenner? What could possibly be more important for him to be doing than stopping this PR disaster? Good grief.

              New York is the most Instagram-friendly city in the world        
    Ask any millennial: If you go somewhere and don’t post a picture on social media, were you ever really there? Luckily, New York’s full of breathtaking art and mouth-watering treats, begging to be shared to your feed. Here are the most Insta-worthy snaps in the city right now. Avocado pizza Avocado toast is all the...
              Re:Politics - USA        
    Asterios wrote:

    but we can only hope, as it goes Trump has hit rock bottom he can only go up from here.


    Given the +/- margin of error there Trump's actually giving Hilary votes.

    Perhaps he can motivate the younger voters to come out for him.

    What he needs to do is attract more everyday, completely typical, run of the mill style millennials.


    ..hmm ....

              Thai Banking Customers: Indifferent        
    Banks in Thailand are struggling to engage customers -- especially millennials -- amid rapid economic and technological changes.
              BMJ Christmas Edition        
    Every year the British Medical Journal publishes a special Christmas edition. See also Christmas crackers: highlights from past years of The BMJ's seasonal issue. [previously], [previouser], [previouser], [previousest]
              TB 075: How To Cultivate a Curiosity About How Technology Works        
    Willie Jackson is an inclusion strategist who empowers thoughtful organizations and the leaders who run them. He is the founder and publisher of Abernathy, President and CEO of Equity Impact Group, and a frequent writer and speaker on the topics of workplace equity, global diversity, and multicultural millennial leadership. Willie currently serves as Technical Lead...
              Las estrellas gatunas de Instagram que están haciendo de oro a sus dueños        

    Si pensabas que el negocio de ser 'youtuber' era la gallina de los huevos de oro, aún hay un mundo mucho más sorprendente: el de los ‘influencers’ de cuatro patas. Gatos, perros y otros tipos de mascotas han dado el salto a Instagram consiguiendo millones de seguidores de todo el mundo y convirtiéndose así en un nicho publicitario muy atractivo para las empresas. De hecho, los dueños de los felinos más famosos de la Red pueden llegar a ganar 15.000 dólares (cerca de 13.000 euros al cambio actual) por publicar una foto a su cuenta bajo el patrocinio de alguna marca.

    Así lo asegura Loni Edwards, el fundador de The Dog Agency, una empresa de gestión de talento de mascotas famosas en redes sociales. “Las mascotas tienden a tener una mejor acogida entre el público, ya que llega a todos, ya seas un adolescente o un abuelo”, cuenta Edwards. De hecho, el abogado norteamericano dejó su bufete para fundar esta agencia después de ver como su propio bulldog francés se convertía en una superestrella de Instagram.

    A diferencia de los 'influencers' humanos, los gatos no pueden generar polémicas o decir algo inadecuado. Eso, sumado al ya tradicional amor de los internautas por los mininos, ha hecho que la empresas estén empezando a invertir publicidad en el mundo animal de Instagram, donde cuentas de gatos y perros no tienen nada que envidiar en seguidores a la de grandes 'influencers' de carne y hueso: las sutiles apariciones de productos y los no tan disimulados anuncios han aterrizado en el mundo animal.

    Estrellas felinas de las redes sociales

    Según un estudio de Neoreach, la audiencia más felina en las redes sociales es eminentemente femenina, ya que el 76% de los seguidores de cuentas de mininos son mujeres. Además, suele tratarse de usuarios jóvenes, de entre 17 y 29 años, lo que para muchas empresas supone el desafío del momento: conquistar al público 'millennial'. Y, por último, los datos revelan que la pasión gatuna no entiende de fronteras, ya que estas cuentas son todo un éxito desde Estados Unidos hasta Malasia.

    El gato más seguido del mundo en redes sociales tiene los mismos ‘followers’ que Rafa Nadal en Instagram: 2,2 millones. Además, cuenta con la friolera de 8,7 millones de seguidores en Facebook. No es otro que el archiconocido Grumpy cat, que a muchos les resultará familiar por la avalancha de 'memes' que le han catapultado al éxito desde que su cara cayó en internet allá por 2012. Este gato con cara de cascarrabias ha protagonizado las últimas campañas de Friskies, la multinacional de piensos para gatos, lo que sin duda habrá dejado una buena cuantía de dinero en casa de los dueños.

    Pero Grumpy no es el único que ha sacado partido de su singular forma de ser. Otro gato que se encuentra en la cresta de la ola es Nala Cat, una minina que tiene su propio ‘merchandising’ y que, al igual que el gato gruñón, protagoniza anuncios y publicaciones publicitarias en Instagram con piensos, bolsas de viaje para gatos, desinfectantes y un largo etcétera. Lo cierto es que esta ola de fama les vino de sorpresa a los dueños, quienes abrieron la cuenta para contar la historia de Nala, a la que encontraron sin dueño, y concienciar a la gente sobre el abandono de mascotas.

    Pero si hay una historia de superación en la singular nómina de los gatos 'influencers' es la de Bub, un gato que también fue encontrado sin hogar pero con signos de haber sido maltratado. Las lesiones visibles de este felino no le impiden hacer vida normal y hacer felices a sus cerca de 3 millones de seguidores entre Facebook e Instagram. Lo que significa que, además, Bub es una máquina de hacer dinero, aunque esta vez por una buena causa: desde que inauguró su cuenta en 2012, ha conseguido recaudar más de 300.000 $ (255.000 euros) para la Asociación Americana de Prevención contra el Maltrato Animal.

    No obstante, estos tres rentables casos son solo la punta del iceberg. De hecho, según Edwards las cuentas de animales con miles de seguidores pueden generar entre unos 2.000 y 5.000 $ (1.700 y 4.250 euros) por publicación patrocinada. Sin embargo, estas cuentas de gatos que cuentan con millones de seguidores repartidos por todo el mundo ingresan probablemente entre 10.000 y 15.000 $ (entre 8.500 y 12.650 euros, respectivamente), según las estimaciones del propio Edwards.

    De hecho, la mayoría de dueños de animales 'influencers' han dejado sus puestos de trabajo habituales para dedicarse de lleno a este nuevo mundo que requiere de regularidad y originalidad en cada publicación. Al menos, si no se quiere perder el éxito de la nueva gallina de los huevos de oro de las redes sociales.

    Con información de Neoreach y ABC News. Imagen de Gage Skidmore

    La era digital está ayudando a transformar el mundo con rapidez, no te pierdas:

    - Drones por la ciencia: así están contribuyendo los robots voladores al progreso

    - Estos guantes ‘low cost’ permiten mandar wasaps usando la lengua de signos

    - Las claves de Bitcoin Cash: cómo y para qué ha surgido esta moneda paralela

    - Pillados en Google: criminales que acabaron entre rejas por buscar sus delitos

    The post Las estrellas gatunas de Instagram que están haciendo de oro a sus dueños appeared first on Cooking Ideas.

              Can we stop with the age labels already?        
    At a recent meeting, one attendee made an observation about how, when it comes to learning solutions, young people are comfortable with the use of technology, while older people are not. I challenged this, pointing out that I (being north of my 50th birthday) fall into the 'older' category, and I am perfectly comfortable with digital solutions (just as well, since I design them!). The person responded with, "Yes, but you're the exception."

    It wasn't an unfriendly exchange, that was simply her perception. One that I'm finding to be fairly widespread, and many late adopters are citing this as their reason for delaying the deployment of digital learning components in their learning solutions - they still have some older people on the staff.

    But is time we put this perception to bed, now. For one thing, it's ageist.
    Jane Hart and Harry get techie together
    I think generational labels like digital immigrants/natives, millennials, GenY, etc are anything but helpful in this regard, because they carry with them implications which the reality simply doesn't bear out. In fact, many of the movers and shakers in this field are no longer in the first flush of youth by any stretch of the imagination.

    Let's look at some case studies:
    • Today, I read a blog post by Tony Bates, announcing his retirement. Tony recently turned 75, and many commenters are skeptical that he will be able to stay retired, because he lives and breathes online learning.
    • Jay Cross is often credited with being the first person to use the term e-learning. Whether or not this is true isn't really the point. What is the point is that Jay is one of the movers and shakers in the field of digital learning, and - as far as I know - his 60th birthday is in the past. The link takes you to a website, but you'll find him on Twitter, Facebook, Google+, LinkedIn, Diigo, Pinterest... 
    • Jay is the CEO of the Internet Time Alliance, a collective which helps organisations become more networked, collaborative, distributed and agile. The other members of this group are Harold Jarche, Charles Jennings (think 70:20:10), Clark Quinn and Jane Hart (of the annual 100 top tools list - see photo). I'm on hugging terms with all these people, so I hope they won't mind me telling you that none of them will ever see 50 again. On his Facebook page, Charles recently shared a video of himself playing the banjo (the man is a skilled musician, as so many learning geeks appear to be) on the occasion of his 65th birthday. Jane Hart's Facebook page is full of photos of her adored grandchildren.
    • Stephen Downes is a highly regarded "commentator in the fields of online learning and new media" (as his wikipedia page asserts). His OLDaily blog posts are varied and interesting - required reading for anyone who wants to keep up to date with developments in the field. He celebrated his 55th birthday earlier this month.
    • Together with Stephen Downes, George Siemens developed the Theory of Connectivism as a way of describing learning in the digital era. In his early 40s, George is probably going to be the baby of this group that I'm throwing together here today.  I just hope he doesn't mind being lumped together with all these oldies ;)
    There are many other examples of luminaries in the field, and I could sit here all day, listing people - purely from memory - who are leading lights in the field and north of 50. But let's come down a notch to more everyday people:
    • My Facebook friends list includes at least two people in their 80s.
    • I keep in touch with my 74 year old Mom by means of WhatsApp and Skype. When a WhatsApp message arrives from her, my screen announces her as 'Barbara the Legend'. And that's what she is.
    • My doctors' surgery has an interactive screen by which patients of all ages make their arrival known. I've seen them do it.
    • Buying groceries online and having them delivered is a boon for elderly and/or infirm customers. I have no concrete examples, but I'm confident they exist, and that more people would use the facility if they just got a little help with the initial learning curve.
    • Autobanks are used by people of all ages. Next time you use one, take a look at the demographic of the other users.
    • eReaders are a great tool for bookworms with arthritis and/or grandchildren. Imagine being a grandparent with an entire library of books in your handbag/pocket! I'm not a granny yet, but I know all about how the pain of arthritis! There are some fabulous interactive ebooks to explore with grandchildren.
    • I've read Amazon book and product reviews by people of all ages.
    • And on and on and on
    We have got to stop thinking of digital spaces as being the comfort zone of the 'young'. Jane Bozarth often refers to herself as 'the oldest millennial'. I think there are several others who might give her a run for her money (caveat: I have no idea how old Jane is).
    Give your older staff members some credit. I'm pretty sure they'll surprise you.
    Before I go, let me share this BBC article (with video) about 'cybergrannies'.

              2D'Kebabs, la franquicia take away de los 'millennials'        
    En la franquicia 2D'kebabs todo gira en torno a la cocina de fusión turca mediterránea, tanto take away y delivery como para tomar en local, y con propuestas gastronómicas propias. Un entorno premium, para un concepto reinventado que fideliza clientes y garantiza las ventas. Lo hemos desgranado en esta entrevista.
              The Millennial Temple        
    A new MP3 sermon from Word for the World is now available on with the following details:

    Title: The Millennial Temple
    Subtitle: Ezekiel-Counter Cultural Life
    Speaker: Rich VanHeukelum
    Broadcaster: Word for the World
    Event: Sunday Service
    Date: 8/16/2015
    Bible: Ezekiel 43-47
    Length: 33 min. (64kbps)
              The Millennial Church        
    A new MP3 sermon from The Sovereign Grace Advent Testimony is now available on with the following details:

    Title: The Millennial Church
    Subtitle: What Do We Believe?
    Speaker: Stephen Toms
    Broadcaster: The Sovereign Grace Advent Testimony
    Event: Teaching
    Date: 2/28/2014
    Bible: Ephesians 1:1-2:10
    Length: 68 min. (16kbps)

    Overview: Mr Stephen Toms preaching on The Millennial Church from the Sovereign Grace Advent Testimony 2014 Series- What Do We Believe-----A series based on the manifesto of the Sovereign Grace Advent Testimony, originally drawn up in 1918 by the founders of the Testimony.
              The Very Active Ingredient of a Healthy & Vibrant Small Church (Podcast)        
    The Very Active Ingredient of a Healthy & Vibrant Small Church (Podcast)

    What does quality look like in a Small Church? That may be one of the biggest challenges for Small Church pastors – especially for ministry to millennials. For decades, we’ve been taught a list of elements that need to be done well for a church to be great. But many of those elements can only be


    The post The Very Active Ingredient of a Healthy & Vibrant Small Church (Podcast) appeared first on New Small Church.

              Dan Wallace Miller directs The Combat        
    Director Dan Wallace Miller
    Not everyone can call themselves a homegrown Seattle Opera artist. But for Stage Director Dan Wallace Miller, the roots of his artistry go deep in the Wagnerian tradition of Seattle Opera. For Miller, the seed of directing was planted at age 4 by opera-loving parents during his first Ring cycle. Later, it was cultivated by legendary Seattle Opera director/singer Peter Kazaras, who became Miller's mentor and teacher. Ultimately, Miller went on to create his own opera company, Vespertine Opera Theater. He makes his official Seattle Opera directing debut now with The Combat, a production which The Stranger called "a profound experience of theater" created by a "visionary director."

    Tell me about your vision for The Combat
    It's an extension of my whole body of work thus far, which has been super non-traditional shows. I am attracted to the post-modern edge. I was so happy (Seattle Opera Education & Community Engagement Director) Barbara Lynne Jamison approached me about The Combat—the chance to do what I’ve done independently, but this time with more resources. I love that Seattle Opera is trying to create difficult and pointed dialogues through our art. Opera gets a bad rap for being the antiquated creation of dead white guys. But in The Combat, we’re taking the oldest opera that there is, a work by Monteverdi, and using it in a contemporary and socially-relevant way. This is our stab at an immersive opera.

    So, you create opera with an edge.
    Don’t forget that when most operas were written, they were absolutely edgy for their time—such as Tosca putting a candle on either side of Scarpia’s body to create a cross after she’s killed him. At the time, this was considered shocking. It’s our job as producers of the art to not only embrace the beauty of the music, but to remain true to the intent of why the piece was created. Sometimes, this was to jolt someone into an uncomfortable conversation or make you think in a new way. 

    Thomas Segen (Tancredi), Tess Altiveros (Clorinda) and Eric Neuville (Testo) in Seattle Opera's The Combat. Philip Newton photo

    Seattle Opera presented an opera in a similar format to The Combat last November. Tell me about your experience seeing As One—a transgender story told through opera—and how that may have inspired your work here. 
    There’s a moment in As One where Hannah after is being assaulted by a man, while simultaneously, Hannah before loudly recites names of murdered transgender people, including how and where they were killed. At the show I went to, a woman was so affected by what she was seeing, she got up out of her chair, sprinted downstairs, and let out a blood curdling scream to relieve what she must have been feeling. She then came back upstairs, sat down, and kept engaging with the piece. It’s very difficult to provoke that kind of response in a giant, grand opera house. With pieces like As One and The Combat, we’re in a direct conversation with the audience. It opens up the possibilities of what kind of reactions we can get from opera, too—we can incite curiosity.

    Taylor Raven (Hannah before) and Jorell Williams (Hannah after) in As One. Rozarii Lynch photo

    What is an “immersive, theatrical experience?” Without giving too much away, talk about what the viewer is in for when she goes to see The Combat. 
    The immersive theatrical experience gained prominence in the states with a production called Sleep No More that took place in an empty apartment building or hotel. You, the audience member, would go from room to room, wandering freely and becoming part of the show. We’re taking this concept and adding an orchestra and a conductor and the live music element you experience when you attend an opera, but attempted to create a process that fundamentally subverts expectations that anyone has about seeing an opera. The show starts in a mysterious, non-traditional way. There’s tricks and turns throughout the night, as we utilize the entire first floor of the Seattle Opera rehearsal studios. 

    Tell me more about where The Combat is being performed.
    This opera is being performed in the Seattle Opera rehearsal studios in South Lake Union—a place not a lot of people know. I have been attending Seattle Opera performances since I was 4-years-old, and it wasn’t until I started working here as an Assistant Director that I came to really know this building. Essentially, this old, former-warehouse is the nucleus of all the art that we create. Every opera we put on stage had its genesis here; here is where the performance took shape and blossomed. Seattle Opera is in the process of creating its new civic home, where rehearsals and administrative activities will ultimately take place beginning in 2018. Thus, what better way to bid farewell to our old building which has birthed so much of our art than by performing a piece that takes us in new artistic directions before our forthcoming ascension into the Valhalla of the new Seattle Opera Center?

    The current Seattle Opera rehearsal studios/administrative building where The Combat takes place. Genevieve Hathaway photo
    What can you get at a performance like The Combat that you cannot get at McCaw Hall? 
    It will be a completely different experience. Those of us who spend most of our lives and careers in rehearsals rooms know what it’s like to be so close to the music, to the unamplified voices. It’s so different than seeing a show at McCaw Hall. You can almost feel your entire body vibrate. So audiences of The Combat have the rare opportunity to feel and experience opera in a new way.

    I’ve grown up at Seattle Opera, which explains my lifelong love of Wagner. I’ve seen the Ring over 30 times, both in a seat and in the standing-only section. I find that standing through the 17 hours of that performance gives you an alertness that makes you more present. You feel like you’re part of the piece. And that’s even more so when the singer is just a foot away from you. This is not a passive receiving of a story—the audience member is an active participant.

    What’s it like working with Maestro Stephen Stubbs?
    Steve Stubbs is one of the most formidable minds I’ve ever encountered when it comes to early music. His house is filled with antique instruments and museum pieces. And yet, he also has the perfect understanding of how music was performed when it was written, and that lends itself to the adventurous productions I’ve worked with him on at the UW, for example. He is a master of older music, yet remains totally open to theatrical ideas. He’s always looking for ways to collaborate, to accomplish both music and stage action. 

    Maestro Stephen Stubbs leads a 5-piece baroque orchestra for The Combat. Philip Newton photo

    How do you navigate the themes of Islam and Christianity in this production? 
    Faith is the main talking point of The Combat. With that said, we are not trying to realistically depict a Christian crusader and a Muslim Saracen warrior. The work is more of a comment on faith, compassion and love—how these things can be harmonious, and how they can fail when twisted and turned into sectarian violence. 

    Tell me about the characters in The Combat.
    The entire evening is centered around the narrator “Testo”—which means text. This is something I adore about early music—they love a narrator, and so do I. Some of the most interesting literature is where the narrator is unreliable or flawed in some way. 

    In Tasso’s epic poem “Il Combattimento di Tancredi e Clorinda”—of which The Combat is based—there is a pivotal scene that is profoundly offensive. Once we understand that this is a show presented by a narrator, and one who is unreliable, we can understand more about why this event happens in The Combat. Testo represents all the evil things that one can twist faith into.

    We’re creating a conversation about faith and dissecting what it means to be someone who believes in a certain religion. We’re examining the God of Abraham, and the connectivity that lies between monotheism to discover the peace between those three. 

    Seattle Opera's The Combat offers a theatrical, immersive experience. Philip Newton photo
    What’s one of your most memorable moments working at Seattle Opera.
    I have been the phantom of this opera company for years. I’ve been to every single production since 1991. I saw the Ring for the first time when I was 4. I’m a rabid Wagnerian, and that’s thanks to this company. Probably my most memorable experience is when I shadowed director Peter Kazaras in Tristan and Isolde. Peter was originally Loge in the Ring, and the way he threw fire around onstage had me enthralled. I was a breathless little fan of his. I started following Peter around in 2009, and I always wanted to be a conductor, but didn’t have much musical talent. He said, “Have you thought about directing?” and then he took me under his wing and taught me everything I know. That’s how I learned to be a director. 

    You’re a millennial. How can we make opera more welcoming and appealing to people your age?
    When I ran my company for six years, that was the entire thrust of what I trying to do. Just show up. Get a cheap ticket. Bring a flask. Treat it like going out to any other event. 

    The most successful show we did with Vespertine Opera Theater was Poulenc’s Les mamelles de Tirésias (The Breasts of Tiresias), about a woman whose breast fly away from her body. She turns into a male general, her husband has 1,041 kids—real Surrealist Ivory Tower stuff. We got such a diverse crowd, the most diverse crowd of people that never heard opera before showed up and absolutely loved it. I think if you tailor the experience to what interests people, they will come. Even the bartender at our opera who didn’t want to be there eventually stopped texting, and discretely started taking pictures on his phone. Afterward, he said, “That was the coolest thing I ever saw here—and the Fleet Foxes came through last week.”

    8-year-old Dan rides one of the Valkyrie horses from the Rochaix Ring. 
    There's three more opportunities to see The Combat: April 6, 7, & 9, 2017. Tickets & info: 

              Names You Need to Know: Kia Motors America's Michael Sprague        
    Once seen as a value deal, Kia has rapidly emerged as a hip, millennial-focused auto brand thanks to a robust product pipeline and an eyeball-grabbing marketing strategy led by former Ford marketer Michael Sprague.
              On Brazen Careerist, and my own career path        
    I can safely assume that a good number of you who read this blog know about Brazen Careerist. So I don’t need to tell you that they’ve re-launched the site, moving away from a blog-focused site into a robust social networking tool for career-minded Millennials to advance, promote, and further themselves in an ever-tighting job [...]
              Connecting with the Millennial Generation        
    Joe Thorn
              Disrupting the Market for Souls        
    Last night at dinner with a group of officers from Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter, Oxford Professor and legendary evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins asked me to explain why I signed up to be a Trustee of the Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason and Science. Later I was asked to share those comments, so here they are:

    From inside Silicon Valley, it may seem somehow unnecessary or obsolete to promote science. But it’s easy to forget how fortunate and enlightened we are here. The scientific method is ingrained in everything we do. Instead of A/B testing your apps to improve your conversion funnel, would you ever rely instead on prayer, ritual and miracles?

    But in the world at large, and even our country, most people still do not value the proven theories of scientists, either because they themselves do not understand science, or because there is too much social and emotional pressure upon them to value faith over evidence-based beliefs.

    Still, so what? Why invest my limited time and capital in a startup foundation that promotes science and secularism?

    As I would for any startup investment opportunity, I naturally start my assessment by looking at the incumbents in the vibrant market for people’s souls, to see how vulnerable they are to disruption. And as I deconstruct the businesses of religion, here’s what I see:
    • The largest possible market -- 7 billion customers!
    • Awesome value proposition – immortality – that addresses the most basic human desire.
    • A recurring revenue business model.
    • A Net Promoter Score higher than Apple's, where their customers go door to door on their behalf and build schools to sell their product.
    • An impressively large and distributed field sales organization staffed by product evangelists (literally) who work for low wages.
    • Enormous government subsidies in the form of 100% tax relief, and similar government subsidies for all their customers!
    • Enormously high switching costs – customers who churn can lose their jobs, friends, even family, and in some countries their head.
    The only drawback is product quality. Not only is immortality difficult to deliver, but the entire industry agrees that only one of the thousands of products on the market actually works. The good news is that customers pay prior to shipment, and there is no mechanism for rating product satisfaction.

    That's a business I would want to own!

    The downsides are simply economic externalities – costs that are mostly born by others. Some are obvious, like Jihad and the oppression of gays and women. But the most dangerous externality of all is more subtle, and that’s the marginalization of science.

    Broun: "Lies straight from the pit of Hell"
    To keep their customers, religions convince them that faith trumps evidence, and in so doing, they undercut whatever shot we have as a species to fight disease, poverty and global warming.  Medical doctors in the US are turning to prayer as treatment. 17 Americans die everyday for lack of a kidney because most of us want to keep our corpses in tact in order to enter Heaven. And when every other American believes that the Earth is 6,000 years old, we elect representatives who (at least pretend to) think that way -- like a President who outlawed federal funding to research new stem cell lines. Congressman Broun, a member of the House Space, Science and Technology Committee, called the Big Bang Theory and evolution “lies straight from the pit of Hell”. Representative John Shimkus rejected carbon emission regulations because God promised Noah in Genesis 8:21 that there won’t be a flood, so it's heresy to worry about rising sea levels. “Man will not destroy this Earth. God’s word is infallible, unchanging, perfect.” Senator Inhofe, the next Chairman of the Senate's environmental oversight committee agrees with Shimkus on God's protection, and denies that Man is changing the climate.

    Religions do this because science is the most formidable competitor they face. Science delivers a high quality product that works. Science has already doubled our life expectancy, and immortality is on the product road map.

    The problem with science is that unlike religion, it has a terrible business model – it’s open source and free, with no premium paywall. That means science can’t afford a sales force, marketing materials, and lobbyists. Science competes against extremely well funded incumbents.

    And yet, as a VC, I’ve divested myself from religion, and I’m investing my time and capital into science, and here’s why:
    1. The product is critical to our survival as a species.  That’s a strong value proposition.
    2. The internet accelerates the spread of information, providing a favorable macro trend.
    3. I look for what every VC is looking for, and that’s traction. Every survey shows a secular trend among young people today away from religion. Science can capitalize on this opening in the market.
    But to pull this off, science needs:
    market research, such as studies showing that atheists can be just as ethical and philanthropic as as others;
    marketing materials, such as science curricula for schools;
    sales people, such as biologists in the Bible Belt who can be mobilized to explain to school boards why Creationsim isn't science;
    and customer support services that make people feel okay about expressing their honest beliefs to friends, family and co-workers (such as the Openly Secular campaign below).

    The Richard Dawkins Foundation for Reason and Science is taking on these functions on behalf of science. Our balance sheet is way smaller than the competitors but if we can raise more capital, we will disrupt this industry. Join us, and you will get the best return on investment you’ve ever seen.

              To Be Successful with Millennials, Bring Them in the Right Way        
    I’m often asked why Millennials complain so much about their jobs and leave their jobs so quickly. I usually answer with a question: How are you hiring and engaging them? If you want your Millennial employees to be vital, satisfied participants, you need to get off on the right foot. The bottom line? Establish your credibility at the beginning — from recruitment through onboarding — by implementing these six recommendations. 1. Manage Their Expectations Be responsive throughout the interview process. […]
              Why Millennials Are Leaving the Church        
    Trevin Wax
              Watch Justin Trudeau’s response to a direct question about Vancouver housing prices        

    Prime Minister Justin Trudeau probably thought that he would get a soft ride when he showed up earlier this week for an interview on Vancouver’s Breakfast Television show.   The host Tara Jean Stevens went straight to the heart of what’s on the minds of many Vancouver millennials: the high cost of housing.   Here […]

    The post Watch Justin Trudeau’s response to a direct question about Vancouver housing prices appeared first on Mr John Douglas.

              The Energy Sector Needs to Adapt to Millennials—Not Vice Versa        

    As interns at Environmental Defense Fund, we’ve been tapped as resident experts on surviving on college budgets, social media, and all things Millennial. Research tells us Millennials are the largest living generation. So, as clean energy interns this summer, we’ve learned that gives us much power to change the game for the energy sector. But in unexpected ways.


              School Work needs to be meaningful research shows        

    A new survey released from ADP looks at what millennials (age 18-35) and right behind them “Generation Z” (for lack of a better name at the moment), want from their job and employers. Quartz had a nice write up of the research and I was drawn to this both in …

              A importância do contexto temporal        
    Ao contrário do que os alarmistas do aquecimento global gostam de fazer acreditar o clima terrestre não era um sistema estável que as actividades humanas vieram desequilibrar, ele sempre esteve em constante mudança. A temperatura média global do planeta, como consequência, sempre variou. No entanto, dirá o leitor, são frequentes as notícias de novos recordes de temperatura máxima ou degelo do Ártico e Gronelândia. Os jornalistas, na sua ignorância e procura de sensacionalismo, normalmente esquecem-se de um detalhe destes recordes.

    Quando os alarmistas dizem que se estabeleceu um novo máximo de temperatura média eles normalmente dizem temperatura mais elevada desde que há registos (on record). E em quase tudo aquilo que diz respeito a clima os registos têm no máximo 50 anos. No caso específico da temperatura o on record começa em Outubro de 1978 quando todo o Globo passou a ter aferição de temperatura por satélite. Ou seja, para os recordes sensacionais de que se falam, contam registos que equivalem a uma geração humana. Terá valor estatístico? Pensemos na nossa primeira Liga de futebol.

    Imaginemos que a estatística do nosso primeiro campeonato tem apenas um ano. Que conclusão se pode tirar? Que o Sporting é uma equipa de meio da tabela. E se os registos fossem de dez anos? Nesse caso seria indiscutível que o Porto domina o futebol nacional. Quer uma quer outra conclusão estão erradas se olharmos para o historial do futebol português. O Sporting é uma das melhores equipas portuguesas e o Benfica é o clube com mais campeonatos ganhos. Analisar o futebol português numa temporada ou em dez não dá uma perspectiva fidedigna do futebol em Portugal.

    Se voltarmos à temperatura é fácil de entender que o intervalo 1979-2012 não é estatisticamente relevante face à vida de um planeta que já conta com milhares de milhões de anos. Gritar recordes com tão pequena amostra não é ciência, antes propaganda alarmista.

    Quanto mais se recua no tempo menos registos de temperatura existem. De 1850 para trás os dados de temperatura são obtidos indirectamente através de proxies (anéis de troncos de árvore, camadas de gelo milenar, etc). Poder-se-à dizer que é uma forma falível de se obter valores de temperatura mas é a única forma e é por isso melhor do que nada. Para além disso, e no que toca aos últimos 2.000 anos, os gráficos construídos são corroborados por indícios e descrições que se encontram na literatura, pintura, etc. 
    Os gráficos de temperatura têm uma evolução aleatória que faz lembrar a da cotação de activos bolsistas. Os analistas técnicos procuram identificar nestes gráficos bolsistas tendências futuras baseando-se no comportamento passado. E quando um analista técnico faz uma previsão de tendência futura jamais esquece algo, definir o horizonte temporal. "O índice PSI20 está com uma tendência positiva de curto prazo" "No médio prazo estou bullish na EDP". Uma previsão de evolução de um gráfico precisa de ser suportada no desempenho passado e o alcance dela tem que ter um intervalo de tempo consideravelmente inferior para poder ter uma probabilidade relevante. É lógico que fazer uma previsão para cem anos com uma amostra dos dez passados não passa de um palpite.

    Na verdade, as previsões de tendência de evolução do clima dos alarmistas não se baseiam em análise do passado mas em modelos computacionais. Não têm por isso validade matemática. O que estes modelos fazem é computar cenários futuros hipotéticos, isto é, fazer palpites. E todos eles falharam como o próprio IPCC reconhece aqui.

    Mas porque é que supostos cientistas falham num rigor estatístico que os analistas técnicos não descuram? Existem duas razões, a primeira é que do trabalho dos analistas técnicos resultam investimentos privados, pessoas concretas que reclamam se perderem dinheiro. As previsões do IPCC influenciam políticas que os países fazem com dinheiro público e, como se sabe, a culpa da má utilização de dinheiros públicos morre solteira. A segunda razão é que a análise técnica faz previsões para horas, dias, no máximo semanas, logo a sua validade é rapidamente confirmada. Ao invés, são precisas pelo menos três décadas para aferir a eficácia das previsões do IPCC. Ao fim de 20 anos de modelos computacionais começa a ficar evidente que a temperatura média da Terra não segue nenhum dos palpites do IPCC.

    Vamos a factos. Nos últimos 2.000 anos a temperatura média global do planeta variou num intervalo de 1,2ºC como se pode ver no primeiro gráfico elaborado pelo climatólogo Roy Spencer a partir da reconstrução de temperaturas com proxies tiradas deste paper (a tracejado já são valores medidos no último século). O pico máximo deu-se por volta do ano 900 durante o chamado Período Quente Medieval e o mínimo há cerca de 400 anos durante a Pequena Era Glacial. A temperatura actual ainda está cerca de 0,2ºC abaixo daquilo que se pensa ser o máximo dos últimos 2.000 anos.

    Apesar de dois milénios ser um horizonte temporal bastante mais significativo do que os 33 anos que separam 1979 de 2012 seria ainda assim estéril gritar recordes. E falso uma vez que os valores de temperatura actuais nada têm de extraordinário.

    Podemos olhar apenas para o período com dados reais de satélite (1979-2012) patente neste segundo gráfico também construído por Roy Spencer. Os dados vêm do alarmista National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) e por isso são insuspeitos.

    O gráfico mostra que nos últimos 15 anos a temperatura do planeta não aumenta. O valor mais elevado on record é o de 1998 em virtude de um El nino particularmente forte. É caso para perguntar, quem é que está actualmente em negação, os cépticos ou os alarmistas?

              Push To Regulate Next Generation Wireless Tech Hits Fresno, Sacramento        
    Most smartphone users are used to an immediate internet connection in their pocket, thanks to improved phones and carrier coverage. But increasing use of data and unlimited data plans mean wireless carriers are struggling to meet the demand for a faster, better connection. To address this issue, the next generation of wireless technology has state and local lawmakers at odds. Ask any millennial how much they use their phone and the answer is “constantly.” Zac Jones, a 20 year old student and avid Red Sox fan, relies on the data in his phone to keep him connected. “I watch baseball games on my phone, I keep up with all my sports highlights,” Jones says. “I don’t use Wi-Fi at all. 24 hours a day, I’m always on data.” Despite being constantly connected, Jones is still familiar with the patience required as videos and apps buffer because the connection is slow. “We are all in the age where you want things immediately,” says Jones. “You just want something that’s quicker and everyone wants
              Khalid wants millennials to get off their damn phones        
    Kids today — all they want to do is stare at their phones and text, Snapchat, Snaptext and Textchat, right? Well, not exactly. As rising R&B star Khalid explains, the painting of his generation as online introverts who rarely want to meet in person isn’t wholly true. The proof is in his biggest hit to...
              Millennials: Live with Mom and save for downpayment        
    Many first-time buyers choose to live with Mom and Dad in order to bank money toward a downpayment. It's a good money-saving strategy, assuming there's ample space in the parents' home and a specified savings goal.

              Real estate literally going to the dogs        
    Survey: A top reason 1 out of 3 millennials buy a first home is to provide a yard for their dog. As a motivator, it outranked marriage and raising children.

              Homebuilders still struggling to find qualified workers        
    Millennials aren't applying for construction jobs, fewer immigrants are entering the country, and the number of homebuilder job openings grew to 154,000 in May.

              Millennials May Be About To Shake Up Kenyan Politics        
    In a country where ethnicity is the dominant form of political organization, will the “youth vote” make a difference?:Thomas Mukoya / Reuters Millennials May Be About To Shake Up Kenyan Politics NAIROBI, Kenya ― Starehe constituency sits almost at the dead center of Kenya’s capital, Nairobi. The city’s central business district makes up part of the constituency, as
              The Fourth Wall: Starry Eyes        

    Welcome to The Fourth Wall, CHIRP's weekly e-conversation on cinema. This week's subject is the horror film Starry Eyes.

    This edition is written by CHIRP Radio volunteers Kevin Fullam and Clarence Ewing.


    Sarah is a young woman living in Hollywood and hoping to make it to the big time as an actress. She spends her days working a crappy day job as a waitress while squeezing in auditions and hanging out with her like-minded social circle of wannabe film-makers.

    One day, Sarah lands an audition for what sounds like a low-rent horror movie flick. It turns out to be the most intense experience of her life, and it could lead to bigger things...if she’s willing to pay the price. Soon, she will have to decide how willing she is to undertake the physical and mental transformation asked of her, and also what to do about the “friends” who might be holding her back.

    Partially funded by a Kickstarter campaign, Starry Eyes was a hit at South-by-Southwest in 2014. It’s got an indie-film sheen with a slasher-movie soul. I thought Alex Essoe did a wonderful job in the lead role, transmuting her ambition into frustration and rage that fuels her character through a (to put it mildly) drastic transformation. The supporting cast is also good, and the makeup and effects are disturbingly realistic.

    But this film struck me as more than just a well-crafted exercise in horror. I thought the film also did a very good job of allegorizing both the idea of “making it” in Hollywood as well as the economic outlook faced by many Millennials in the US in the 21st century.

    I finished watching the FX miniseries Feud: Bette and Joan a couple of weeks ago. That series was advertised as a campy send-up of the animosity between legendary actors Bette Davis and Joan Crawford, but it ended up being a sharp, detailed portrait of the underbelly of celebrity.

    In one conversation, Crawford describes how, when she was young, she had her molars extracted by a back-alley dentist so her cheekbones would achieve the elegant curvature needed to take those classic photographs. I thought about that when watching Starry Eyes and how often bodies, especially womens’ bodies, are subject to painful transformations that aren’t that far from cinematic fantasy.

    And while Sarah’s group of friends, all of them basically piddling around waiting for a break, is no different than generations past, their situation is bleaker than that of the young go-getters of the ’30s or the ‘70s or even the ‘90s. Making their own no-budget junk seems about as close as they’ll ever get to the Big Time. That is unless, like Sarah, they are willing to surrender everything (the proverbial mind, body, and soul) to someone who offers a way forward.

    Kevin, what did you think of the movie overall? Do you like horror films? If so, how do you think this one stands up against ones you’ve seen?


    I'm definitely a fan of the horror genre, though my tastes run much more towards slow-burn, psychological terror rather than straight-up violence. As such, the last third of Starry Eyes certainly was a bit jarring to watch, as Sarah's "transformation" boded ill for all those around her in a rather bloody fashion. Until then, though, I was intrigued by the film -- what price victory, indeed? 

    Hollywood is one of the many worlds that's a bit like sausage; we just want to sample the end product... and would rather not know too much about the processes involved. For every actress who makes it to the silver screen (or The Silver Scream, the mysterious project in Starry Eyes), there are countless hopefuls who are left by the wayside, stuck at dead-end jobs like the demeaning waitressing gig held by Sarah. 

    [And of course, that could also apply to this film in a meta sense. While Starry Eyes was a SXSW hit, it wasn't picked up for theatrical distribution, and thus no real money exchanged hands. But lead actress Alex Essoe and directors Kevin Kölsch and Dennis Widmyer have already bucked the odds in making it this far up the pyramid.] 

    At least in sports, one can push their way to the top strictly on performance? If you're a great tennis player, you'll win and get noticed. If you're a great actress... well, maybe you'll get noticed and maybe you won't. And so, what lines are we willing to cross? How malleable is one's personal code? 

    You mentioned Bette Davis -- I'm sure you've seen All About Eve, one of the landmark works dealing with celebrity and the ruthlessness of show business. There's also David Lynch's classic, Mulholland Drive, which touches upon those themes. But what struck me as an even bigger inspiration was Roman Polanski's Rosemary's Baby (one of my favorite horror tales), where an aspiring actor starts getting huge breaks right after he and his wife (Mia Farrow) make friends with an eccentric elderly couple down the hall. Of course, Farrow's Rosemary didn't exactly sign on the dotted line herself...

    As I mentioned in my opening paragraph, the film had me until the final act, where the motivations seemed murky. Did Sarah really need to eradicate everyone in her circle? (They might've not been great friends, but jeez, talk about disproportionate retribution.) And what exactly did Sarah "transform" into, anyway? How did that benefit her new Satanic pals? 

    Also, Clarence, what are your favorite films dealing with showbiz and celebrity? (I'll throw two of mine out there: The Artist, and the much darker To Die For.) 


    I never did see The Artist, but I did see To Die For a bunch of years ago and liked it a lot. All About Eve is probably my favorite film of its kind. I think it goes a long way in establishing ambition, mental illness, and evil as shades of the same driving force that pushes certain people to do things to themselves and others. Mulholland Drive is also one of my all-time favorites, but just as much for technique and style as for the story.

    That last act of Starry Eyes certainly did send things over the top. I think what was going on there was that in order for Sarah to cross over she had to literally destroy whatever relationships she had with people who weren't willing to do what it takes to make it in the business. She could also erase her past as a struggling nobody while getting payback from her frenemies and their undermining jabs and criticisms.

    In the end, Sarah turned into a "perfect" template for a director to make a movie - fake eyes, fake hair, nothing out of place or "flawed" in the sense that she could be mistaken for an actual human being. Her natural beauty was rotted away and replaced with a waxen commercialized version that can be photographed and sold. She is now ready to take her place among the legends who decorated her bedroom wall for years, people who also burned bridges and cut ties to make it to the top.

    But it's interesting that there's no guarantee this movie Sarah destroyed her friends for is going to be any good. The legendary production company making The Silver Scream made me think of Miramax. If this story were to follow real life, the endgame would be Astraeus Pictures selling their back catalog to Disney so the owners can get a huge payday and Sarah starring in a string of mid-budget films that never get past the festival circuit..!

    While the bloodbath that happens in this movie is clearly over-the-top, I think it's worth remembering that there is an undercurrent of real-life violence in Hollywood (up to and including murder) that's provided fuel for tabloids, movies, and TV shows since the beginning of the industry. L.A. Confidential is one great dramatization of this. It also wouldn't take long to find stories of weird cults inflicting psychological damage on vulnerable people either. 

    I think you're right in how sports-themed films tend to lean toward performance-based rewards, although I think that's more of a recent trend. Take boxing, for example. The Rocky franchise casts a long shadow over American sports movies, but there's an extensive list of earlier films which show a different side to the sport. I just saw a great film noir called The Set-Up (1949)one of the best I've seen in that genre, that depicts the boxing game as a mob-infested cesspool of corruption. And there's no need for metaphorical symbolism to get the point across.

    At a high level, what most of these movies have in common seems to be that achieving fame and/or success requires some kind of violence and moral corruption, a symbolic or literal "deal with the devil." Can you think of any movie that depicts someone's climb to the top of the ladder of fame and fortune ending well?


    As I thought about your question, it struck me how much we, as audiences, love morality tales. In the absence of the Hays Code, it's no longer a requirement that evil be punished in cinema... but if you look at pretty much every modern crime tale out there, there's a price to be paid for the sins committed on the way to the throne. Scarface. Goodfellas. Casino. American Gangster. Wolf of Wall Street. And you can throw in The Sopranos and The Wire on the television side.

    [Surprisingly, this doesn't quite apply to the giant of the genre: The Godfather saga. One could argue that in the first two films (which were originally intended to tell the whole story), Michael Corleone outmaneuvers all his enemies as well as the government.]

    It's interesting to look at the difference in the depictions of "fame and fortune" achievements of sports vs. business. If you achieve glory in the former, the message is that you "deserved" it, right? You vanquished some great foe, and besides, riches in that arena* are seen as a by-product of success, not the end goal. Defeating enemies in business or politics isn't nearly as romantic, with the implication that you probably put one over on the opposition. Nice Guys Finish Last. 

    [* Of course, in Rocky III -- by far my favorite of the franchise -- Rocky's high-society lifestyle has actually corrupted him and crippled his fighting spirit, and only by eschewing such riches is he able to topple a young, hungry Clubber Lang.]

    We as a society certainly don't think of business tycoons as being noble folks (though most of us would love to be rich), but Hollywood stars? Different story. There's certainly a projection angle -- we see stars doing heroic things on screen, so that rubs off on our views of them personally. Obviously, this doesn't always come to fruition; I sense Anthony Hopkins would have a tough time getting elected to the British Parliament with the memory of Hannibal Lecter indelibly seared into everyone's noggin. But for the most part, we tend to view Hollywood stars positively, and I would guess that few people begrudge them their success. 

    Let's say the entire horror angle was stripped from Starry Eyes, and Sarah makes a straightforward sex-for-stardom (albeit via a minor picture) exchange. We obviously loathe the creepy, old studio exec, but how do we feel about Sarah? 

    There was a similar scenario in the brilliant Mad Men series, where a member of an advertising firm makes a similar deal for much higher stakes: 5% of the company. The propositioned woman was a single mother in the 1960s, and was desperate to provide long-term stability for her family. It was an awful situation that involved a man about as repulsive as the studio head in Starry Eyes, and in the end? All parties got what they wanted. Do we think less of her for agreeing to the exchange? If we do, what does that say about us?

    Did you see the movie? Want to add to the conversation? Leave a comment below!


    comments powered by Disqus

              How to Motivate Millennials and Take your Business to the Next Level        

    This article was originally published in the Huffington Post here. Let me start off with a rant. It will be short, I promise. “Millennial” is a word I have a tough time saying, and swallowing. It’s often associated with words like “privileged”, “self-obsessed”, “lazy” and […]

    The post How to Motivate Millennials and Take your Business to the Next Level appeared first on Q Media Solutions.

              Simonetta Lein, The Celebrity Wish Maker, Chosen To Be A Fashion Icon For A Cause        
    Simonetta Lein, millennial author and a celebrity fashion influencer, is selected by Shahida Parides to be the first ambassador of the fashion charity campaign #heart2heart.
              Tech News Today 1824: These are the Voids You're Looking For        

    Tech News Today (MP3)

    Marcus Hutchins, a cybersecurity researcher who stopped the WannaCry ransomware code in its tracks, was arrested at the Las Vegas airport on charges related to his role in creating Kronos banking malware.

    Disney struck a deal with The Void to bring full-scale immersive virtual reality to its resorts in the form of a Star Wars experience called Secrets of the Empire.

    Facebook introduced a new "related articles" feature to appear in the news feed next to items that have been flagged as fake news.

    Plus, Uber purchased 1,000 defective cars and it led to a fire, Millennials don't all think that television antennas are sorcery, and David Gershgorn from Quartz shows how the Facebook AI that created its own language isn't something to be afraid of after all.

    Hosts: Megan Morrone and Jason Howell

    Guests: Dave Gershgorn and Iain Thomson

    Download or subscribe to this show at

    Thanks to CacheFly for the bandwidth for this show.

              Artisanal Tacos on Paper Plates        

    In June, the venerable Katz’s Delicatessen, one of America’s oldest restaurants, opened its first satellite in 119 years. For the location, the proprietors chose the windowless basement of a shopping mall in Brooklyn, across from a Trader Joe’s and downstairs from a Target. The Katz’s outpost is the most famous of the three-dozen small businesses that make up the DeKalb Market Hall, the latest place my Slate colleagues and I go for lunch.

    What makes something a food court, and what makes it a food hall? One is the most discredited concept in 20th-century dining, while the other is the hottest new idea of the 21st: an open floor plan; fresh food prepared in front of your eyes; a post-industrial space, or at least one with high ceilings, exposed wiring, and hanging air ducts. Good-looking people hunched on long benches over small plates or perched on stools around dozens of tiny countertops. The accidental flash of a bad Instagram. The places brim with noise—perhaps even a kind of working sound, an occasional butcher’s chop, something left over from a more utilitarian period, or at least the roar of an espresso machine.

    Reduce this concept to the basics—a dozen quick-service restaurants sharing a space, a landlord, and maybe a seating area—and you have a food court. A food hall, in contrast, is a drafty and austere moniker for an age of raw interior design. No pleather or plastic here. What separates the former from the latter is “authenticity,” according to Matthew Fainchtein, a senior director for real estate giant Cushman & Wakefield in Los Angeles and a guy who makes food halls, not courts.

    You’ve surely noticed that food halls are now everywhere. There are at least a few dozen of them in the United States, some of which are genuine evolutions of traditional public markets, some of which are new, and all of which aspire to appear—like a public market—to be a place where the emphasis is on production, not consumption. (Nowhere, save perhaps Yankee Stadium, will you eat a more expensive meal out of a cardboard box.) But that’s part of the charm, too: the no-nonsense emphasis on food. Forget the service. Forget the tables; you’re sharing. Forget the chair backs. Forget the metal silverware. And no, you can’t make a reservation.

    I don’t want to stereotype the kind of millennials who frequent these places, but I think I get it. My friends like eating well, eating local, and eating ethically, even if they can’t really afford it, and I’ve lived with two separate guys who try not to eat meat unless they approve of its provenance. (One used to kill chickens with his hands; the other is from California.) Food hall observers also like to cite the youth’s penchant for social media, though I fail to see how the scrappy presentation of the food hall is more photogenic than the bravura plating of a nice restaurant. One stereotype that is definitely true, though, is that young people have neither the money nor the time to go out for a sit-down lunch. (Nose to the grindstone until your avocado piggy bank is full.) We’re also picky, and if you want to find something everyone can agree on, a food hall is a fine choice.

    The concept appeals to chefs, many of whom don’t particularly care about music or wallpaper. In most cases, they still have to buy expensive kitchen supplies, build their own stalls, and pay fairly high rents. But economies of scale come into the contracting, and hassles like grease traps are taken care of. It’s a bit like owning a condo instead of a house, a Chicago food hall barbecue owner explained to the Chicago Tribune. Plus, the foot traffic is considered a solid bet. Even one runaway success among a hall’s vendors can send overflow customers and dining companions around the room. In its most low-cost iteration, a food hall can just be a low-cost, varied dining experience—that’s the reason the model flourishes in East Asia.

    Developers now view food halls as anchors, as the kind of attraction that can hold down a luxury rental tower or attract corporate office tenants. “The ultimate amenity,” explained Chris Jaskiewicz, the COO of the Gotham Organization, which operates both the Gotham West rental building and the eponymous food hall on its ground floor. Jaskiewicz says he was the first to come up with the idea to use a food hall to anchor a residential development, offering tenants the big-city equivalent of a dormitory cafeteria they can access without putting their boots on. It’s worked out so well he’s done it again in Downtown Brooklyn with the Ashland, a food hall in the base of a rental building just a few blocks from the DeKalb Market Hall.

    The hall that started it all, though, is probably Eataly, which the Italian businessman Oscar Farinetti opened in a shuttered vermouth factory in Turin in 2007. A franchise owned by a group including the chef Mario Batali opened in New York in 2010 and set off a frenzy. There are now a couple dozen Eatalys around the world, including five in the United States, and commercial real estate brokers are displaying a relatedly bullish attitude about food halls at large. Industry experts see the number of U.S. food halls multiplying over the next five years, as developers race to cash in on the craze.

    If it all looks familiar, it’s because the food hall is the child of two American classics: the aforementioned food court and the old public market, a staple of civic space of the early 20th-century city. Built to provide street-market chaos with sanitary, weatherproof organization, the best of these buildings served as unifying emblems of their cities until well after the age of supermarkets was underway. A handful of them survived, notably Philadelphia’s Reading Terminal Market, Cleveland’s West Side Market, and Los Angeles’ Grand Central Market.* All of them were once places where people shopped for groceries to take home, and each has moved a varying distance away from that point.

    The West Side Market is unusual in that it is in fact public, owned by the city of Cleveland. It’s a place where people come to buy groceries, and it’s thriving: The vacancy rate fell from 40 percent in 2009 to 2 percent in 2015. Reading Terminal Market, at the heart of Center City Philadelphia, has made a deliberate effort to maintain this function. No place in Philadelphia accepts more food stamps. Regular grocery shopping—as opposed to the expensive specialty products that lure people to Eataly—continues to be an important part of the experience, as it is at Eastern Market in Washington. That gives Reading the feeling of a genuine public space, where people of different means go to complete different objectives. Some people go just for the ambiance.

    Compare that with Grand Central Market, in Los Angeles, which was once such a model of working-class diversity that it was featured in a United States Information Agency propaganda film to fight the impression that America was a racist country. The Yellin family, which purchased the market in the 1980s, intended to revive its role as a downtown stalwart and gave it a higher-brow upgrade. By the Great Recession, though, vacancy was at 40 percent.

    The market has finally caught fire; it is a must-visit Los Angeles destination for the Wallpaper set, thanks to spots like Eggslut and Wexler’s. But as part of that makeover, a handful of older businesses—a liquor store, an apothecary—have been pushed out in favor of more sophisticated offerings. In a great essay in Los Angeles magazine, Jesse Katz writes of feeling uneasy with how appealing the product of this cycle of regeneration and displacement is:

    I enjoy seeing the market so full of life, the city’s exuberant food scene converging with downtown’s comeback, but I also find myself feeling uneasy about how much I like it. I liked the old market, too, but maybe I liked the idea of it more than the reality. A food hall that does not feed the imagination is at risk of becoming mummified. And yet if I like today’s reality more—I join friends here, I bring out-of-towners—I am perhaps less than enchanted with my socioeconomics having been the catalyst for the upgrade: the market reengineered to appeal to people like me, our expectations and tastes.

    It’s not for me to say if the old version of Grand Central Market was worth preserving, or is even worth feeling nostalgic for. Looking forward, at the spate of food halls under construction, it seems unlikely that any of them would attempt to play that old civic role, to provide a space for farmers markets or other low-margin vendors. That kind of responsibility is inherited.

    It’s hard to generalize in part because the food hall plays two different functions. In ultra–high rent cities such as New York or London (where an East Asian food hall called Bang Bang Oriental opens on Monday), a food hall can serve as an incubator or a refuge for aspiring chefs. Reading Terminal Market turns out the same.

    In other places, though, food halls cater to a sense of see-what-looks-good whimsy that finds no foothold in the average American city. Most metropolises have precious few blocks with cheap, older storefront spaces and heavy pedestrian traffic. Food halls such as Lenexa Public Market outside Kansas City, Kansas, offer refreshing relief from the American chain store formula but assume the same concentrating function as malls (and sometimes are even set within them). For chefs, they reduce the risk of not selling any food by concentrating all the customers. For customers, they reduce the risk of not finding anything good by concentrating all the food. What produces that coveted feeling of authenticity is the sense food halls are genuine public space; more accurately, they are born of its absence.

    Correction, July 7, 2017: This article originally misidentified Los Angeles’ Grand Central Market as Grand Terminal Market. (Return.)

              "No Pity Parties" Candy Hearts Contribute to Millennial Targeted Breast Cancer Fundraiser        
    The Results are in for the Give-A-Care Breast Cancer Fundraising Campaign Targeting Young Women.
              HYPEBEAST Magazine - Issue 17 - Paul Pogba        


    For the 17th issue, “The Connection,” HYPEBEAST take a look at the merging of fashion and sports as embodied by the emoji-touting, millennial soccer star Paul Pogba. He speaks about his meteoric rise to the heights of the sport at Juventus and Manchester United, as well as his effortless injection of a new pop culture sensibility into the beautiful game.

    The latest issue also features the meticulously organised studio of prolific contemporary artist Tom Sachs, digital artist Randy Cano, A-COLD-WALL* founder Samuel Ross, Korean punk designer Bajowoo and Japanese rapper KOHH.

    Pick up a copy HERE


              The Risher Team of Realtors Welcomes New Millennial Buyers Agent Stephen Merrick        
    The Risher Team of Realtors has brought on and named Stephen Merrick as their new Millennial Buyers Agent tasked with educating millennial & first time home buyers.
              Have Diploma, Will Work For Recognition        
    Millennials graduating this month are entering a strong job market full of optimism with dreams of starting their new careers. Hunter Hoffmann of Hiscox Small Business Insurance believes the time is ripe for this generation to take advantage of their innate advantages to realize the American dream of owning their own business.
              In Social Media Age, Young Cops Get Trained For Real-Life Conversation        
    Sgt. Marty Tucker thinks millennials have trouble talking to strangers. Tucker runs training for the Sheriff's Office in Spokane, Wash., and he says new recruits seem inhibited when making face-to-face contacts with members of the public. "They're so stressed out about making contact that they don't think about anything else," he says. "So they get up there, and then they'll freeze up." In a job that depends on good communication skills, Tucker says this is a huge problem. And Tucker isn't alone. For the past few years, police administrators and trainers have become increasingly vocal about what they see as a major shortcoming of young law enforcement recruits. "I wouldn't say they're a different breed," says Thom Dworak, a retired police sergeant in suburban Chicago who now works as a police trainer. "But I had a field training class two weeks ago that was primarily older millennials, on the job five to eight years, and they're even whining about the new ones coming in." The problem,
              35 science jokes that are so cringe-worthy they might make a scientist groan        

    texting einstein smart millennials

    Scientists take their world- and life-changing work very seriously.

    Whether it's charting the possible consequences of climate change, helping predict when we might die, or keeping tabs on nuclear weapons stockpiles, their work can take on a huge gravitas.

    But we all need to unwind, and sometimes nothing feels better than the rush endorphins from laughing at a good joke. (Laughter comes with some surprising and impressive health benefits too.)

    We've scoured the internet and called on our readers to help us round up some of the best, worst, and cheesiest science jokes and puns around.

    Here are some of our favorites — plus an explanation in case you don't get the joke. (Warning: It's possible only scientists will find these amusing.)

    Kelly Dickerson previously rounded up a bunch of these jokes, and we're re-posting them here.

    SEE ALSO: This is not a joke: Elon Musk once rocketed a wheel of cheese into space

    DON'T MISS: Scientists once nuked beers to see if they'd still be drinkable after an atomic blast

    I was going to become a polymer scientist, but didn't because I thought the work would be too repetitive.

    Explanation: The word "polymer" describes any material with more two types of repeating chemical units, usually in the form of a long chain. Examples include materials such as DNA (your genetic code), nylon, polyethylene terephthalate (or PETE, used in plastic bottles), pectin (in fruit), wool, cellulose (in wood), and silk.

    Source: Brett Glass/@brettglass

    Q: Did you hear oxygen went on a date with potassium? A: It went OK.

    Explanation: The atomic symbol for oxygen and potassium are "O" and "K," respectively. They get together they spell OK.

    Source: Inorganic Ventures

    If the Silver Surfer and Iron Man team up, they'd be alloys.

    Explanation: In chemistry, an alloy is a mixture of metals. Silver and Iron are both metals, so if these guys teamed up they wouldn't just be allies, they would be alloys too.

    Source: Inorganic Ventures

    See the rest of the story at Business Insider
              Millennials - Mehr als nur Instagram-Filter        
    Der Kolumnist Antonio Navalón fragt in seinem Artikel in der spanischen Tageszeitung El País, ob die Millennials politisch interessiert seien. Ob sie außer zahlreichen Instagram-Filtern überhaupt schonmal etwas erreicht hätten. Oh ja, lieber Herr Navalón, das haben sie. 
              Millennials und Immobilien: Esst weiter Avocado-Toast        
    Laut Tim Gurner, einem australischen Millionär und Immobilienmogul, sollten Millennials aufhören, Avocado-Toast und überteuerten Kaffee zu kaufen, um den Traum vom Eigenheim zu verwirklichen. Fact-Checking gefällig Herr Gurner?
              How Millennials Are Finding Purpose (and a Better Life) in Guatemala        
    Is moving abroad the answer to Millennials' woes? Jenn Miller and a few of the millennials she knows in Guatemala share their insights on the challenges millennials face worldwide, and why relocating to Guatemala might be just the ticket to overcoming them.
              Kirk Cameron Leaves Left Behind Behind        
    It’s now official. Kirk Cameron’s been hanging around with Darren Doane and Gary DeMar. He’s left the erroneous theology of Tim LaHaye’s silly books behind and embraced the optimism of postmillennialism — the Biblical teaching that the gospel will be victorious in history, through self-sacrifice. Cheer up, you dispies. It’s not the end of the […]
              Priced out of urban ‘dream’: This millennial is moving from South Lake Union to Wedgwood        

    Sketched June 2, 2017 Here’s a glimpse at life in the millennial lane in booming Seattle. When Natasha Dunlap and her roommate found an ad for a $1,800-per-month studio apartment in the heart of South Lake Union last summer, they thought they had hit the jackpot. “We wanted it so badly,” she told me. “We […]
              Millennials throw seniors a ‘senior prom’ on Seattle’s First Hill        

    How do millennials and seniors connect with each other on prom night? They talk about dating, of course.
              Prudential Financial to Sponsor Millennial Week DC, Oct. 9 - 15        

    Prudential signs on to be the presenting sponsor of Millennial Week DC 2016.

    (PRWeb October 05, 2016)

    Read the full story at

              Millennial Week Returns to D.C. October 9 - 15        

    Millennials gather to showcase the impact of their generation and inspire fellow millennials to reach their personal and professional goals

    (PRWeb September 13, 2016)

    Read the full story at

              New Event Series Targets Seattle’s Growing Millennial Population        

    Two days of events designed uniquely for the millennial generation comes to the Emerald City September 15 -16

    (PRWeb August 25, 2016)

    Read the full story at

              Wells Fargo to Sponsor Millennial Week StartUp Lounge in Denver, Seattle and D.C.        

    Millennial Week and Wells Fargo work together to host networking and learning sessions for millennial entrepreneurs.

    (PRWeb August 15, 2016)

    Read the full story at

              New Event Series Targets Denver’s Growing Millennial Population        

    Millennial Week designed uniquely for millennials comes to the Mile High City Aug. 17 -19

    (PRWeb July 11, 2016)

    Read the full story at

              A Peace to End All Peace: The Fall of the Ottoman Empire and the Creation of the Modern Middle East        
    A Peace to End All Peace: The Fall of the Ottoman Empire and the Creation of the Modern Middle East
    author: David Fromkin
    name: Mark
    average rating: 4.15
    book published: 1989
    rating: 5
    read at: 2016/02/05
    date added: 2016/02/05
    A Peace to End All Peace
    Author: David Fromkin
    Publisher: Henry Holt and Company
    Published In: New York City
    Date: 1989
    Pgs: 635


    The Middle East, long a battleground of religions, ideologies, nationalism, and dynasty, her history comes alive here. This history concerns itself with the dismemberment of the Ottoman Empire and how it arrived at that point. How the secret agreements of the WW1 Allies impacted the peoples and the future of the region. The reasons, ambitions, and greed that drove the Allies to make the decisions that they made. And their ultimate failure to understand what they were dealing with in the peoples of the Middle East. The same mistake made today by policymakers in seeing the world of the Middle East as a single mass instead of the polyglot of ethnicities that exists there. This is a Middle East before the Petroleum Age. A time when allegiance was still possible between Arab and Zionism. A time before the founding of Israel. A time before the arbitrary drawing of lines on a map and lumping ethnicities together whose only history together was enmity and a share of the Ottoman yoke. This book follows the narrowing of paths and circumstances that lead the region toward the endless wars and escalating acts of terrorism that continue to plague the region to this day.


    Why this book:
    Always been fascinated by the Ottoman Empire and the Arab world.

    The telling of Ottoman and Middle East history is well paced.

    Hmm Moments:
    The man who coined the term The Great Game in Asia to explain the competition between England and Russia for dominance and hegemony in Asia ended up beheaded by an Uzbek emir.

    I had read the stories about the veneer that was Ottoman control of their empire; dominated by outside powers, Britain, Russia, Germany; barely ruling their subjects to the degree that estimates say the government only collected 5% of their taxes some years, the remainder collected by “tax farmers”. Effective national leadership elluded the Turks at the center of the Ottoman Empire. Reading the makeup of the Empire makes me wonder what could have been if they had hit upon a federal system that gave power to the ethnic minorities and the regions in a national assembly. What would the modern Middle East look like today? Would Europe have let that flower flourish or would they have yanked it out by its root and then split it up any which way they wanted to as they did in our world. In some cases putting tribes and ethnicities under a single national tent that were immemorial enemies. There was a Turkish Parliament, but it was disbanded by the Sultan Abdul Hamid during his reign(1876-1909). The Parliament’s makeup did not reflect the rank and file of Ottoman life.

    The Anti-Semitism of the British embassy and it’s colorful reports to London impacted the British attitudes and actions in the Ottoman Empire for many years to come. Instead of seeing the rise of the Young Turks in the light of enlightenment, they saw it instead cloaked in Jewish adventurism, Latin intrigue, French fervor, and the conspiracy of the freemasons.

    And when the Young Turks took control, Britain replaced its ambassador. Although this time instead of being fed a diet of Anti-Semitism, they were given rosey reports full of optimism that was misleading as well. The British Foreign Office was fed on the propagandic beliefs of their men on the spot time and again.

    The Young Turks threw away their chance for true federalism by excluding all non-Turks and only allowing a fraction of the Parliament seats to be filled by Arabs. Of the 22 recognized ethnic groups in the Ottoman Empire, only Turks and Arabs held seats; 150 seats were held by Turks, 60 by Arabs. None of the inhabitants of the Ottoman Empire identified as Ottoman, an opportunity that the Young Turks blew when they moved to insure the dominance of the Turks within the government. The text also refers to Turkey as not being the homeland of the Turks. Turkestan in the steppes of Central Asia being divided between Russia and China, giving both of them a claim to the leadership of all Turkish speaking peoples, of whom many weren’t of Turkish origin.

    Churchill being described as “just losing the adolescence from his face” at the age of thirty-nine when he sought to transition from Home Secretary to First Lord of the Admiralty. Perfect example of the Harumphers holding onto power as the generational change comes to politics, a changing of the guard moment in politics that hits all systems eventually.

    Where Woodrow Wilson high ideals clashed with the political realities in Europe, Asia, and America, he doesn’t come off looking so well. He was a President with razor thin margins allowing him to govern on sufferance by his enemies and occasional “friends”. He made America party to the Allies with the public proviso that there would be no secret quid pro quo on the postwar distribution of the spoils, even though he knew such agreements existed. The fall of Russia to the Communists lead to those secret agreements being disgorged into the press. He is attributed an off-the-record quote while aboard ship on his way to the World War One peace conference in 1919: “I am convinced that if this peace is not made on the highest principles of justice, it will b swept away by the peoples of the world in less than a generation. If it is any other sort of peace then I shall want to run away and hide...for there will follow not mere conflict but cataclysm.” Despite his prescience here, he failed to gather a working group to help plan the American stance on the post-war world that had any “real” connection to the world. He filled The Inquiry Group with academicians and a lot of brother-in-law syndrome as opposed to real world strategists with on-the-ground knowledge of what they were dealing with when looking at the Middle East and the actual circumstances within the Ottoman Empire that they were suggesting the dissolution and dismemberment of. This left America and the President with a program that was vague and bound to arouse millennial expectations which once in the hands of politicians would make it virtually certain to disappoint.

    I had always accepted the history book version of the American Congress being the rock on which Wilson’s Fourteen Points foundered. Reading this book and seeing the plethora of behind the back, secret agreements that Britain made, sometimes contradictory, with enemies and allies makes one see that the political Britain of that era wasn’t trustworthy in the least sense. She was very much in the business of empire while espousing freedom as a balm for the sting of protectoratism and/or outright domination. They spent much of that era making secret diplomatic agreements and then throwing them away as circumstances showed them a more advantageous prospect.

    Fromkin’s characterization of Woodrow Wilson makes me wonder if the President was so naive as to let himself be lead around by the nose by Lloyd George or if he was playing the “aw shucks, I’m just an American in Paris” to give him the position to negotiate the best treaty that he could in the areas of most interest to him. I believe that Wilson wanted this to have been the last war, the last meatgrinder that America ever had to feed her children to for the rest of the world’s peace. I wonder at how sad he would be today that his efforts came to so little when you look at the bloodshed of the 20th century and the way we have kicked off the 21st.

    The Domino Theory existed long before it appeared in American foreign policy. The theory was put forth by British Foreign Secretary Lord Curzon as early as 1919 though still about the Bolsheviks. The British in the immediate post World War era in the Middle East were facing a number of revolts and revolutions in both their recently acquired possessions and those of long standing: troubles were arousing in Egypt, Afghanistan, Arabia, Turkey, Syria, Lebanon, Palestine, Mesopotamia, and Persia. Some maybe, possibly could be lain at the feet of the Soviets, but a healthy bit of it is the fault of the British for failing to understand the situation on the ground in each of those countries and provinces, up to and including the British departments of government working at odds with each other, ie: like they did in Arabia where one department was supporting Hussein in the Hejaz with money and material while another was supporting Ibn Saud with same.

    The revolts across Central Asia lead to an Emir retaking his family’s traditional power and position. He brought back the Dark Ages in a big way. He reopened a 12th century tower, the Kalyan Minaret, which was the Tower of Death. Condemned criminals were tossed from teh top of the tower to their deaths, though law and order and the way the government was run under him was at his decree. When faced with a choice between that, the Red Army, or Enver Pasha, the Ottoman Young Turk exile, who had been sent there by Russia to quell and pacify the locals ahead of the Red Army, but went over to the Emir to “help” him unify the Turks and throw off the yoke of the Russians. Pasha was only interested in his own power however and ended up drawing more and more power to himself before he found himself at odds with both the Emir and the Russians.

    Last Page Sound:
    The fall of the Ottoman Empire, the rise of Turkey; The rise, fall, rise, fall, and rise of Winston Churchill; From lines on a map to nationalism in the Middle East. Good stuff.

    Author Assessment:
    Absolutely read more by this author.

    Editorial Assessment:
    Was some repetitiveness chapter to chapter, but overall great stuff.

    Knee Jerk Reaction:
    instant classic

    Dewey Decimal System:

    Would recommend to:
    genre fans


              Millennial Savings Trends: Coupon-Saving No Longer a Granny’s Game        
    Coupon cutting used to be a thing of stay-at-home-moms' past or your granny's favorite hobby…
              Mickey Right, um millennial virado para o punck rock || 4:08        
    Uma lufada de ar fresco na geração Millennial!
              Trazee Travel Announces Award Winners        

    The web publication for the uber-millennial announces the third-annual Trazees

    (PRWeb July 18, 2017)

    Read the full story at

              Todo Marketing: Los Millennials prefieren su smartphone, mientras que las generaciones posteriores se quedan con las tabletas        
    PuroMarketing – ?C?mo act?an los usuarios online? ?cu?l es su dispositivo preferido para acceder a internet? ?sigue siendo Facebook la red social preferente? ?stas son algunas de las cuestiones que analiza el ?ltimo informe de Global Web Index, donde adem?s se presta… PuroMarketing Share this on Share this on Technorati Post this to MySpace [...]
              VIDEO: Millennials no tienen como prioridad el casarse        
    Para muchos tener éxito significa mantenerse solteros.
              Employees Want Flexible Schedules: 3 Ways to Introduce It to Your Shop        

    Last month, we wrote about millennials and how they will soon dominate the workforce in nearly every industry, including manufacturing. As discussed in that article, if you don’t have a plan to appeal to and manage to the millennial mindset, you could have a tough time replacing retiring workers, filling demand, and growing your business.... Reads more »

    The post Employees Want Flexible Schedules: 3 Ways to Introduce It to Your Shop appeared first on Shoptech The E2 Shop System.

              Millennials in the Machine Shop: How to Get the Most Out of Your Younger Employees        

    Another graduation season has passed. In many shops, that means a fresh influx of new graduates from high school, trade school, and community college. If you have openings due to retirement or growth, there’s a good chance you’re filling those jobs with younger workers. Whether they’re aware of it or not, today’s graduates are part... Reads more »

    The post Millennials in the Machine Shop: How to Get the Most Out of Your Younger Employees appeared first on Shoptech The E2 Shop System.

              Comment on Gen Y Millennials and Network Marketing by Jackie Ulmer        
    Thanks for sharing!!!! I appreciate you.
              Comment on Gen Y Millennials and Network Marketing by Christen        
    As a former MK Independent Sales Director-now turned teacher of entrepreneurship for a unique high school program-I can vouch for this article as being completely true! These young people desire the "free" lifestyle and I can't blame them! I love when I get to the direct-selling part of our curriculum, and always talk about what it takes to be self-employed.
              Getting Financially Naked With The Broke Millennial        

    Money is almost as taboo a subject as sex. Today we are getting financially naked with the Broke Millennial.

    The post Getting Financially Naked With The Broke Millennial appeared first on Listen Money Matters.

              Could Vegan Farming Be The Newest Trend? These Salinas Farmers Hope So        
    Most farming relies on multiple animal byproducts -- from fertilizer to bone and blood meal to fish emulsions -- to grow vegetables. Could "veganic" farming be the next trend? The couple behind "Lazy Millennial Farms" hope so.
              The Kingdom and End Times DVD        

    A study of God's Kingdom,
    the Rapture and Premillennialism

    WHEN WILL THE KINGDOM COME? (29 minutes)

    There is a great deal of confusion over the kingdom of the Lord. Some say that it was established in the 1900's. Others believe it was set up in the first century. Many think that it has not yet come, but that it is coming very soon. Who are the members of the God's kingdom, and what must we do to prepare for it? This study clearly and simply answers these and other vital questions relating to the kingdom of the Lord.

    NO ONE LEFT BEHIND (25 minutes)

    It is commonly believed that in the near future Christ will secretly come to call away his followers to heaven, while the rest of the world will be "left behind."  This doctrine is known as the rapture. Those remaining on the earth will then supposedly experience the most severe tribulation known in the history of mankind. In this lesson, Don Blackwell conducts a practical study of the doctrine of the rapture and sheds the light of God's Word on this popular belief.

    Premillennialism: A Deeper Study (44 minutes)

    Does the Bible teach the doctrine of the rapture? Will Christ return to this earth where he will establish his kingdom and reign for a thousand years? What is the "mark of the beast?" Will there soon arise a world ruler known as the Anti-Christ? All of these questions are part of a doctrine known as premillennialism. This lesson answers each of these questions providing appropriate Scripture references. Get your Bible and examine what God has to say!

              Course Notes on USB Flashdrive        

    This Version 6.5 now includes better navigation and compatibility, four new full-color teaching charts, and the complete text for the Searching for Truth books in Spanish and English. This course notes on the USB Flashdrive contains approximately 18,000 pages, from notes on every book of the Bible, 76 notebook titles covering various Bible topics, over 200 sermon outlines (most with sheet illustrations), and over 10 books! A powerful search engine makes it simple to locate words or phrases throughout the notes. The material is in Adobe Reader (PDF) format and can be read on your computer screen or printed out on your printer.

    SAVE OVER $1000.00.
    (If you purchased the entire hardcopy set of notebooks from WVBS.)

    The material on this USB Flashdrive is in Adobe Acrobat (PDF) format and the reader necessary to view these files is included. Every notebook on the USB Flashdrive can be read on your computer’s screen and can be printed out on your own printer if you desire a hardcopy.  This USB Flashdrive works in both PC and MAC formats.


    These Course Notes are sold for SINGLE USERS ONLY.

    Each USB Flashdrive is registered by name and number to the person or church purchasing it.

    This USB Flashdrive is made up of copyrighted© material.



    Leviticus, Numbers & Deuteronomy
    Old Testament History 1 (Joshua, Judges, Ruth)
    Old Testament History 2 (1 & 2 Samuel)
    Old Testament History 3 (1 & 2 Kings, 1 &     
    Old Testament History 4 (Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther)

    Song of Solomon
    Jeremiah & Lamentations
    Minor Prophets 1 (Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah)
    Minor Prophets 2(Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi)
    Intertestamental Period



    1st Corinthians
    2nd Corinthians

    1st Thessalonians
    2nd Thessalonians
    1st Timothy
    2nd Timothy
    1st & 2nd Peter
    1st, 2nd, 3rd John & Jude


    OTHER SUBJECTS  (Note that an * means the course is required for VBI students)



    Creation Compromises
    Global Flood of Noah
    How We Got The Bible (Owen)

    How We Got The Bible (Boren)
    Is God the Author of the Bible?
    The Bible: From God to Us-Syllabus *


    Greek -Syllabus *
    Hebrew -Syllabus *
    Hermeneutics *

    Hermeneutics  (Lloyd)


    God – Man – Money
    Godhead *
    Life & Work of a Gospel Preacher
    Music in the Church
    Non-Boring Preaching

    One True Church *
    The Preacher and His Work *
    The Scheme of Redemption
    True Worship


    Christian Evidences-Syllabus *


    Rightly Dividing – Volume 1
    Rightly Dividing – Volume 2
    Rightly Dividing – Volume 3

    Rightly Dividing – Volume 4
    Rightly Dividing – Volume 5


    Coping: A Biblical Approach


    Faith Only Debate


    Denominational Doctrines * (Simons)
    Denominational Doctrines (Bailey)

    Denominational Doctrines (Rutherford)


    Marriage, Divorce & Remarriage
    Millennial Mania

    Multiplying Ministries
    The New Hermeneutic
    Women and the Church


    Church Growth
    Personal Evangelism 1 *
    Personal Evangelism 2 *

    Searching for Truth – Study Guide
    World Evangelism


    Homiletics 1 *
    Homiletics 2 *
    Leadership Training Series
    Rock-Solid Faith – How To Build It

    Rock-Solid Faith – How To Sustain It
    Rock-Solid Faith – How To Defend It
    Why I am a Member of the Church of Christ - Workbook


    Church History *
    Church History (Horner)

    Church History Survey
    History, Archaeology & the Bible


    Marriage & the Family


    Survey of the O.T.
    Exodus (Fish)

    Intertestamental Period


    Survey of the N.T.
    Synoptic gospels (Horner)

    John (Lloyd)
    Hebrews (Richardson-Wilcox)
    Romans (Horner)
    Revelation (Boren)


    A Woman’s Role in the Church
    Loving Your Husband – Teacher’s Manual

    Loving Your Husband - Workbook



    World Religions *



    “The Church”
    “Biblical Ages”

    "Modern Churches Timeline"
    “10 Commandments”
    “Where Do We Go When We Die"


    Sermons by Wesley Simons

    Sheet Sermons by Gus Eoff



    “The Church”



    1st, 2nd, and 3rd John

    More Basic Facts



    “The Church”



    1st, 2nd, and 3rd John

    More Basic Facts






    “The Church”
    “Biblical Ages”

    "Modern Churches Timeline"
    “10 Commandments”
    “Where Do We Go When We Die"



    Geneis (?????)
    Exodus (?????)
    Lev, Num, & Deut (?????, ?????, ????????????)
    OT History 1 (???????????? ????? ???????
          ?????? – ????? ?)
    OT History 2 (???????????? ????? ???????
          ?????? – ????? II)
    Minor Prophets 1 (????? ??????? – 1)
    Mark (????)
    Luke (????)
    John (??????)







    “The Church”



    Searching for Truth – Study Guide



    “The Church”



    Jeremiah (Yeremia)
    Matthew (Mathayo)
    Mark (Marko)
    Acts (Matendo)
    Ephesians (Waefeso)
    Philippians (Wafilipi)


    Colossians (Wakolosai)
    Philemon (Filemoni)
    Homiletics (Elimu Ya Kutunga Na Kutoa Hotuba –
    Hermeneutics (Elimu Ya Ufasiri – Hermanuitiksi)
    Personal Evangelism (Uinjilisti Wa Mtu Binafsi)

              Course Notes 6.5 on USB Flashdrive        

    This Version 6.5 now includes better navigation and compatibility, four new full-color teaching charts, and the complete text for the Searching for Truth books in Spanish and English. This course notes on the USB Flashdrive contains approximately 18,000 pages, from notes on every book of the Bible, 76 notebook titles covering various Bible topics, over 200 sermon outlines (most with sheet illustrations), and over 10 books! A powerful search engine makes it simple to locate words or phrases throughout the notes. The material is in Adobe Reader (PDF) format and can be read on your computer screen or printed out on your printer.

    SAVE OVER $1000.00.
    (If you purchased the entire hardcopy set of notebooks from WVBS.)

    The material on this USB Flashdrive is in Adobe Acrobat (PDF) format and the reader necessary to view these files is included. Every notebook on the USB Flashdrive can be read on your computer’s screen and can be printed out on your own printer if you desire a hardcopy.  This USB Flashdrive works in both PC and MAC formats.


    These Course Notes are sold for SINGLE USERS ONLY.

    Each USB Flashdrive is registered by name and number to the person or church purchasing it.

    This USB Flashdrive is made up of copyrighted© material.



    Leviticus, Numbers & Deuteronomy
    Old Testament History 1 (Joshua, Judges, Ruth)
    Old Testament History 2 (1 & 2 Samuel)
    Old Testament History 3 (1 & 2 Kings, 1 &     
    Old Testament History 4 (Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther)

    Song of Solomon
    Jeremiah & Lamentations
    Minor Prophets 1 (Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah)
    Minor Prophets 2(Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi)
    Intertestamental Period



    1st Corinthians
    2nd Corinthians

    1st Thessalonians
    2nd Thessalonians
    1st Timothy
    2nd Timothy
    1st & 2nd Peter
    1st, 2nd, 3rd John & Jude


    OTHER SUBJECTS  (Note that an * means the course is required for VBI students)



    Creation Compromises
    Global Flood of Noah
    How We Got The Bible (Owen)

    How We Got The Bible (Boren)
    Is God the Author of the Bible?
    The Bible: From God to Us-Syllabus *


    Greek -Syllabus *
    Hebrew -Syllabus *
    Hermeneutics *

    Hermeneutics  (Lloyd)


    God – Man – Money
    Godhead *
    Life & Work of a Gospel Preacher
    Music in the Church
    Non-Boring Preaching

    One True Church *
    The Preacher and His Work *
    The Scheme of Redemption
    True Worship


    Christian Evidences-Syllabus *


    Rightly Dividing – Volume 1
    Rightly Dividing – Volume 2
    Rightly Dividing – Volume 3

    Rightly Dividing – Volume 4
    Rightly Dividing – Volume 5


    Coping: A Biblical Approach


    Faith Only Debate


    Denominational Doctrines * (Simons)
    Denominational Doctrines (Bailey)

    Denominational Doctrines (Rutherford)


    Marriage, Divorce & Remarriage
    Millennial Mania

    Multiplying Ministries
    The New Hermeneutic
    Women and the Church


    Church Growth
    Personal Evangelism 1 *
    Personal Evangelism 2 *

    Searching for Truth – Study Guide
    World Evangelism


    Homiletics 1 *
    Homiletics 2 *
    Leadership Training Series
    Rock-Solid Faith – How To Build It

    Rock-Solid Faith – How To Sustain It
    Rock-Solid Faith – How To Defend It
    Why I am a Member of the Church of Christ - Workbook


    Church History *
    Church History (Horner)

    Church History Survey
    History, Archaeology & the Bible


    Marriage & the Family


    Survey of the O.T.
    Exodus (Fish)

    Intertestamental Period


    Survey of the N.T.
    Synoptic gospels (Horner)

    John (Lloyd)
    Hebrews (Richardson-Wilcox)
    Romans (Horner)
    Revelation (Boren)


    A Woman’s Role in the Church
    Loving Your Husband – Teacher’s Manual

    Loving Your Husband - Workbook



    World Religions *



    “The Church”
    “Biblical Ages”

    "Modern Churches Timeline"
    “10 Commandments”
    “Where Do We Go When We Die"


    Sermons by Wesley Simons

    Sheet Sermons by Gus Eoff



    “The Church”



    1st, 2nd, and 3rd John

    More Basic Facts



    “The Church”



    1st, 2nd, and 3rd John

    More Basic Facts






    “The Church”
    “Biblical Ages”

    "Modern Churches Timeline"
    “10 Commandments”
    “Where Do We Go When We Die"



    Geneis (?????)
    Exodus (?????)
    Lev, Num, & Deut (?????, ?????, ????????????)
    OT History 1 (???????????? ????? ???????
          ?????? – ????? ?)
    OT History 2 (???????????? ????? ???????
          ?????? – ????? II)
    Minor Prophets 1 (????? ??????? – 1)
    Mark (????)
    Luke (????)
    John (??????)







    “The Church”



    Searching for Truth – Study Guide



    “The Church”



    Jeremiah (Yeremia)
    Matthew (Mathayo)
    Mark (Marko)
    Acts (Matendo)
    Ephesians (Waefeso)
    Philippians (Wafilipi)


    Colossians (Wakolosai)
    Philemon (Filemoni)
    Homiletics (Elimu Ya Kutunga Na Kutoa Hotuba –
    Hermeneutics (Elimu Ya Ufasiri – Hermanuitiksi)
    Personal Evangelism (Uinjilisti Wa Mtu Binafsi)

              Nationalism for Millennials        
    First, Yishai presents audio recorded while on the road in Boca Raton, Florida. Then, listen to a recent talk given to a group of millennials who are curious about not only Yishai's worldview but also Jewish nationalism.
              Your “Dream Daddy” Is Waiting        
    “Not only can you fully customize your character to make him have different sizes/styles, and skin tones, but you also have a wide variety of daddies to date.” ~”Dream Daddy” Creator Vernon Shaw If you think phone apps and online games are only for the very post-millennial set, Vernon Shaw, the brains behind “Daddy Dreams” […]
              Seeing Old Testament the Shadows of Temples, Sacrifices, and Diets Fulfilled in the Light of Christ        
    Over the last couple of days, so many people have been calling in and vociferously communicating that we need to continue adhering to the civil and ceremonial laws we find in the Old Testament. I’m surprised at how popular that sentiment is in modern evangelical Christianity.

    I was in fact discussing with one man just the other day Jesus Christ’s words, “Do you not understand that whatever goes into the man from the outside cannot defile him, because it does not go into his heart, but into his stomach, and is eliminated?” (Mark 7:18-19a). Jesus Christ in saying this meant it is not shellfish that makes you unclean; rather, it is those things that proceed from the heart. Mark, of course, parenthetically adds in saying this, Jesus “declared all foods clean” (Mark 7:9b). Well, the man’s response was that’s a parenthetical remark and therefore it holds no weight whatsoever. But that is a most egregious error. We should never revert back to Old Testament types and shadows, which have been gloriously fulfilled in Jesus Christ.

    In Christ the Old Covenant order, including temple sacrifices are obsolete. They disappeared in the light of Jesus Christ. The type and shadow of the first and second temples, they don’t find their substance in some kind of Tribulation temple followed by another temple—a Millennial temple. They find their substance in a church built of living stones comprised of both Jew and Gentile with Jesus Christ Himself the capstone. Jesus made this typological relation to the temple when He said “one greater than the temple is here.” All Old Covenant types and shadows, including the Holy Land, the Holy City, and the Holy Temple have been fulfilled in the Holy Christ. There is no need or use for a rebuilt temple with reinstituted temple sacrifices. There is no need to go back to type and shadow.

    The teaching that the temple must be rebuilt and that temple sacrifices must be reinstituted not only stands in direct opposition to the Book of Hebrews but it undermines the central hope of the Christian faith, which of course is the atoning sacrifice of Jesus Christ for all sins—past, present, and future. If our evangelical death march towards the endgame of Armageddon is to be subverted it will be because believers recommit themselves to faithful exegesis to mining what the Holy Spirit has breathed into the text as opposed to superimposing our models onto the text.

    My prayer, of course, is that the Holy Spirit gives us clear minds and open hearts as we plug into the power of Scriptural synergy daily by interpreting Scripture in light of Scripture. At the end of the day we must always ask ourselves the question: “Are we willing to sacrifice our treasured traditions on the altar of biblical fidelity, or has tradition become our god?” Perish the thought.
              Millennials’ Issues with Clinton Are Rooted in Iraq and 2008        
    A couple weeks ago Slate‘s Double X Gabfest discussed why Millennials don’t support Hillary Clinton for president in greater numbers. Something I think everyone failed to mention is when people in their late twenties to early thirties came of age.  Some of my earliest political memories are of the farce of the Clinton impeachment and the […]
              The Progressive Conservative Association of Alberta Is Recruiting Its Own Troll Army!        
    Talk shit on the Internet for Jason Kenney! Fat shame the socialist hordes!  Threaten the cucks and the squishes with death!  Most interesting bit is if you AREN'T a Conservative supporter but are willing to talk shit strictly for money, the #PCAA is OK with it.  I'd find this kind of job demeaning, but maybe desperate millennials who are jonesing  for craft cheese might sign-up..

    Hard being young these days. 

    Found it here.

              Motivate Millennials by Making a Difference        
    Millennials don’t just search for jobs, instead they investigate potential career opportunities that often resonate with their social conscious and everyday lives. Therefore, understanding what motivates millennials in the workplace is essential to retaining talent.
              Myths about Millennials: Workplace Safety Matters        
    Millennials now represent the largest share of the American workforce. You might assume this generation exhibits a lack of interest and motivation to participate in workplace safety programs. In fact, millennials place a higher value on safety than other generation, especially workplace safety – more than any other generation.
              Top 5 Things Millennial Franchise Buyers Are Looking For        
    Franchise brands can realize much more of their market share if they embrace these key concerns of millennials.
              Thursday Daybook        

    In the great outdoors...
    ...winter is back and it's cold! We got an inch of snow -- not much, but the wind is howling and it's really cold.

    I'm thinking about...
    ...whether life is going to get more hectic or less -- I don't know! 

    I'm giving up cooking the freezer meals because I have been hired for a part-time job working at Gymboree at the mall. If you know me well you are probably laughing so hard your sides ache. I have a great dislike for "the mall." In fact, in Faith's 14 years she has probably been to the mall no more than a dozen times, probably half with my mother and half with my mother-in-law. I am not a shopper. But, I LOVE Gymboree. I didn't go looking for a job at the mall, or in retail at all, but I went to the Gymboree website and applied, and they hired me because I'm a mom. Imagine that? I know how to dress a child! There are no other moms working at this particular store -- they are all millennials who have no clue that you need to have leggings to go with the dress, and a headband, and maybe socks, too. I certainly know the merchandise and I like the company. And it's like working in a candy store  -- especially for a grandma-to-be. Must not spend the paycheck!

    I am wearing...
    ...gray leggings, gray v-neck, gray sweater and denim skirt -- with boots, and my toes are freezing! Later I have to get dressed up because we are helping to fill a table at a charitable event, and all I want to do it sit by the fire with my knitting!

    I am reading....
    ...You Are All Welcome Here by Elizabeth Berg.

    I am creating...
    ...A baby blanket for my shop -- pretty blues, purples, grays, with white stripes in between and all random-sized stripes. It's kind of fun and a stash buster.

    In the kitchen...
    ...just have to figure out something for the kids tonight.

    Around the house...
    ...mostly dirty laundry, and the kitchen floor needs to be scrubbed, but I might as well wait until after I cook next week.

    Plans for the rest of the week...
    ...laundry job tomorrow and then I'm not sure what. It's been a long time since I've been subject to another person's schedule, so hopefully I'll be able to plan what days I'll work and fit in everything else around it. I start my job on the 21st.

    A few of my favorite things... kids, and I have a little bit of other news in that department (without revealing anything that's not public knowledge):
    Noah is working full time at The Toy Barn -- an exotic luxury car dealership. He is photographing the cars, editing the photos and loading them to the website. He loves it! And I say life is too short to not do what you love. He gets to "play" with gorgeous automobiles, something that has been his passion for several years. There is not money for college right now -- his last quarter ended with Doug's severance, but maybe he'll go back some day when he wants it more.

    Isn't he cute?

    photo credit: Toy Barn

    And in other big news about the kids -- Josh and Taylor are going to move in with us just before the baby comes. They really didn't want to stay in the apartment they were in, and they can't save for a house while they are paying student loans, so they might as well live with us! There will always be someone who can keep an eye on baby if they need to put laundry in or take a shower and I think it will be such a blessing for us. I know very well that you never know how much time you have left on this earth, so treat every day like it's your last -- what better way than to get grand baby hugs and kisses every day?

    I say if you're going to be pro-life, you have to go all the way. I'm glad we can provide a roof over their heads while they save for their own house some day.

    Prayers sent heavenward...
    ...for my husband and children, to do God's will every day
    ...for contracts for my husband's business

    ...for my new job and adjustments
    ...for that sweet little grand baby
    ...for all priests and religious
    ...all babies whose mothers are contemplating abortion, for a change of heart
    ...for friends who have asked for prayers

              Millennials & the Revolution of Politics        

    Right now in the United States, Super Tuesday is just a couple of days away. It’s pretty amazing that I know that. I have never paid such close attention to American politics before.

    The post Millennials & the Revolution of Politics appeared first on disinformation.

              Comment on Google Trends as life advice? by Ketzirah        
    Interesting question... aging populations less interested in vintage clothes, could definitely be a correlation. I'm also curious if Millennials and Gen-Z are just generally less interested in vintage clothes than previous generations.
    First of all, there’s no such thing as a millennial. It’s something your mother made up to scare you. Sure there’s positive and negative attributes pushed on millennials but the bottom line is those negative attributes end up creating dissonance between different generations. I have made a point in my life to not identify generation … Continue reading "MILLENNIAL BLOGS A LONG WINDED AND UNFOCUSED RANT"
              7 Tips for Millennials Moving to a New City        
    Millennials Moving

    You wouldn’t buy a house before you see it, so why would you move to a new city without doing your research? Millennials, we know you’re itching to move to a new city for some fresh opportunities and a different perspective. Here are some things you should consider when you’re moving out.   Research the […]

    The post 7 Tips for Millennials Moving to a New City appeared first on Unpakt Blog.

              7 Reasons Why Millennials Are Moving to Cleveland, OH        
    Moving to Cleveland

    If you’re ready for your own personal renaissance, what better backdrop than a city that is undergoing its own? Cleveland, Ohio is gaining a reputation for reinventing itself after a slump, and its economy, nightlife, and rising trendiness are bound to sweep you right along. For Millennials looking for a fresh start? Look no further […]

    The post 7 Reasons Why Millennials Are Moving to Cleveland, OH appeared first on Unpakt Blog.

              Adventures in garbage-millennial confirmation bias        
    Originally posted at Scatterplot. There are few things more satisfying than finding another reason that millennials are the worst. They’re narcissistic, coddled, unpatriotic, racist, and nervous about free speech. And now, millennial men want a return to the nostalgic 1950s, with women in the kitchen, whipping up a nice quiche after a hard day on […]
              Millennial Women Put Pragmatism Ahead Of Passion In Their Careers        
    When it comes to their careers, new research shows that millennial women are driven more by pragmatism than passion.
              Millennials Are Moving For A Good Time, Not A Long Time        
    Earlier this month, Mayflower Movers released a study that might shed some light on the migration patterns of the modern millennial. In short, they're moving, but they're not planning to put down roots yet.
              Why Millennial Audiences Get 'Get Out'        
    Get Out, Jordan Peele’s directorial debut is earning rave reviews. It’s a smart, tense and sharply satirical look at the micro and macro horrors of being black in contemporary America and it packs an intellectual and visceral wallop for millennial audiences.
              Direct Mail is Not Dead: How One Writer Landed a $5,000 Contract        

    Direct mail strategies to land freelance clients.

    No one uses direct mail to market anymore. Email marketing is the way to go, right?

    I don’t think so. When I was working my day job in the marketing department of a credit union, I wrote a fair number of direct mail pieces to sell financial products to current potential members. Since going freelance, I realized I kind of missed writing those letters.

    Email marketing is ubiquitous these days, so sending a direct mail pitch sets you apart.

    And, when it’s not a bill, people like getting mail. Direct mail gets opened more often than email. People spend much more time reading a mail piece. And even millennials say direct mail influences their purchases.

    So I decided to put my old-school direct mail marketing skills back to work and create my own campaign to find freelance writing clients. And it worked amazingly well.

    Here's how I did it:

    The post Direct Mail is Not Dead: How One Writer Landed a $5,000 Contract appeared first on Make A Living Writing.

              3 Simple Ways to Motivate Millennials at the Workplace        
    Struggling to understand the ways that you can attract, retain, and motivate top Millennial talent? Here are 3 things that your organization can do to fire up the Millennials on your team in order to drive high performance.
              Webinar Recording: Revealing the Real Millennials        
    • Webinar Recording
    August 18, 2016

    Pervasive myths about Millennials’ experience of gender at work often create misunderstandings about this group, which is projected to make up 50% of the workforce by 2020. Enlisting and engaging Millennials in building more inclusive workplaces is essential to organizational success. As...

              Webinar Recording: Revealing the Real Millennials: Expectations and Impact of Workplace Gender Bias        
    • Webinar Recording
    October 27, 2015

    This webinar explored the results of our latest poll, “Revealing the Real Millennials: Expectations and Impact of Workplace Gender Bias.”

              Infographic: Revealing the Real Millennials: Workplace Gender Bias        
    • Tool
    October 6, 2015

    The millennial generation is projected to be 50% of the global workforce by 2020. This infographic reveals some of the myths and facts surrounding the millennial generation.

              Webinar Recording: Revealing the Real Millennials: Career Expectations        
    • Webinar Recording
    September 29, 2015

    This webinar examined the results of our most recent Millennial poll, "Revealing the Real Millennials: Career Expectations," and explored how companies can stand out as an employer of choice by engaging these future leaders.

              Infographic: Revealing the Real Millennials: Career Expectations        
    • Report
    July 13, 2015

    The millennial generation is projected to be 50% of the global workforce by 2020. This infographic reveals some of the myths and facts surrounding the millennial generation.

              Webinar Recording: US: Revealing the Real Millennials: Successes and Aspirations        
    • Webinar Recording
    July 1, 2015

    This webinar explored the results of our most recent Millennial poll, "Revealing the Real Millennials: Successes and Aspirations," and learn how you can attract, retain, and get the most out of Millennial employees by better understanding what makes them tick.

              Webinar Recording: US Webinar: Checking the Pulse of Millennials in the Workplace        
    • Webinar Recording
    May 14, 2015

    This webinar explored what Catalyst is doing to engage with millennials.

              Infographic: Revealing the Real Millennials: Successes and Aspirations        
    • Report
    May 6, 2015

    The millennial generation is projected to be 50% of the global workforce by 2020. This infographic reveals some of the myths and facts surrounding the millennial generation.

              Study: Millennial dads think family messaging misses the mark        

    "Dadvertising" is more often reflecting modern gender and parenting dynamics, but its target audience could still be underserved. 

              Infographic: Revealing the Real Millennials        
    • Report
    March 2, 2015

    The millennial generation is projected to be 50% of the global workforce by 2020. This infographic reveals some of the myths and facts surrounding the millennial generation.

              Retaining Millennial Employees        

    Many businesses are beginning to feel the shift within the industry as an influx of millennial employees take over. With such an increase in millennial employees, some companies are questioning how to retain the younger generation. There has been an obvious change between the decades and how business is conducted, which is making retention with […]

    The post Retaining Millennial Employees appeared first on Mary Kraft Staffing and HR Solutions.

              Winery Exchange and JT Wines Enter into Agreement for FLASQ Wines Sales and Distribution        

    Winery Exchange and JT Wines announced today an exclusive, multi-year agreement for select regional and national account sales and distribution of FLASQ Wines. Targeted for millennials and wine enthusiasts with active lifestyles, FLASQ boasts quality California wines packaged in quick-chilling, shatterproof and 100 percent recyclable aluminum half-bottles (375ml).

    (PRWeb July 16, 2013)

    Read the full story at

              Helping Millennials to Launch!        
    This past week, I co-presented the closing keynote address at the annual conference of the National Resume Writers’ Association in Charlotte, NC (Louise Kursmark was my co-presenter: We have been talking about career management and resume strategies across our industry and nation for more than 20 years). While in the beautiful “Queen City” (and having [...]
              Across the Generational Divide: Two Marketers’ Perspectives        
    SYZYGY EgoTech StudyA Guest Post by Gail Nelson, Head of Marketing, SYZYGY & Amanda Degelmann, Marketing Coordinator, SYZYGY We’re in the midst of millennial marketing mania. But what, if anything, makes millennials truly different? It’s a topic that hits close to home, as most of us working at SYZYGY* were born between 1980 and 1996. Beyond our …
              Best Mature Online Dating Sites        

    Despite what you may see in advertisements, or on any social media newsfeed, online dating isn’t just reserved for the so-called hookup culture of Millennials looking to quickly swipe and score. Sure, there are apps out there for just that purpose but the majority of legitimate online dating sites actually try to match you based on who you are, regardless of who that might be. They take into ac...

              MOTOR MONDAY = PittsBURB?        
    The Top 10 Emerging Trends Shaping Real Estate in 2016

    #2 Millennial Parents Move to the 'Burbs
    Millennials have traditionally been painted as a generation obsessed with urban living, but just like their parents and grandparents, they wants homes and good schools for their kids. While this demographic has put off having kids longer than previous generations, studies suggest a larger number will soon become parents, and quickly fuel a suburban boom, especially in areas surrounding markets such as Hartford, Milwaukee and Pittsburgh, which have seen post-recession job growth in the core. One ULI survey shows that six out of ten Gen-Y respondents expect to live in a detached single-family home five years from now. Of course, this doesn't mean they'll be living in the suburbs of yesterday. Suburbs (and developers) that replicate more Main Street living, including transit-oriented development and offer transportation options connected to big urban centers will see continued growth.

    keeping these edge cities connected, our current challenge
              Millennials are buying more homes than you think        

    Millennials are buying more homes than you think Millennial homebuyers make up 50% of housing market By Danielle Edwards- February 2017   How many millennials are buying homes? Recent research shows that 50% of homebuyers are millennials. Maybe this is due to the fact that Millennials associate owning a home with the “American Dream” more […]

    The post Millennials are buying more homes than you think appeared first on Danielle Edwards.

              Spiritual but not religious: Code for “trendy yet not helpful”        
    I recently walked the final leg of the El Camino de Santiago in Spain.[1] Before leaving I was in a coffee house having a conversation about the trip. A guy behind me asked, “Why Spain?” My response, “It’s a spiritual thing.” Today a lot of people, particularly millennials, care about “spirituality.” 250,000 people walked The Camino in 2015. More […]
              Can Cybercompetitions Help Grow Local Security Talent?        
    Hiring cybersecurity staff is difficult, but federal, state and local governments are working with nonprofits to encourage the development of cybersecurity skills through individual and team competitions.
    BY DAN LOHRMANN / JULY 15, 20150

    Wherever I travel, the top concern on the minds of CIOs and chief information security officers is the same — everyone needs more cybersecurity talent. The problem has become especially acute in government, where it’s compounded by an improving economy, growing enterprise cyberneeds and a retiring public workforce. The bottom line:Hiring cybersecurity staff is hard for state and local governments.

    What can possibly be done? If the most experienced cyberexperts are becoming too expensive, how can the public sector attract the skilled security professionals it needs?

    One answer growing in popularity is to “get in the game” — literally. Across the world, various forms of cybercompetitions are growing in participation. Federal, state and local governments are working with nonprofits to encourage the development of cybersecurity skills through individual and team competitions.

    Or, to use a sports analogy, if you can’t compete in the free agency market for top talent, refresh your “farm team” and grow your own talent starting at an early age.

    All across the U.S., young people love to compete and not just in sports. There are many academic competitions, from university debate teams to the National Spelling Bee to high school quiz bowls.

    But how do cybercompetitions fit in?

    According to the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s website oncybercareers and studies: “DHS believes hands-on cybercompetitions are a valuable learning method for all students, regardless of level. Cybercompetitions are interactive, scenario-based events or exercises that help students develop and increase cybersecurity skills outside the traditional academic environment.”

    Typically teams of students work together to attack and defend against the opponent’s networks and computer systems. For example, in a cyber “capture the flag” game, players race to answer security challenges by seeking digital “flags” hidden on servers, in encrypted text or in applications. When a player or team submits a flag, they receive points for solving the challenge. The team with the highest cumulative score wins.

    There are plenty of cybercompetitions geared toward different skill and age levels. A few options:

    1. The Air Force Association CyberPatriot program has three main programs: the National Youth Cyber Defense Competition, AFA CyberCamps and the Elementary School Cyber Education Initiative.

    2. The annual National Collegiate Cyber Defense Competition, which began in 2004, is like the March Madness of cybercompetitions. Colleges compete in state events, leading to regional and national competitions.

    3. The U.S. Cyber Challenge consists of competitions, cybercamps and a virtual community to help the public and private sectors, as well as high schools and universities.

    4. SANS Cyber Aces offers state competitions as well as national opportunities for individuals to compete and learn. NetWars, also from the SANS Institute, is a cybergame based on the idea that the best way to learn is via hands-on experience with real-world scenarios.

    5. The National Cyber League provides ongoing virtual training for faculty and students to develop and validate cybersecurity skills using content aligned with individual and team games. This approach is used across diverse industry certifications, curricula, job roles and verticals.

    6. The Michigan Cyber Range offers many chances for public- and private-sector organizations to test team skills in Alphaville, a virtual small town. They can attack and defend the city hall, utilities, library and more in various scenarios.

    Cybercompetitions have become the new normal for learning and improving ethical hacking techniques and cyberdefense in a safe, fun, challenging environment. Whether you’re a middle school student just starting to learn cybersecurity concepts, an unemployed millennial who wants to switch careers, a midlevel security expert with a computer science degree or a government supervisor trying to attract the right employees, it may be time for you to join a cybercompetition.

    My advice? Get in the game.
    Dan Lohrmann | Contributing Writer

    Daniel J. Lohrmann is an internationally recognized cybersecurity leader, technologist and author. During his distinguished career, Dan has served global organizations in the public and private sectors in a variety of executive leadership capacities, including enterprise-wide Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technology Officer (CTO) and Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) roles in Michigan.

    Dan Lohrmann joined Security Mentor, Inc. in August 2014, and he currently serves as the CSO and Chief Strategist for this award-winning training company. Lohrmann is leading the development and implementation of Security Mentor’s industry-leading cyber training, consulting and workshops for end users, managers and executives in the public and private sectors. Read Dan's full bio.

              FATHER & DAUGHTER FILM REPORT by Amanda Perkins & David Bryant Perkins        
    HIGLIGHTS from the San Antonio Film Festival: THE WHOLE…plus interview with film maker Rodrigo Moreno ……..One Millennial.  One Baby Boomer. Two totally different perspectives. Perspectives that cross not only generations – but styles, tastes, passions, interests, and impressions. The duo … Continue reading
              Youth jobs proposal would guarantee placement for graduates        

    CBC News

    The Broadbent Institute is proposing a “new deal for young people” that involves business relinquishing a fraction of the “dead money” it is hoarding to offer jobs for young graduates.

    The institute says an injection of $670 million from business and an equivalent amount from the federal government could lead to the creation of 186,000 full-time jobs to help young Canadians begin their careers.

    It proposes a Youth Job Guarantee – a promise for every person under age 25 of a co-op position, apprenticeship or job offer within four months of leaving formal education or becoming unemployed. Jobs would last 12 weeks and pay about $15 an hour.

    This would help reduce the 13.3 per cent unemployment rate among Canadians aged 15 to 24 and diminish the risk of these young people becoming “discouraged workers” who no longer seek employment, the institute said.

    Executive director Rick Smith said the federal government has failed to show leadership on youth job creation, reducing spending on its Youth Employment Strategy to $335.7 million in 2014 from $397.9 million in 2011.

    "Canada’s approach to youth unemployment at the moment is not working. Youth are the only demographic that has not recovered their employment since the recession," he said in an interview with CBC News Network's The Lang & O'Leary Exchange. 

    The government estimates its program helps about 49,748 youth, while 380,600 young Canadians are out of work.

    Smith proposes a scheme in which government money would support placements with small private-sector employers and not-for-profit organizations, while bigger businesses would pay the full cost of a co-op placement.

    Cheaper than income-splitting

    "This is a government that’s talking about blowing $3 billion next year on an income-splitting scheme for richer Canadians that don’t really need it," he said, pointing out that this proposal would cost much less at $670 million.

    The Broadbent Institute plan is based on an EU guaranteed youth jobs plan, which funnels graduates into co-op and apprenticeship positions at the start of their careers.

    Canadian business was criticized by then Bank of Canada governor Mark Carney in 2012 for sitting on “dead money” rather than using it to invest in the business or return to shareholders. The IMF also pointed to the large pool of unused capital held by private corporations, estimating it $630 billion in the first quarter of 2014.

    "We’re challenging the private sector to step up. There’s an enormous amount of dead money out there in the private sector, a fraction of which if applied to this problem of youth unemployment could have a big impact," Smith said.

    Meanwhile, Canadian youth face a future in which they are less likely than their parents to earn a decent wage, have a secure job, or own a home, Smith said. Many are stalled at the beginning of their careers because they have no experience and cannot get a first job.

    Not developing young talent has a cost to the economy, Smith said, both in lack of skilled labour and in diminished earnings later in their careers for young people who cannot get a first job.

    "Parents are worried about their kids. The job prospects of millennials are worse than their boomer parents at the same age," he said. 

              Work in progress: millennial anxiety reaches across generations        

    Jessica Barrett / Calgary Herald

    When I first conceived of my year-long project on the working world for the Calgary Herald’s Michelle Lang Fellowship, I have to admit, most of my proposal was based on a hunch. Through straw polls, coffee banter with friends and colleagues, discussions with my own parents and, of course, my own experience in the job market, I was fairly certain I wasn’t the only one gazing at an uncertain economic future with some apprehension.

    To back up my pitch, I assembled a smattering of news stories pointing out the dismal projections for younger workers, growing income inequality, boomers delaying retirement and the like.

    But when it came to my thesis – namely that the working world is changing and we’re not feeling all that great about it – there was very little evidence out there to prove that I wasn’t just butting up against the walls of my own little bubble.

    Turns out the folks at the Broadbent Institute, an Ottawa-based think tank, felt the same. In response to the same dinnertime conversation I was picking up on, they decided to commission a poll to determine just how widespread concern over job prospects and economic futures for younger workers is.

    The results, published today, show anxiety over the changing face of work, and all the social challenges it implies, runs deep across the generations.

    The poll surveyed 1,064 boomers aged 50-65 and 983 millennials aged 20-30 about their experiences in the work force and sheds some much-needed light on how Canadians are feeling about the economy. The figures were weighted to reflect census data on population age, gender, education and region.

    So, what do the numbers say? Many boomers and millennials are anxious about the younger generation’s job prospects, homeownership potential and ability to fund social programs through taxes.

    Interestingly, boomer parents seem to be more pessimistic about their children’s future than millennials are about their own prospects. Nearly half of boomers, 49 per cent, feel their kids are facing a poorer future than they had, while 34 per cent of millennials feel they are worse off than their parents.

    But at the same time, millennials know they are facing a working life with fewer guarantees. More than half anticipated a career where contract work played a role, compared to 14 per cent of boomers who said they faced the same instability in their own careers. Meanwhile, only a third of millennials were confident they’d own their homes at retirement, compared to more than half of boomers, and one in five millennials say they don’t know anyone with an employer-funded pension.

    Rick Smith, executive director of the Broadbent Institute, said he wasn’t surprised to find a high level of angst across age cohorts, but he didn’t anticipate seeing so much agreement between the generations on possible causes of economic instability. A significant majority of both generations expressed a high level of distrust for corporations, he noted, with both blaming irresponsible corporate behaviour for bringing on the 2008 financial crisis.

    “Our starting point was very similar to yours: is this our imagination or not?” Smith said in an interview Monday.

    “If you were to rank likely topics of dinner-time conversation in Canada these days, youth unemployment is high on that list. These numbers bear out that anecdotal experience.”

    Smith said the results of the poll will be used to inform policy recommendations coming out of a summit the institute is holding later this month in Ottawa.

    Here are some other highlights from the survey (which you can read here). I’m interested to know if you agree, send me an email or leave a comment below and let me know how you’re feeling about your work prospects.

    • Just over half, 52 per cent, of millennials expect contract work to make up a significant part of their working lives, either alone or in conjunction with permanent jobs. In contrast, 14 per cent of boomers said their work lives relied on contract work;
    • 39 per cent of millennials anticipate a career comprised of permanent jobs, compared to 66 per cent of boomers who experienced permanent employment;
    • Millennials with university degrees were more likely to anticipate a career encompassing contract work than those with high school or college education;
    • 70 per cent of millennials and 78 per cent of boomers cite irresponsible business behaviour as the cause of the 2008 recession;
    • 60 per cent of millennials anticipate the gap between rich and poor to grow during their lifetime;
    • 55 per cent of millennials and 59 per cent of boomers say declining enrolment in unions has made good jobs harder to find;
    • 48 per cent of millennials and 60 per cent of boomers say reduced corporate tax rates have not resulted in more investment in creating jobs in Canada.

    The poll does not provide a margin of error because it is not a random, probability-based sample.


              Our 2017 CatCon Shopping List        
      OMG. There’re gonna be so many fab feline finds at CatCon!  …   Sunday evening before CatCon. Cynthia, Marcy, and Penelope Kitten convene at the kitchen table to go over the CatCon Shopping List they’ve been compiling for the past month. penelope kitten (squeak):  here ya go. all typed up. single spaced. Cynthia:  Uh oh. This list is five pages long. penelope kitten:  yeah yeah. lots of great stuff. Cynthia (shaking her head):  Sorry kitties. We simply can’t afford to buy everything at CatCon. Cynthia whips out a black Sharpie and starts slashing. penelope kitten:  squeak! Marcy:  Gasp. How rude. Cynthia continues to slash until she has it narrowed the list down to one page. Single spaced. Cynthia:  Ok! Here are our 9 must-have items for CatCon 2017. We reserve the right to add to this list if more funds become available. =^..^= *The Marcy Very Much CatCon Shopping List* 1. Floral Feline Magnets by Beth Spencer Design   2.  Elevated Wooden Feeder by ViviPet   3.  Cat Mat in Millennial Pink by ViviPet     4.  Cat Candle by Shen & Sam   5.  Catnip Cat Toys by NotSo Kitty   6.  Rope Coasters with Cat Patch by […]

    Meet the doctor spreading her preventive care message to the entire country.


    LaTasha Seliby first knew that she wanted to become a doctor after her aunt passed away at a very young age.

    Her aunt had died of a "very, very preventable" ailment that could have been treated if she had just gotten the proper care. And when Seliby realized that, it lit a fire inside of her.

    All images via Cigna.

    After all, family always came first for her. That's why, soon after the incident, she decided to dedicate her life to health care and make sure nothing like what happened to her aunt ever happened again — to her family and to others.

    "I wanted to be kind of a catalyst of change," says Seliby. And today, that's exactly what she is.

    Because on top of being an accomplished physician, Seliby is also creating change in ways that go beyond the definition of her profession. In fact, you can see exactly how she's doing that in the amazing video below:

    This is a day in the life of a doctor who is trying to make preventive health care the norm.

    Posted by Upworthy on Friday, July 28, 2017

    Seliby is redefining how we think about health care by putting preventive care at the heart of everything she does.

    "Medicine has been looked at as sick care — you go to the doctor, and you find out what's wrong," she explains. "What I want to do is change that. Let's go to the doctor and find out everything that's right — and how to keep it right."

    What's one easy way to do that?  Well, you can start by keeping an eye on your health before something goes wrong. Head to your doctor for a regular check-up and know your four health numbers — blood pressure, cholesterol, blood sugar, and body mass index (BMI). That way, you can easily spot red flags and worry less when it comes to your health.

    Taking care of yourself, though, is especially important for young people.

    With the modern world becoming faster than ever and the daily grind for many getting more pressure-packed by the minute, it can be easy for a young person to let their well-being fall by the wayside. In fact, in a survey conducted by Zocdoc, 9 in 10 millennials admitted to avoiding regular doctor visits — skipping check-ups and screenings altogether.

    And that's exactly what Seliby wants to change. Because consistent visits to your primary care provider, according to a study by UCLA, can lead to fewer ER visits and hospitalizations in the long run.

    That's why Seliby is taking her mission to Capitol Hill to get the word on preventive care out to the entire country.

    She regularly speaks with various lawmakers about how she can translate her firsthand experience into actionable bills that get as many people as possible understanding the value of preventive care.

    "You feel like you're a part of a bigger purpose when you're able to go speak to lawmakers about things that will affect entire populations," she says.

    And she's not stopping there.

    Seliby is also affecting countless lives through her work as a writer and editor for Heart and Soul magazine, a national publication that "focuses on women of color, health prevention, fitness, and wellness."

    Everything Seliby does is about one thing: getting people to take care of themselves before they get sick.

    It's the first step needed to redefining how we all view health care. And it's the step that Seliby has worked her entire professional life to help everyone take.

    Because if more people are able to practice regular preventive care moving forward, the more "catalysts of change" we'll see for generations to come.

    "I feel like I'm doing what I said I want to do," says Seliby. "And I'm working to leave the legacy that I really want to leave."

    Learn more about how to take control of your health at


    Hayley Williams has grown up since that regretful lyric 10 years ago. We should let her.


    She's not in the business of misery anymore.

    In the summer of 2007, Paramore unleashed a pop-punk anthem on the world with "Misery Business."

    The song — the first single from the band's second album "Riot!" — details a true story about singer Hayley Williams (who was 17 at the time) feeling betrayed and backstabbed by another girl. It was 100% undiluted high school drama. It was also catchy as all hell.

    While the song is still a banger a decade later, a few of the lyrics haven't exactly weathered the test of time. Specifically, the line "Second chances, they don't ever matter / People never change / Once a whore, you're nothing more / I'm sorry, that'll never change."

    Williams sings the infamous line at iHeartRadio's 2013 Jingle Ball concert. GIF via iHeartRadio/YouTube.

    People have been criticizing Williams for that particular lyric for a while now, calling it "anti-feminist." So she's addressing it head on.

    In a recent interview with Track7, Williams acknowledged the backlash, saying that she was a bit annoyed because she "had already done so much soul-searching about it, years before anyone else had decided there was an issue."

    "When the article began circulating, I sort of had to go and rehash everything in front of everybody," she said. "It was important, however, for me to show humility in that moment. I was a 17 year old kid when I wrote the lyrics in question and if I can somehow exemplify what it means to grow up, get information, and become any shade of 'woke,' then that’s a-okay with me."

    She recognizes now how she was unwittingly "feeding into a lie that [she'd] bought into, just like so many other teenagers — and many adults — before [her]," about being a "cool girl" and tearing other women down. In other words, she's a more mature person at 28 than she was at 17.

    In May 2015, she addressed the lyric in a Tumblr post, saying that she's not ashamed of her mistakes because they've helped shape her into the person she went on to become.

    Williams with bandmates Taylor York (left) and Jeremy Davis (right) in February 2014. Photo by Rob Kim/Getty Images for DirecTV.

    Williams was a little more self-aware at the time than even she gives herself credit for.

    David Bendeth, who produced the "Riot!" album, opened up about the process in an interview with Billboard to mark the record's 10th anniversary, touching on Williams' reluctance to sing the infamous lyric.

    "Hayley was upset about that girl [who was the subject of 'Misery Business']. In fact, in the lyrics she wrote, 'Once a whore, you’re nothing more' — and I remember at the time, she looked at me and said, 'I don’t think I can sing this. I don’t think I can say this. This just isn’t me,' and I said, 'Hayley, it is you and you wrote it. You have to sing it,' and she says, 'I just don’t think it’s right. I think morally it’s wrong to call somebody that.' I said, 'You’re not [calling somebody that]. You’re explaining the situation,' and she said, 'Okay, I’m going to sing it. I’m not going to like it, but I’m going to sing it.'"

    We can all relate to regretting things we said or did when we were younger. It's how we react when those things resurface that says the most about who we are as people.

    Learning to admit our mistakes and grow from them is part of being human.

    In a world where kids are growing up online, posting to social media sites at younger ages, these mistakes are more likely to be the type that are not only public now, but will be public 10 years from now. The type of scrutiny previously reserved for rock stars, politicians, and public figures will increasingly seep into the lives of everyone.

    While there are things people can do to keep their information private to avoid embarrassing revelations years down the line (always check your privacy settings), there's also a lot we can do as individuals in society to create a more empathetic culture that allows people to evolve beyond past mistakes and grow into their best selves — or not make those embarrassing mistakes in the first place.

    In the years since the release of "Riot!" Williams has done advocacy work in support of LGBTQ people, the environment, survivors of sexual assault, music education, and the fight against breast cancer. One way to start creating a more empathetic society is by accepting and acknowledging Williams' statement at face value, bolstered by her actions, as a sign of her growth, humility, and most of all, her humanity.

              How to Influence People (and Not Sound Like an Idiot) on the Phone        

    For every one guest we millennials bring to the party, another guest has to leave. In the case of our penchant for texting, it means the art of the telephone conversation has gotta go. Its premature death, however, means we are left stupid, struggling and lost on important phone calls. Here, then, is a survival […]

    The post How to Influence People (and Not Sound Like an Idiot) on the Phone appeared first on NextShark.

              Millennials Choose Parents’ Homes Over Romance        

    Mom and dad must make cool roommates. Young adults between the ages of 18 to 34 are more likely to live with a parent than to get married or move in with a romantic partner, according to a newly released analysis of Census data by the Pew Research Center. This is the first time in […]

    The post Millennials Choose Parents’ Homes Over Romance appeared first on Real Estate in Raleigh & Cary NC.

              There Are No Poor People in the Rust Belt        
    What? In recent days, I’ve come across not one but two online features that celebrate contemporary Pittsburgh for its economic and cultural sexiness. Largely because of the regional tech economy, the millennials and GenXers who dominate it, and the insistence of Pittsburgh’s Old Guard that what you see today was always the plan for economic recovery after the collapse of steel in the early 1980s, Pittsburgh is back, baby! If…
              It Would Be Great if Celebrities Could Stop Talking About the Joys of “Unplugging”        

    Aziz Ansari deleted the internet from his phone and computer. Who even knew it was possible to do that—don’t devices force you to keep a default internet browser, like the iPhone used to make you keep the stupid Stocks app?—but lo, Ansari has done it. The comedian told GQ Style that he is off social media and the internet and feeling great about it. (He still has text messaging, which feels a little cheaty.)

    His reasons for unplugging are eminently sensible. “I wanted to stop that thing where I get home and look at websites for an hour and a half, checking to see if there’s a new thing,” he told the magazine. It’s sad, though not all that surprising, to think a legitimately cool and happening Hollywood star engages in the same nightly ritual of dicking around on the internet that I thought was only for mole people like myself. “All those websites you read while you’re in a cab, you don’t need to look at any of that stuff,” he went on. “It’s better to just sit and be in your own head for a minute.” I get it, I really do. But there’s still something that feels faintly fraudulent about this uninformed-and-loving-it stance.

    Ansari is far from the first celebrity to publicly interrogate his relationship with smartphones and the internet. Surely you’ll recall the period last year when Selena Gomez took a 90-day digital detox. “During that time I did not have my cellphone. It was the most refreshing, calming, rejuvenating feeling,” she told Thrive. Ed Sheeran pulled a similar move at the end of 2015, writing to his fans on Instagram, “I find myself seeing the world through a screen and not my eyes … if you love me you will understand me buggering off for a bit.” Kanye West, too, last year vowed to swear off the internet when he tweeted, “I got rid of my phone so I can have air to create.”

    It’s hard not to sound cranky or highfaluting when espousing the necessity of and joy to be found in quitting the internet. In Gomez’s case, departing the ‘net apparently caused her to start talking like she’s in a vintage cult recruitment infomercial: “Now I rarely pick up my phone, and only limited people have access to me.” But even reasonable people, like Ansari, or Kerry Washington, come off a touch sanctimonious. “It’s time for me to take a teeny break from social media,” Washington posted on Instagram last year. Fine, by all means. “Feeling called to be a bit more quiet and still,” the note went on, and that’s when my eyes started to roll. “Feeling called”? Come on.

    Remember when “I don’t have a TV” was the go-to signifier of intellectual snobbiness? This has changed: Televisions themselves may be going the way of land lines, and some millennials are unfamiliar with the concept of antennas, but even so, TV is cool now. “Netflix and chill” and such. Thinking of TV as the “idiot box” is a relic of the pre-streaming era. But it’s been replaced by a new way to show off your holier-than-thou attitude regarding the media you choose to ingest: Now all you have to do is say smugly, “I’m taking a break from the internet.”

    I have the same kneejerk reaction to this that I do to people who are really into mindfulness or wellness or basically anything Goop recommends. Oh, you think you’re better than me? You think you’re better than looking at memes and double-tapping your friends’ pictures of dessert?

    It’s also true that not anyone can decide to chuck her phone and go off on a meditation retreat. Many of us have jobs that force us to stay connected, and reachable by our employers, whether we feel the “air to create” or not. Of those who think they spend too much time online, who wouldn’t love to unplug? To pay an assistant to tweet for you? (I would do it for sure, provided that a version of methadone specifically for internet addiction is developed.)

    Many of us don’t have the luxury of a digital detox. The majority of people don’t have staffers on hand to help them show up where they need to be, keep them informed, and otherwise manage all the little things in life that smartphones now facilitate. Of course, there’s nothing wrong with trying to train yourself to feel less reliant on the little dopamine hits that Instagram and Snapchat deliver. But it may well be that the best way to leave the internet is the same as the best way to leave a party. Don’t make any grand, over-generalized declarations. Don’t say anything at all. Just ghost.

              Facebook’s Leaked Censorship Policies Show How Bad the Company Is at Policing Hate Speech        

    On Wednesday morning, ProPublica published a troubling report about Facebook’s approach to censorship. Drawing on a “trove of internal documents,” it laid out some of the rules that the company’s content reviewers use to determine whether they should censor a post. (It's not clear from the article whether those moderators are employees or subcontractors, though Facebook has relied on the latter group in the past.) Those documents underscore just how clumsy the company can be when it comes to dealing with hate speech, partly because it insists on tackling the issue in algorithmic terms.

    As ProPublica’s headline puts it, “Facebook’s Secret Censorship Rules Protect White Men from Hate Speech but Not Black Children.” While that’s just part of the problem, it’s also not hyperbole. To the contrary, a training slide reproduced by Pro Publica establishes that very distinction, asking which of three groups—female drivers, black children, and white men—it aims to protect. Puzzlingly, it uses a photo of the Backstreet Boys to illustrate white men, but more baffling is the answer to the query: Out of that trio, Facebook only “protects” white men.

    As ProPublica goes on to explain, this is an effect of the way Facebook defines its “protected categories” and the way those categories relate to one another. The company reportedly includes a broad array of terms under its protected rubric, including race, gender identity, sexual orientation, and national origin. On the other hand, it declines to protect a range of other categories, including social class, age, occupation, and appearance. Say something awful about the members of a protected category (e.g., “Women deserve to be beaten”), and your comments might get censored. Similar assertions about the members of a non-protected category such as an age demographic (e.g. “Millennials should all be set on fire”), on the other hand, will inspire no action from the site.

    While the logic determining what counts as a protected category is already opaque, things get even more complicated when Facebook’s users start to combine these categories. As ProPublica shows in a series of slides, if a user pairs two protected categories together (“Irish women”), the resulting conglomerate is still considered a protected category. If, on the other hand, someone links a protected category to a nonprotected category (“Irish teens”), the composite is not protected, and users can say whatever they want with impunity. This is why Facebook considers threats against white men hate speech while it ignores those against black children: While the former combines two protected categories (race and gender), the latter includes one protected and one non-protected category (race and age, respectively).

    In effect, the company’s approach is algorithmic, even if humans implement the rules of that algorithm. As the slides from ProPublica show, Facebook’s censorship principles are reducible to a simple set of equations—“PC + PC = PC while PC + NPC = NPC,” for example. As Will Oremus has observed, content moderation can be difficult, taxing work. These spare formulas may well be a blessing for the company’s human censors, giving them the tools to quickly determine what’s acceptable and what’s not with a modicum of thought. They’re given a set of simple instructions that work everywhere, freeing them from the burden of granular judgment.

    But that same convenience also makes the system easy to exploit: Those looking to denigrate a given group need only apply a well-chosen modifier if they want to avoid oversight. Indeed, as ProPublica notes, Donald Trump’s anti-Muslim posts “may also have benefited from the exception for sub-groups. A Muslim ban could be interpreted as being directed against a sub-group, Muslim immigrants, and thus might not qualify as hate speech against a protected category.” Where the most complex computer algorithms threaten to reaffirm existing sociocultural biases, this relatively simple human algorithm offers the biased an out, so long as they’re willing to get specific about their hate.

    While the social network may well recognize that flaw, it’s clear enough why it employs this system: Above all else, Facebook’s censorship policy is defined by the utopian assumption of universal egalitarianism. As ProPublica notes, the social network attempts to apply the same rules everywhere, a few regional exceptions aside. Accordingly, it begins from the presumption that all of those who fall under its protected categories are potentially subject to hate speech. Thus, “ban men” might potentially be understood as hate speech (since it calls for the exclusion of all men), in much the same way that calls for violence against women would be.

    The trouble is that hate speech doesn’t play out in sanitized vacuums: Slurs accumulate in real circumstances and real-time, drawing strength from the particularity each new repetition. Where Facebook apparently aims to treat such language in the abstract, it is this situational specificity that hones the edges of ugly words, giving them the power to cut. The company’s “non-protected categories” don’t just offer users an out when they want to say something vile about one group or another; they also threaten to make vile language that much more violent.

    Simply put, Facebook doesn’t understand how hate speech works. Language’s potential to harm is inevitably proportional to the marginality of those it targets. While it’s certainly possible, for example, to say loathsome things about white men, those insults will rarely, if ever, have the same weight as those made against already imperiled groups. Further, marginality, for its own part, is always a circumstantial problem, not one that’s everywhere the same, which makes Facebook’s universally inclined approach that much more meaningless. In practice, acting as if all language was the same everywhere and for everyone can only have one effect: Reaffirming the security of those who are already in power by shielding them from criticism.

    For Facebook, that may well be a winning proposition.

              Role of Millennials and their Impact on Reputation Management        

    Pascal Beucler assesses why Millennials are a generation that matters. They are a highly influential force. And their importance is only skyrocketing. If you’re not where Millennials expect you to be, you’re nowhere. Millennials strongly impact reputation in their roles as: consumers, employees & brand advocates. We hope you enjoy reading this presentation and invite you to share your feedback and tips with @pbeucler or reach out to us on Twitter @msl_group.
              AEI and The Millennial Success Sequence        

    In June, 2017, AEI hosted an impressive group of scholars, educators, and students to discuss a new report by Wendy Wang and W. Bradford Wilcox, "The Millennial Success Sequence: Marriage, Kids, and the 'Success Sequence' Among Young Adults." This joint report from AEI and the Institute for Family Studies uses data from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth to show that people between the ages of 28 and 34 who graduate from high school, find a job, and marry before having children are doing significantly better financially than those who do not follow this "success sequence." 

    AEI was joined in the discussion by Ron Haskins, who, along with Isabel Sawhill, wrote the original report showing that those who followed that path had more than a 90 percent chance of avoiding poverty.  

    AEI added to the discussion by including two educators — Ian Rowe, the CEO of Public Prep, and Michael Farkosh, the principal of Girls Prep Bronx Middle School — who offered their views on how to successfully communicate the importance of making positive life decisions to their students. Best of all was hearing from Kesi Wilson, a Girls Prep alumna and a recent high school graduate, and Daisha Rivas, who is a graduating Girls Prep Bronx scholar. These accomplished students gave us their perspectives on messages that attempt to steer them and their peers in the best direction. 


    All our panelists agreed that public policy and civil society must be more effective and purposeful in encouraging young people to not only finish high school and find employment but also think carefully about how best to raise children with a committed co-parent. 

    View a livestream of the panel below or listen to their podcast here.


              Equipping the next generation for China business        
    An award-winning program connecting future young entrepreneurs from Australia and China will explore opportunities for launching businesses in China’s fast-paced innovation sector. The China Australia Millennial Project (CAMP) will host ‘See the Future: China Innovation Update’ at Sydney Town Hall … Continued
              BLOG: Some Last Minute Thoughts About PCA Overture 2        
    Part of my preparation for going to the Presbyterian Church in America’s 45thGeneral Assembly in Greensboro includes attempting to read through all 646 pages of the massive 2017 Commissioners Handbook. And as I was doing that, I was extremely saddened to find that the Committee on Constitutional business (CCB) had found Overture 2 from Calvary Presbytery:  “Grant BCO 59, ‘Solemnization of Marriage’ Full Constitutional Status” to be in conflict with the constitution and therefore unlikely to be adopted by the assembly.

    By making this chapter, which is already part of the PCA’s Book of Church Order (BCO) constitutional, the PCA could have corporately proclaimed its continuing belief that marriage is only to be between one man and one woman, and that we will have nothing to do with movements that might try to weaken or mute that commitment. There is of course still the possibility that the Overtures Committee (OC) might simply fix the language in the final “therefore” of that overture that CCB found to be in conflict, making it obvious that Calvary Presbytery was asking the 45th GA to begin the process of changing the BCO so that chapter would have constitutional authority. This could be done by simply revising the “Temporary Statement” on  at the beginning of the Directory For the Worship of God so that it stated, “BCO 56, 57, 58, and 59 have been given full constitutional authority by the Eleventh and Forty Fifth General Assemblies after being submitted to the Presbyteries and receiving the necessary two-thirds (2/3) approval of the Presbyteries.”  

    I hope that OC will try do so, because I strongly believe that if we don’t do this, theological conservatives will someday have cause to regret this missed opportunity. Let me attempt to explain why.

    When the first attempt to give BCO 59 full constitutional status was made in 2011, many PCA presbyters told me that they were opposed to the overture simply because it was unnecessary. More than one presbyter made a statement along the lines of, “America will never legalize same sex marriage, so being asked to legally marry men to men or women to women will never be something we have to face.”

    Those prophecies were obviously proven disastrously wrong when, on June 26, 2015, the United States Supreme Court held in a 5-4 decision that same-sex marriage is protected under the Due Process and Equal Protection Clauses of the Fourteenth Amendment and thus made homosexual marriage the law of the land in all 50 states and a legally protected civil right.

    Thus with one fateful Supreme Court decision, homosexual marriage became the law of nation, and never in US history has a civil right, once granted by the Supreme Court, been rescinded. To see how long lasting even the most dubious of newly created civil rights can be, we only have to look to the 1973 SCOTUS Roe vs. Wade decision that created the now 44 year old right to obtain a legal abortion out of thin air. In a similar manner it is very unlikely that we will see homosexual marriage made illegal again in our lifetimes. Perhaps even worse, a recent poll by the highly respected Pew organization indicated that popular support for homosexual marriage continues to grow with 55% of Americans now saying they support gay marriage and even more disturbingly, the level of support rises to 71% among the millennials who represent the future of this nation. Additionally, those who still oppose gay marriage are already being openly called “bigots” by mainstream America and we have seen ordinary Americans who work in both the private and public sectors lose their employment and even their businesses and savings because of a refusal to participate in homosexual marriages or call them good. Even churches and ministers are no longer exempt from cultural and legal pressure as states like Massachusetts are quickly moving to force churches to accept the gay agenda or face legal action.  

    Therefore, as a denomination, we need to come to terms with at least four facts:

    1) Same-Sex marriage will likely be legal in the USA for decades, if not generations to come.

    2) Opposition to homosexual marriage is likely to become as odious to the American public as opposition to mixed race marriages, and not substantially different in their minds. In fact, we already see this happening.

    3) The legal challenges to our right to refuse to conduct, approve of, recognize or host homosexual marriages are likely to increase exponentially over the coming years.

    4) Those churches that refuse to conduct homosexual marriages will almost certainly eventually lose their right to conduct marriages as agents of the state. In other words while we will still be able to pronounce people man and wife, “By virtue of the authority committed unto me by the church of Christ” we will no longer be able to add, “and the law of the state.”

    All of these factors will inevitably create considerable agitation within our denomination to take a more Laodicean approach and end our opposition to homosexual marriage.  Those who doubt this need only look at what has happened in the mainline denominations and in formerly evangelical denominations, including our closest denominational analogue, the CRC. We also need to take the fact that that several denominations and congregations (including ex-PCA congregations) that use the Westminster Standards have already accepted homosexual marriage. Within our own denomination, the Westminster Confession is treated as more general and considerably more open to “interpretation,” while the BCO is often treated as more binding especially when it comes to do day to day church operations. If we hope to stand on this issue for the decades to come, then common sense should tell us that BCO needs a constitutionally binding statement on the matter.

    Therefore, as a denomination, if the PCA intends to continue to teach, proclaim, and practice what God teaches about marriage in the bible rather than abandoning our commitment to scripture, then we need to understand that a “business as usual” approach will not carry us through the coming storm. At the very least, while there is still time, we need to do the following:

    i) Prepare for the legal battles to come by making sure our constitution is absolutely clear and uniform on this issue. 

    ii) Prepare the members of our denomination by honestly explaining why we must take a Contra Mundum stand when it comes to issues of sexuality and marriage, and what that stand is likely to cost us. If we do not, we must expect that our congregants will inevitably simply conform to current cultural norms.

    iii) End our denominational silence on this issue and begin prophetically proclaiming to the culture the biblical truth about sex and marriage. We must publicly condemn sin, warn of the coming judgment, exalt virtue, and point to the way of salvation in Jesus Christ.

    As such, Overture 2 was always more of a beginning than an end of the work that lies ahead of us, but if we are unwilling even to make a start of that work then what hope does the PCA have of standing in the evil day?

              How To Get Rid Of Stains On Your Sneakers        

    Sneakers are quintessential footwear for millennials. A fashion staple for hypebeasts. The complimentary piece for stylish urbanites. To call them prized possessions would be a disservice to them. Just look around you right now. The fact that they’re de riguer in the workplace and viewed as red carpet essentials for most celebs speaks for their cultural prominence. It’s the most vital fashion a...

              Douglas Coupland: 'The nine to five is barbaric'        

    The Generation X author on the future of work and how we’ve all turned into millennials

    Douglas Coupland has always been one of the sharpest critics of the modern workplace. His literary works – such as Generation X, JPod and Microserfs – revolve around smart and creative young people who are better than their bosses, but unable to thrive in the corporate world. Coupland himself left full-time employment years ago and can relate to those who make the brave step to do their own thing.

    “I haven’t been employed since 1988. I’m still trying to recover from the trauma. Sometimes I wake up and think: ‘Oh my God, I don’t have a job’,” he says. “My life is a vocation; I can’t imagine doing anything else. I have the freedom to explore whatever idea I want, take really random gigs and projects which change my life in some way.”

    Related: Douglas Coupland: ‘I’m actually at my happiest when I’m writing on a plane’

    I wish I could say that in the future there will be no meetings, but there will always be meetings

    Related: The eight technologies every entrepreneur should know about

    The winners in this labour force will be the people who have an actual skill

    Continue reading...
              Gala Honoree Spotlight: Shaun Donovan         
    by Andrea Nesby, National Housing Conference

    In city and federal government and across multiple presidential administrations, Shaun Donovan has left a lasting, positive impact on housing policy that will be recognized for generations to come. 

    “Shaun’s remarkable intelligence, vision with an unrelenting focus on results, combined with his political acumen and passion for public service are simply unparalleled,” says Carol Galante, a professor in affordable housing and urban policy at the University of California Berkeley (USC) and faculty director of USC’s Terner Center for Housing Innovation. “He cares deeply for the people and communities he served.”

    Donovan’s career as a public servant began in 1998 as a deputy assistant secretary for multifamily housing at HUD during the Clinton administration. In this role, Donovan spearheaded the “Mark Up to Market” program, cutting project-based Section 8 opt-outs in half in just two years. Donovan also served as acting FHA commissioner during the transition from President Clinton to President George W. Bush. Following his time at FHA, Donovan took on roles in the private sector, and worked as a consultant to the Millennial Housing Commission, which was created by Congress to establish strategies to expand housing opportunities.

    He returned to public service in 2004, becoming commissioner of the New York City Department of Housing Preservation and Development (HPD). Tasked by former New York City mayor Michael Bloomberg with rolling out an ambitious housing strategy, Donovan created and implemented the New Housing Marketplace Plan to build and preserve 165,000 affordable housing units, the largest municipal affordable housing plan in the nation's history.

    John Kelly, a partner at Nixon Peabody, served as director at HPD and recalls Donovan’s drive and expertise.  

    “Shaun brought his knowledge of HUD from his first term as deputy assistant secretary for multifamily housing to HPD, as he understood how federal policy affected the city’s housing programs and how to best work with HUD to accomplish the city’s goals,” shares Kelly. “He has an academic’s thoughtfulness in approach to addressing housing needs, but a pragmatist’s focus on getting the work accomplished.”

    In 2009, Donovan returned to HUD under President Obama as the fifteenth Secretary of HUD, becoming the second-longest serving secretary of HUD. As secretary, he led negotiations on the $25 billion National Mortgage Settlement, co-created the National Disaster Recovery Framework to rebuild stronger and smarter after natural disasters and championed the Housing First model of supportive housing, which has been adopted by many organizations working to end homelessness.

    “No one is more deserving of the Coan Award than Shaun Donovan, who throughout his career has been committed to solving what is arguably the most serious housing problem: homelessness,” says Nan Roman, executive director of the National Alliance to End Homelessness. “Because of his leadership and commitment, and despite the headwinds of rising housing costs, investments increased and homelessness decreased while he was Secretary of HUD and OMB director.  And I know he will not be satisfied until everyone has a home they can afford, and no one is homeless.”

    Donovan was appointed director of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in 2014, where he served for two-and-a-half years. At OMB, Donovan focused on using technology to produce a more effective government, modernizing citizen-facing services and leading efforts to shape the regulatory system into one that protects Americans while promoting economic growth.

    For his unwavering commitment on both local and federal level to creating and preserving affordable housing, NHC is pleased to honor Shaun Donovan with the 2017 Carl Coan, Sr., Award for Public Service. We join with our members in looking forward to what is certain to be many more years of service to housing and to the nation.

    NHC established the award in 1984 to honor Carl A.S. Coan, Sr., for his leadership on housing and community development legislation during his professional career. NHC continues to honor Mr. Coan’s legacy by presenting the award to those who demonstrate exceptional commitment to affordable housing. 

              Fall TV So Far...        
    OK, TV Majors! I know you're busy with projects as we hit week 6, but the Fall TV season is under way and all the faculty can only watch so much. We rely on you all to guide us so drop your 2 cents here or via email or on the department's social media pages.

    I have made it through some of the new shows (and some of the returning) and here are my thoughts so far:

    Quantico: Surprise fun here as this is more crazed dramatic soap/action/thriller than suspense (though there is some of that). I have no idea how it can last more than 1 season, but then again, How to Get Away with Murder is managing. Who's the terrorist? Secret twins! Fake gay man glasses! Can I get past the stunning combo of crazy beautiful stars who so far appear to be good actors to boot?

    Blood and Oil: Have been intrigued enough by the cast and Dallas-meets-frakking premise to stay tuned. Totally getting my 80s fix on between this and Empire (hip hop/rap/soul meets Dynasty). P.S.--Cookie channeling Debbie Allen rocks my world.

    Scream Queens? Cannot make up my mind on this one...The pilot was decent (especially the 2nd half). But seriously, where is the Jonas brother? And what be up with the daughter accusing her dad of being a murderer? (Sorry--the lead gal is way too bland and cannot carry the camp.) Gigi as the hag of Shady Lane--nice! This show makes me insane--they follow no internal logic (you're sequestered! Yet the next episode has half the campus venturing off-site to investigate crimes no sane undergrad would be into...) I kind of feel like Ryan Murphy hates college kids as he portrays them as really, really stupid and vapid. But now I have to see this through to its end. (Hate to say it--Scream on MTV is better...)

    Returning dramas other than Empire: Good Wife continues to be the most cable-worthy drama on broadcast IMHO. Rolling over the cast smoothly flipping over who works with whom...And getting to see Jane Curtin as a judge a sheer moment of viewer beauty. Madame Secretary continues to balance charming humor with tension and ethical dilemmas--it's a pretty solid lineup and will make Sunday night battles interesting.

    New sitcoms. OK--I soooo did not expect to like Grandfathered, but getting to see Josh Peck and John Stamos and my fave actress Paget Brewster together is a delight and the show is charming. The Grinder also brings together old faves (Rob Lowe and Fred Savage)...and it delightfully sends up our country's obsession with procedurals. Throw in the return of Brooklyn 99 and FOX is delivering on the sitcom front in the most sophisticated way compared to the other networks in the broadcast universe.

    OK--must sign off. Have to catch up on other series I am way behind on. I must say, I find it intriguing that a lot of the new fare is catering to the Gen Xers, with "weird" nods to the older Millennials....(Don't get me started on how I stayed up late this week to watch Double Dare on The Splat, and am jouncing for more Clarissa and old Are You Afraid of the Dark and You Can't Do That on Television...)
    WTF?! Good Wife--you killed and impressed me in one fell swoop...

    That's my still stunned reaction to The Good Wife. Let me wax historical and philosophic and industrial for a sec here. Coming off of the Society for Cinema and Media Studies Conference, I am struck by the lack of attention to broadcast fare. Can we still remember that most folks watch the Big 4 (and any number of basic cable channels like USA, TBS, MTV...). Where were the panels on the fun and fan-glory of Cougar Town, Psyched, Teen Wolf, PLL? Where were the panels on the remarkable inclusion of ASL on Switched at Birth or the stunning (albeit melodramatic) inclusion of "other family structures" on The Fosters? So I'll end my brief rant on how SCMS TV Studies panels too often replicate "Film Best Of" approaches to move on to what I've been privy to over spring break... (except to say, after a chat with a British scholar, that we still don't have enough truly valuable workshop/panels pertaining to the harsh realities/what-do-I-do-nows of MAs. MFAs, and PHds, and adjuncts--to our own peril...)

    OK--my confessions. I don't watch Walking Dead--too much other good TV and I adore the novel. Behind on True Detective (too new, and sorry--and I am a former Austinite--McConaughey be crazy ego boy so I don't expect him to stick with the series...)

    So--I stick to my tried and trues. Broadcast TV--especially when you ponder the limitations--is doing a variety of ass-kicking. Brooklyn 99 is hysterical and chock-full of stellar comedic acting at its best. Big Bang is holding its own and worthy of its renewal for 3 years. Why is no one discussing Parenthood's crazy survival (or doing a panel on Katims)? And please, why has there not been an almost-plenary on what Community has been from so many different perspectives?! Or Parks and Rec?

    OK--enough about how SCMS shuns broadcast. Now my random Spring Break reactions to the finales I've seen.

    1) Switched at Birth. Sorry, this is landmark TV, plain and simple. Can you recall, outside of appointment series, the last time a series (let alone a teen series), necessitated that you look full-on at the screen? I'll leave aside the compelling story lines and just go with the fact that ASL means you have to WATCH to catch the nuances and tremendous acting (both by deaf and hearing actors). And Community  and Big Bang fans-- Katie LeClerc, a hearing impaired actress from this series, did time here. It's great teen drama, showcasing ASL actors like Ryan Lane (also in Veronica Mars--the movie) and Marlee Matlin. Watch it. It will make you happy. OH--and Sandra Bernhardt--nuff said?

    2) The Fosters. J-Lo's involved--and it might be the most truly meaningful work she's attached to. We seldom see the foster care system examined from a variety of angles, let alone the ins-and-outs of a lesbian couple doing the fostering. This is, simply put, the stuff I'd like any teen kids I know to be watching.

    3) PLL (if you don't know what that stands for, you can move on). This is my most totally fun show. It's like Sex and the City set in some weird supernatural suburb of teen girls. One of the best serial mysteries out there with remarkable production values--and I know I ain't the only viewer over 15 who is slavishly addicted to it. Lesbians, body issues, ethics, mean girls, nice girls, smart girls--I really do think this is the epitome of "Millennial Girls TV"...Any show that makes me alternately love and hate the teacher sleeping with the student gets props for making me question "easy moral decisions"--but mostly, I love the interplay of guessing and predicting that occurs online across such a wide and diverse swath of ages and sexualities and races...Aside from Degrassi the Next Generation, this show figured out social media and TV first. We should be studying it more.

    4) Cosmos--I just gotta' give props here. My 5 1/2 year old loves this reincarnation and it is captivating and informative. Do yourself the bizarre favor of watching something produced by Seth McFarlane and FOX and dive into this miniseries. It will make you fall in love with all things science and wondrous.

    5) Veronica Mars--ok.  I finally got around to it after my American Airlines flight lost wi-fi. This was perfection (although really--can anyone explain to me what happened to Duncan, really?). I stopped watching the series towards the end (the rape storyline pissed me off), but was pleasantly surprised that I didn't feel in the dark because of that. Leave aside the genius of the Kickstarter campaign (and if you want to "see that coming," read my book Beyond the Box for how Rob Thomas predicted such an endeavor pre-Kickstarter)...This was just a fun movie, with cameos done even better (dare I say it?) than Muppet movies. Gratifying, true to characterization, felt like TV and a movie at once. Question (for next SCMS maybe)~ would it have been as gratifying without the Kickstarter element?

    6) Good Wife--ok. Last but not least. I won't expound too long. But this really is one of the best dramas on TV (including cable--think of the restrictions). The episode was not so much clunky as pointing to several possibilities (we all knew that amazing Hunter Parrish was headed for something "just not right")...I thought he was going to just book or shoot himself or the professor (kind of love that we don't know if that professor was guilty). Maybe I'm tired as a mom-scholar, but I didn't see Will's death coming. And I am floored by the fact that no one spilled Josh Charles' departure--tat's rather epic. Maybe I'm also old, but the issues this show raises, both personal and professional, for women continues to make me happy to watch this show--and I'm pretty sure it's ratings would be higher if CBS HADN'T INSISTED ON PUTTING IT AFTER LIVE EVENT TV!!!! (and ergo, late all the time...) . Students of mine seeking drama writing (and directing and editing and music consultation--the show rocks in all these forums) this show.

    OK--now on to other more "teacherly" things...

              Customer Engagement in a Millennial World        
    To most pre-millennials, technology is a great tool used to solve problems. To the millennials and those in Generation Z, technology is an extension of themselves. They use it intuitively and expect everyone else to as well. After all, they’ve never been without it and they have no reason to expect to be in the Read More >
              Making Contact Centers Attractive Work Options in the “Gig” Economy        
    In today’s contact centers, Millennials make up approximately 70% of the workforce. The Millennial generation is very different from earlier generations, particularly Baby Boomers, who were (and often still are) driven to dedicate much of their lives to working. For Millennials, a balance between their work and personal lives is of primary importance and many Read More >
              17 Times the Internet Totally Summed Up Millennial Dating        
    Modern romance can be tough. Luckily, we're tougher!
              â€˜Nine Things Millennials Should Know about Socialism’ to be Explored during Presentation at Ramapo College        
    MAHWAH, N.J. – The Sabrin Center for Free Enterprise at Ramapo College of New Jersey is presenting “Nine Things Millennials Should Know about Socialism” on Monday, November 14 at 7:30 p.m. in the Trustees Pavilion. Keynote speaker is noted professor and author Dr. Thomas DiLorenzo, who will explore the question: Should the future of America […]
              Comment on How to Make Extremism Mainstream and Fake a Debate about Islamophobia by A Paradoxical Millennial        
    A fascinating read - you have nicely pointed out many of the hypocrisies of the elite here - something I think a lot of us notice but don't really acknowledge.
              Millennials Need to Live with their Parents, Unlike their Grandparents [OC Weekly Editorial Cartoon]        
    As people take off on one final summer road trip, OC Weekly cartoonist Bob Aul decided to mix that with the modern-day reality that not only do an increasing amount of millennials need to live with their parents because they can't afford to move out, but that the 1950s version of...
              Why should voters tie themselves to a single party?        
    As an unaffiliated, “millennial” voter, I was disappointed to read Mike Rosen’s column last Sunday.
              South Oklahoma City Gets New Economic Label, Millennial Housing Trends Questioned        
    On Tuesday the city council of Oklahoma City voted to create two new business improvement districts, or BIDs, in south Oklahoma City. One will be along...
              At the Coliseum, Green Day Made Sure You Had the Time of Your Life        

    The East Bay’s conquering rock heroes returned home for a nostalgic victory lap.

    Green Day’s massive tour stop at the Oakland Coliseum Saturday night wasn’t a reunion or a bucket-list-check-off deal, like seeing the Rolling Stones just once before it’s too late. They’re still a working band—this tour is in support of the 2016 album Revolution Radio—they’re still headlining stadiums, still making new music. Despite coming up on their 30th anniversary as a band (having formed in 1988), they appear to be going strong. This was no farewell party.

    But that’s not how it seemed Saturday night. Rather, the entire night felt like the closing of the circle, especially coming on the heels, as it did, of Corbett Redford’s documentary Turn It Around: The Story of East Bay Punk, a fond remembrance of the music that sprouted out of the 924 Gilman scene in the 1980s and '90s. A pleasant haze of nostalgia (or was that just the weed smoke?) hung over the entire procession, aided in part by frontman Billie Joe Armstrong, who took a moment during nearly every break in the action to reflect on coming of age in Oakland, the East Bay, even “West Contra Costa.” (During one impassioned bit, Armstrong shouted out Rodeo, where he grew up; Pinole, where Green Day got its start; and Concord, where who knows what).

    The diversity of the crowd reflected Green Day’s longevity: There were dads chaperoning their punk kids and long-ago punks toting their uninterested kids. There were teens and millennials and 40-somethings and, curiously, not a few old ladies. “Any of you old-school Green Day fans?” Armstrong asked before the band launched into a run of Dookie-era hits, to which, umm, duh.

    So yes, the show felt extra special, particularly for those of us who grew up with Green Day. For those of us who owned Kerplunk before Dookie sold 20 million copies. For those of us who hummed “2,000 Light Years Away” on our way to school. For those of us who took outsize pride in living in the very same town as one of the biggest bands on the planet. (A friend of mine grew up around the corner from where Armstrong lived for several years! Around the corner!)

    Growing up in the '90s in Berkeley, I was most definitely one of those kids—as were, apparently, a whole helluva lot of people in the crowd. So when they played “2,000 Light Years” and “When I Come Around” and “She,” it’s a pretty safe bet to assume that 25,000-odd people were being transported back in time. A couple of rows behind me, longtime Live 105 DJ Aaron Axelsen was snapping photos on his cellphone. (Back when Dookie was on the radio, I remember listening late at night to the young DJ’s show; today, he’s the station’s music director. Time flies!

    For their part, Armstrong, Mike Dirnt, and Tre Cool—along with several session players brought in for the evening—lived up to their end of the deal. Armstrong, now sober, was a ball of energy from start to finish; Dirnt played the straight-faced power bassist, Cool the goofball psycho on drums. If the pyrotechnics and the eyeliner didn’t read as very punk rock in 2017, well, Green Day never was punk-punk. They were more of a gateway drug for suburban kids to discover other 924 Gilman acts like Operation Ivy and Rancid and Pennywise. (Fittingly, the band played an Op Ivy cover.) When the group broke into a medley that included the Isley Brothers’ “Shout,” the Stones’ “Satisfaction,” and the Beatles’ “Hey Jude,” not only did no one hold it against them, but no one seemed to even bat an eye.

    As is the band’s tradition, Armstrong invited people from the audience onstage several times to sing a chorus or, in one case, take over on guitar, before sending then back out with a mandatory crowd-surf. It’s a stunt that remains impossibly charming. Halfway through “Longview”—the song that led 20 million preteens to their first bongload—Armstrong pulled a young woman out of the crowd to finish the verse. The woman, who couldn’t have been born when Dookie was released, was wearing a tied-up T-shirt of G-Eazy, the Oakland rapper who’s probably inherited Green Day’s mantle of Bay Area’s Biggest Act. She gave Armstrong a hug, paused a beat, and then dove right into a perfect, euphoric, final verse. 

    Full review at San Francisco Magazine: HERE

              Digital Advent Calendar for Canadians        
    Over the past three days on Facebook, I've noticed friends posting about Harrowsmith Now's online Advent Calendar. I finally had a moment to check it out today and was delighted!

    I love the idea of taking the concept of an advent calendar, putting it online, and making it enjoyable for adults. For each day in December, one can click the date to see a new interactive experience with a focus on Canada's winters and the holidays. The online advent calendar is much better than waxy chocolate and is guilt-free and made in Canada.

    I won't give away the digital treats that await you, but they are fun and reflect the Canadian pastoral culture that Harrowsmith has famously chronicled since the magazine began in 1976. Harrowsmith closed in 2011, but reformed in 2013 as quarterly magazine and website, Harrowsmith Now.

    I wanted to share the calendar as I feel we all could use some holiday cheer right now. As a Canadian digital media aficionado, I wanted to find out more about this project, so I contacted the magazine.

    Wayne MacPhail, the magazine's digital brand strategist, agreed to answer my questions. I asked him about their new website, Harrowsmith Now which launched last month. He noted that it "is aimed at millennials who share the same concerns we do about sustainability, a love of the country and an appreciation of handmadegoods." The website includes features, blog posts, and, of course, the advent calendar.

    MacPhail says his team was motivated to launch the calendar as a way "to give folks a little taste of the season and the holidays (not just Christian ones) during the month. There's enough bad in the world right now, we need something a bit more uplifting and fun".

    He describes the development process:
    "I started with a rough mockup in Tumult Hype using an existing advent
    calendar as a backdrop. I then shared it with Michelle Lydon, a graphic designer I work with. Michelle developed the circular number motif in Illustrator to match the dimensions of a landscape retina iPad Air 2. I brought those graphic elements into Affinity Designer and broke them into the constituent elements and then built the interactive piece in Tumult Hype (HTML 5). I sourced the content partly from Harrowsmith staff and partly from a call I made to my pals on Facebook."
    I've seen the first 3 days of the calendar (December 2nd is particularly wonderful). I asked MacPhail what other types of digital treats await us. He notes, "We've created some little interactive amusements, more video links, recipes, and a few other easter eggs and surprises."

    Give it the calendar a try. I can't wait to see what Harrowsmith has in store for the 25th!
              11.3.16: The New Face of the Pro-Life Movement, Parachuting Pups, & 10-Minute Writer's Workshop        
    Millennials are less religious than their predecessors—so what does that mean for the future of the abortion issue? On today’s show, the growing number of young pro-life activists who are—or call themselves—secular feminists: the new generation of pro-life activists who are separating themselves from the GOP, and the religious right. Plus, a new 10-Minute Writer's Workshop with Jodi Picoult . Her newest book carries on her tradition of tackling tough subjects with an ensemble of narrators, and this time, it's race.
              The Millennials: A Generation of Sex-Crazed Narcissists?        

    “Turn this shit off,” my Dad, Steve, frequently says when I’m listening to some hard core gangster shit while getting ready for a night out or trying to preoccupy my mind while cleaning my room. I usually come up with some excuse such as, “Dad I just like the beat, that’s all.”  But I am...

    The post The Millennials: A Generation of Sex-Crazed Narcissists? appeared first on Verge Campus.

              Millennials will transform management practices        
    by Jimmy Daniel Millennials, also known as Generation Y, have surpassed Generation X and Baby Boomers to become the largest group in America’s workforce, according to Pew Research Center’s analysis of the 2015 U.S. Census Bureau data. Not only are Millennials continuing to grow and dominate the workforce, but they are also starting to take […]
              Checking In (With Millennials)        

    Hotels are tapping into this ever more mobile generation. Read the rest of the article in Delta Sky Magazine.

    The post Checking In (With Millennials) appeared first on Unplanned Cooking.

              Is It the Generations or a Special Mindset That Should Drive How We Educate Entrepreneurs?        

    Is Entrepreneurship a generational thing or an ageless pursuit?

    There is always a lot of talk each year about the "new generations of students” and their changing needs. Teachers are asked to change the way we test, teach and manage each new student group in the classroom or online so they can become a success. We have a vast array of books comparing the Boomers to the X’ers; the X’ers to the Y generation and so on up to today’s New Silent Generation or Generation Z. These generations have many names depending on who is naming them. The Population Reference Bureau lists 7 distinct generations beginning in 1871 through 2001. My guess is you have not seen this list as it is not the popular one in use by publishers these days but it is worth a look.

    The more popular list is:

    2000/2001-Present - New Silent Generation or Generation Z
    1980-2000 - Millennial or Generation Y
    1965-1979 - Generation X
    1946-1964 – Baby Boomers
    1925-1945 - Silent Generation
    1900-1924 - G.I. Generation

    It is true that new advances in online resources, social media, networking, access to information and global connectedness on the Internet have changed the way we teach and the way students learn across generations. I am not sure, however, that these distinctions always apply when we are talking about Entrepreneurs from either today or yesterday.

    Where the notion of these "effectors” comes from …

    In 1755, when his pamphlet was published in France posthumously, Richard Cantillon (1680s â€“ May 1734) gave us the name "entrepreneur” and a new class of commerce was born.  In his pamphlet Essai sur la Nature du Commerce en Général (Essay on the Nature of Trade in General) he uses the word "entrepreneur” to define someone who undertakes to bring goods, capital and effort together in a market town to create a system to make goods available to everyone and grow the wealth of the community. The entrepreneur takes these actions at his own risk, and not for an employer, which is the crucial element in his or her actions. In Cantillon’s view the entrepreneur is someone who acts independently of a job and the security of a paycheck.

     J. B. Say continued the use of the word (and popularized it) to define someone who was a key part of the political economy and an actor who creates wealth for all in that community through their actions of taking on economic risks. The entrepreneur is someone who can transcend class and social position to attain wealth. In the 1920’s